S*-~^vJ**'«'!»!aia ?t^x W « l.'^..^^ THE RAND-MCNALLY A A ^^^i*^ "-V-! HISTORICAL AND DESCRIPTIVE ILLUSTRATED t-m =Vt^ ^\,~^ V\i s v *,^; m^i> I '^ ': f V "N SA/V DIEGO i rt^dlerUii /). Qcht^/'n tm m^ w^s?^ presented to the UNIVERSITY LIBRARY UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA SAN DIEGO by lu. *""llll! OVERSIZE 6.30 BIBLE ATLAS A MANUAL OF Biblical Geography and History ESPECIALLY PREPARED For the Use of Teachers and Students of the Bible, and for Sunday School Instruction, containing Maps, Plans, Review Charts, Colored Diagrams, ILLUSTRATED WITH ACCURATE VIEWS OF THE PRINCIPAL CITIES AND LOCALITIES KNOWN TO BIBLE HISTORY. RRVISEID RDITION. BIT REV. JESSE L. HURLBUT, D. D., Author of " Eevised Normal Lessons," "Studies in the Four Gospels," "Studies in Old Testament History," etc. WITH AN IXTKOnrCTION HY REV. BISHOP JOHN H. VINCENT, D. D., LL. D., Chancellor of the Chautauqua Univeusity. CIIIC'AOO: RAND, MrNALLY & COMPANY, PUBLISIIEHS. MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHT. Copyright, 18cS4, by Rand, McNally & Co. Copyright, 1887, by Rand, McNally & Co. Copyright, 1S99, by R.\nd, McNally & Co. Copyright, 1908, by Rand, McNally & Co. Copyright, 1910, by Rand, McNally & Co. INTRODUCTION. On this side of the sea we sit down with a big book in our hands. It is an old book. Neai'ly two thousand years have passed since the last word of it was "rtTitten, and no one can teU how many thousands of years ago the records were made or the words uttered, out of which its ftrst writer prepared his wonderful statements. This old book is a singular book as to the variety of its contents, — ranging from dry chi'ouological state- ment to highest flight of royal poetry. Many pages of it are simply historical, with lists of kings, and names of famUy Unes through many generations. Geographical allusions descending to minutest detail are strewn thickly througli its pages. There is no department of natural science which does not find some of its data recognized in the chapters of this venerable volume. Stones and stars, plants and rep- tiles, colossal monsters of sea and land, fleet horse, bird of swift flight, lofty cedar and lowly lUy, — these all find their existence recognized and recorded in that book of "various theme." As it is a long time since these records were made, so are the lands far away in which the events recorded are said to have occurred. We measure the years by millenaries, and by the thousand miles we measure the distance. The greatest contrast exists between the age and land in which we live and the age and lands in which this book found its beginning, its material and its ending. To one famDiar only with the habits, dress and cus- toms of American life, the every-day events recorded in the book seem fabulous. We do not dress as the book says that people dressed in those far-away years and far-away lands ; we do not eat as they did ; our houses are not hke theirs ; we do not measure time as they did ; we do not speak their language ; our seasons do not answer to the seasons that marked then- year. It is difficult, knowing only our modern Amer- ican Ufe, to think ourselves into the conditions under which this book says that people lived and thought in those long-ago ages. Their wedding feasts and funeral services differed utterly from ours. They hved and died in another atmosphere, under a government that no longer exists ; made war upon nations that are powerless to-day as the sleeping dead in a national cemeterj' ; and the things which we read concerning them seem strange enough to us. In the changes which have taken place through aU these centuries, it would be an easy thing, under some circumstances, for men to deny that the people of the book ever lived, that the cities of the book were ever buUt, that the events of the book ever transpu-ed. And, if its historic foundation were destroyed, the su- perstructure of truth, the doctrinal and ethical teach- ings resting upon it, might in like manner be swept away. This old Book — the Bible, a divine product, wrought into the texture of human history and literature with the gradually unfolding ages — is the old Book we study to-day on this side the sea. It is a "Book of books," — the Book out-shining aU other books in the literary firmament, as the sun out-splendors the planets that move in their orbits around him. It is a book that deals with man as an immortal soul; making known the beginnings of the race; going back of the beginning to God, who is from "ever- lasting to everlasting," and who "in the beginning created the heaven and the earth"; revealing the cre- ative purpose and loving grace of God ; tracing the fall and deterioration of man, the divine interposition in human history, the preparation of a family, a race, a nation, and a world at large, for the coming of the Redeemer ; revealing the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ ; showing how the Christ came, what he did, what he said, what he resisted, what he endured, what he suffered, what he aclaieved ; teUing in simple way the story of the early church, from the little meeting of the bereaved disciples in the upper room to the magnificent consummation of Christ's coming, as seen in the prophetic visions of St. John on the Isle of Patmos. IV INTRODUCTION. It is a book full of history, of geography, of archae- ology, of prophecy, of poetry, of doctrme, of "exceed- ing great and precious promises." In an important sense the fovmdations of this book are laid in human history and geography. However high toward the heavens it may reach in doctrine and promise, its foundations lay hold of the earth. If the chikh-en of Israel did not hve in Egypt and Canaan and tlie far East, if the statements of their history as recorded in the book be not facts, if the story of Jesus Christ be false, — everything fails us. With the sweeping away of fact, we must also bid farewell to the words of doctrine and of promise here recorded; to the divine words of assm-ance which now give com- fort to the penitent, hope to the despairing, strength to the feeble, and immortal hfe to the dying. As we sit down on this side of the sea, it is weU that we are able to look beyond the sea to the lands which gave to the world the book in our hands. And it is well, that, as we look, we are able to connect the book of to-day -sAdth those same lands as they now he among the rivers and by the seaside, from the sources of the Tigris and Euphrates to the mouths of the Nile, from the palaces of Babylon to the dock at Puteoh and the prison at Eome. And it is well that the lands as they are found to-day correspond to the records of the Book as they were made centuries and centm-ies ago. The Book, on its human historic, geographical and archaeological side, is true to the facts as in the nineteenth century they are presented to us in the lands of the East. There are those who beheve with firm faith, that, for these days of skepticism and of merciless and conscienceless historic criticism, the lands ha\-e been kept almost m their original condition, that the testi- mony of the modern skeptical traveler might (though unintentionally on his part, but necessarily) corrobo- rate the teachmgs of the Bible. Have the mummy wrappings of Mohammedan domination held the far East unchanged through the centuries, that in these days of doubt the hills of Canaan, the plains of Egypt and the ruins of Mesopotamia might hft their voice in solemn attestation to the divine truthfulness of the sacred historians? These lands are memorial lands. They are now what the Book says they once were. Although the sweeping away of ancient governments and the reig-n of anarchy have modified the face of the country, the evidences stiU remain that the most glowing descrip- tions of their prosperity were not exaggerated. Infi- dels have doubted, for example, whether Palestine could contain the immense populations which, in its prosperous days, according to the statements ■ of the Book, were resident there. But scientists show that the soil of Canaan, vinder cultivation, is one of the richest and most fertile in the world. The broken terraces that may stiU be traced on the hill-sides, the walls of cities and otlier ruins that fill the land, sus- tain the account of the prosperous days and the im- mense poi^ulations of Bible times. So httle have the conditions of social hfe been modi- fied, that one may hve the old hfe over again in Canaan. Soil and scenery, the seasons of the year, Jacob's weU and the Jordan, Ebal and Gerizim, the plain, the wilderness and the city, aU give witness to the ■words of the Book. The names of olden time still linger. One lands at Yafa, the ''Joppa" of old; Jerusalem is now el Khuds, — "the Ho}}-'' \ Bahr-lut—" the Sea of Lot" — is the Dead Sea in the Valley of Sodom and Gomor- rah ; Bi7- es Seba is the Beersheba of the olden time ; el Azariyeh is Bethany, the home of Lazarus ; Beit- lahm is stiU Bethlehem; and el Klialil — "the Friend" — is the name of Hebron, the home of Abram, "the Friend of God." In the customs and costumes, in the habits of speech and the manners of the people, you read the same lesson. In the spring of 1SC3 I was permitted to spend forty days and forty nights in Palestine. I saw Abraham at his tent-door; Eebekah vailing her- seK at the approach of the stranger ; the long cara- van of camels and Midianites on their way toward the South. I saw the wailing mourners at the house of death ; the roof that might easily have been broken up ; the wedding procession ; the grass on the house-tops ; the sparrow making a nest for her young in the synagogues of Jerusalem. I saw the eldei's m the gates ; David the shepherd, with his sheep, on the hiU-side ; the Jewish mother teaching Timothy the words of the old Book in the old city on the hill. Verily, it is the old land ; it is the old hfe ; it is the memorial presentation in concrete form of what the Book says was true there thousands of years ago. As I stood on Safed, overlooking the Sea of Gahlee and the lovely land about it, I turned and looked toward the north, and saw snow-sheathed Hermon, probably the Mormt of Transfiguration, as it stood out that day against the blue sky of Syria. I thought of Buskin's words: "These pm-e white hills, near to INTRODUCTION. the heavens and sources of aU good to the earth, are the memorials of the light of his mercy that fell snow-hke on the Mount of Transfiguration." I once saw the Alps glorified by the setting sun. I was standing on La Flegere, looking down upon the VaUey of Chamouuix, and ujiward upon the magnifi- cent heights, above which towered the great Mont Blanc. A jjall of mist had hidden the rough and unil- luminated rocks ; but, when that mist grew thin as a vail of delicate lace, I saw the Alps beyond, and they appeared as if on fire. I cried out in ecstacy, "Behold Mount Zion." Through the mists of earth I saw the splendors of heaven. The story of the transfiguration on Mount Hermon, in the days of Jesus, if taken literally, is not so marvelous as the history we caU the hfe and character of Jesus. Both belong to the realm of the supernatural. The "life" granted, the transfiguration has no surprise in it. So I discover the strange blending of the natural and supernatural in the Land and the Book, — in the Land as to-day haUowed by the Book, — in the Book as to-day sup- ported and made real by the Land. It thus easily appears that every Bible reader should be acquainted with the outhnes of Biblical and geo- graphical antiquities. Without such knowledge it is impossible properly to understand the divine word. How often, through ignorance of saci"ed archaeology, we overlook the force and beauty of the allusions which abound in the narrative, poetic and prophetic parts of Scripture. And there is, moreover, an air of reahty imparted to aU history by familiarity with the geography involved in it. In view of the supernatural character of Bible his- tory, acquaintance with Bible geography is particu- larly important. Once give its wonderful transactions an actual locality among tlie hiUs, valleys and cities which may still be found and visited, connecting and comparing them with the records of our present his- tory, and our youth wiU readily distinguish the mirac- ulous from the mythical, and discover not only clear illustrations of many portions of the Bible, but strong and irresistible evidence in favor of its divinity. I therefore hail with joy the admirable presenta- tion of the facts of Bible history and geography in this volume — a j^resentation so clear, and so abundantly illustrative, that the humblest teacher and most indif- ferent student may be interested and instructed. The study of Bible histoiy and geography must not be limited to the theological school, the pastor's study, or the advanced Bible class. It is a department pecul- iarly adapted to our youngest children, and by them most needed, that they may secure the vivid realiza- tion of actuality in the Bible narratives. Boys and girls to-day may not take much delight in the advanced doctrinal teachings of the Bible ; but it is possible so to connect its history with stories of modern travel, through the regions referred to in that history, that they will become interested in the one because of the pleasure they find in the other. Our Sunday School libraries should contain the many books of travel through the far East which are published in these days. And our ministers should enhst young people, through sj^ecial classes, in the study of Bible history and geography. In this way a "week-day hold" upon our young people may be secured. During ten years of my pastoral life, wherever the itinerant system of my chru-ch placed me, I held on every Saturday afternoon, in the lecture-room of my church, a class to which old and j'oung, and the rep- resentatives of aU denominations, were admitted. It was called "The Palestine Class," and was devoted to the study of Bible history and geography. An outUne of facts, prepared in catechetical form, was printed, and committed to memory by every pupil. Difficult old Hebrew names of lands, cities and mountains, were arranged in a rhythmic way, and chanted after the manner of the old-time "singing geography" classes. Answers were given in concert to help the memory, and personal examinations were afterward conducted to test it. The class constituted an "ideal company of tourists to the far East." The course of lessons was divided into five sections, covering the whole of Bible history. As each member, passing a persona] examination, gave proof that he had thoroughly mas- tered "Section One," he was constituted a Pilgrim to the Holy Land, and given a certificate to that effect. Having studied "Section Two," and passed a satisfac- tory examination, he was made a Resident in Pales- tine, and his name was associated with one town or mountain. In that way every principal place on the map was associated with the name of some member, who ^vas held responsible to the class for informa- tion concerning its history and present condition. An examination in "Section Three" made our "pilgrim" and "I'esident" a Dweller in Jerusalem. Having been examined in "Section Four," he was made an Explorer of other Bible lands, and was located on some mountain, or city of Egypt, Arabia, Chaldea, Asia Minor, etc. A fijial examination made him a Templar. VI INTEODUCTION. The songs, concert exercises, responses and ideal pilgi'image gave enthusiasm to the class, while the personal examinations guaranteed thoroughness. As I recall those Satiu'day afternoons of my early minis- try, smTouuded by earnest women and wide-awake boys and girls of all ages, I am amply rewarded for all the labor and time expended. The enthusiasm and dehght, the perceptible gi*owth in knowledge, the spirit of cathohcity, the steadiness promoted in the frivolous, the gratification afforded on the occasion of pubhc examinations and reviews, the increased appreciation of the Sunday preaching, visible on the faces of young and old, the grateful words that have come through the intervening years from those who were by these studies incited to a more intelligent and earnest Bible study — these are some of the results of those years of pastoral ser\dce. The plan is practicable for every pastor. The book which I now have the honor of introducing to the pubhc furnishes to every minister a complete preparation for directing such classes — a preparation which, twenty-five years ago, would have been a great benediction to me. One of these Palestine classes reported its imagi- naiy torn- through the village paper. These articles gave local interest to the movement, dehghting the imaginary tourists, and (through no fault of ours) deceiving more than one simple-hearted reader - in the community. From these letters I make a few extracts. "PALESTINE COREESPOXDENCE OF THE 'INDEPENDENT WATCHMAN.' " Dear Independent : In fulfillment of the promise made the night before our departure, I sit down to write the first of a series of letters detailing the most noteworthy incidents of our journey to the Holy Land, with such historical and geo- graphical facts as are suggested by the localities we may be permitted to visit. "As you are well aware, an association, which lias for its specific object the study of Bible history and geograph}-, was organized in j'our town some months ago. After a course of thorough preliminary training, arrangements were consummated for a tour of observation through Egypt, Arabia, Palestine, — • the lands of Hebrew life and literature, the scenes of the early Christian history, and, later, the arena of Saracenic invasion and domination. We are now on the way thither. While the tide of mighty immigration is pouring westward toward the American desert, the Rocky Mountains, Pike's Peak and Cherry creek, a tiny rill of exploration is trickling eastward toward the desert of Sinai, the mountains of Egypt, the peaks of Lebanon, and the river of Jordan." ***** After calling attention to two books which had just then appeared —" The Land and The Book," by Dr. Thomson, and Faleotine Past and Present," by Dr. Osborn — the Palestine correspondent continued: "No class of literature is more refining and exalting than the records of cultivated minds made amid the sacred scenes of Palestine, and the not less interesting ruins of Egypt, Asia Minor and Greece. A taste for such mental pabulum is a better safeguard against the popular and polluting fictions of | the day than all the mandates of the parent or the uncompro- I raising denunciations of the pulpit. Preoccupy by the good, and there will be no evil to expel. Create a taste for health- ful literature in our young people, and they will not crave the blood and fire potions now so mercilessly provided by the cor- rupt Dress. This is one object of our present pilgrimage to Palestme. We would open a new world — the newest and yet the oldest of worlds — to. their view. We would unfurl bright maps and open new books, and delight them in a field of thought and research, in which healthful influences prevail, a field of fragrant and thornless flowers, of luscious and life- giving fruit. ***** The association to which I have referred is composed of about eighty pilgrims. On Saturday morning, the 2oth, we left your quiet village, reaching Chicago the same evening. Tuesday morning found us on our way to New York, where we arrived early this morning. We shall sail on Saturday, April 2, for the Orient. In order to diminish our expenses, we forego the speed of the regular steam route, and have chartered the sailing vessel, the schooner ' Star of Beth- lehem.' She is a new vessel, and a 'bright light' in her way. Well rigged, and ably manned, she is prepared for the bufl"eting of old ocean. Her captain is the distinguished and experienced Hardstudy, with whom, 1 am sure, you have some acquaintance. He is a true gentleman, and, I am told, has been an intimate companion of several Oriental travelers. He accompanied Dr. Robinson on both his tours. The ' Star,' built expressly for excur- sions to the Mediterranean waters, is a stout boat, and is pro- vided with the modern conveniences and luxuries of travel. She is about 150 tons burden. I spent an hour on board of her this afternoon, and am much gratified with the neatness and elegance displayed in all her departments. The library and reading-room is a little palace. It contains about 1,500 volumes, chiefly of Eastern travel, which, together with a number of good maps and paintings, will afford us every opportunity to prepare for the interesting tour we are about making. All thus far are well. Remember us in our wanderings, and send us copies of your paper, directing to the ' care of the United States Consul at Alexandria.' Prepay' to New York, and send 'Via Liverpool and Beyrout.' " The next letter gives an account of the various pilgrimages which have beeia made to Palestine from the days of Abraham down to the present. "Off Sandy Hook, 3.30 p. m.," our correspondent wrote. " The wide ocean is before us. We have passed the Battery, Brooklyn, Staten Island, the ruins of old quarantine and the forts, — feeble protection in cases of invasion, — and yonder to the east is Sandy Hook. The bell of the tug rings. In five minutes our friends who accompany us down will return to the city, and we shall be alone upon the wide, wide sea. The waters appear quiet ; a faint west wind is rising ; all the children are in good spirits. If they are as bright to-morrow it will be strange. Farewell, native land! Farewell!" INTEODUCTION. Vll The third letter opened with a quotation from Browning : '"In the dimmest northeast distance Dawned Gibraltar, grand and gray.' "Schooner Star op Bethlehem, "Harbor of Gibraltar, May 4, '59. " Dear Ixdepexdent : Thirty-two days ago we left the port of New York, and day before yesterday glided through the Straits of Gibraltar, casting anchor in this harbor. Our voyage was short and agreeable, all that could be desired, with the exception of the sea-sickness that prevailed among us for the first four or five days, and the alarm occasioned by the heavy gale of last week. For two days the storm raged so violently that our fears were much excited. On the evening of the 26th ult. the winds were lulled, the clouds broke away, and the rays of the setting sun hurried swiftly across the yet raging waves, to brighten their foaming crests with golden light, and bring hope to our hearts. Religious services were conducted each Sabbath by the chaplain, and our programme of study and reading was faithfully observed every day. All that we did, and all that we saw, cannot be reported in a single letter. Our young friends must themselves write about the wonders of the sea, — whales, dolphins, icebergs; sunset, sunrise, midnight; calms, storms, water-spouts; and all other sources of joy or terror in ocean life. Yesterday was spent in an excursion to the town of Gibraltar." ***** After a description of Gibraltar, the writer says : " The whole juvenile forces of our vessel have been invited to dine this afternoon with the officers of H. M. S. Manchester, in company with the British and American consuls of Gibraltar, and left an hour ago, under the charge of Captain Hardstitdy, to comply with the gracious invitation, and I remain to prepare this letter for the morrow's steamer from Valetta to Liverpool. The sun is already sinking in the blue and gold waters of the Mediterranean. A fresh breeze has startled the sleeping waves into lively gambols, and our flag points eagerly westward and homeward. See our party of little travelers just off for the 'Manchester'! How their boats dance up and down over the water ! ' Boom ! ' ' boom ! ' go the signal guns from the kind old ship ! Now hear the thunderous volleys from the batteries on the huge mountain, proclaiming the hour of sunset!" The letters which foUow are from '"Alexandria, Egypt, May 28"; from the "Steamer Eameses, River Nile, June 11"; from "Off Joppa, June IG"; from "Jerusalem, July 5"; from "Nablous, 'the City of Samaria,' July 12"; from "Beyrout, Syria, July 23"; and on Monday morning, July 25, our correspondent writes his farewell, as f oUows : " Well, friend Independent, our travels are ended. We came on board the ' Star of Bethlehem ' this morning. The steamer for Liverpool leaves this afternoon, and we shall send our letters ashore to be mailed. By the 30th of September we hope to be with you again. We have seen the earthly Canaan, with its degradation and defilement. Our minds turn toward the better Canaan. With Watts we sing : " 'Look up, our souls, pant toward the eternal hills; Those heavens are fairer than they seem. There pleasures all sincere glide on in crystal rills ; There not a dreg of guilt defiles. No grief disturbs the stream That Canaan knows, — no noxious thing. No cursed soil, no tainted spring ; No roses grow on thorns, nor honey wears a sting.'" Such devices as these help to inspire the young with an interest in sacred things. They may not yet be prepared to appreciate the night of prayer on the mountain, the agony of the Lord in Gethsemane, or the rapturous experiences of St. John on Patmos ; but they may take dehght in the land, its customs, its wonderful histories, read with gratification an account of journeys from Dan to Beersheba, with perils from robbers, and the pranks of native children, the lonely horseback ride from Jerusalem down to Jericho, the encampment by the ' ' Fountain of robbers " north of Jerusalem, the loveliness of Nazareth, the beauty of the Sea of GaUlee, and the glories of Lebanon and Har- mon. Finding dehght in these more human things, they may, incidentally, under the leadershii) of the divine Providence and Spirit, catch ghmjjses of his face who, by simile and word and spirit, sanctified the laud from north to south and from Bashan to the sea. J. H. VINCENT. PREFACE TO THE REVISED EDITION. Dtjeing the fourteen years since this work was pre- pared great advancement has been gained in knowledge of the ancient Oriental world. In the light of recent researches it has become necessary to revise the entire book. The work has been done with care, every loca- tion has been reinvestigated, and the historical allusions have been compared with the latest and best authorities. In this revision the author has been materially aided by Prof. Robert W. Rogers of Madison, N. J., and Prof. Karl P. Harrington of Chapel Hill, N. C, to both of whom thanks are rendered. It is possible that some errors may yet remain, and if any appear to students who make use of this work, corrections or suggestions with regard to them will be gratefully received. Jesse L. Huklbtjt. ge:n'eral index. PAGE Ancient T\^orkl, and the Descendants of Noah 23 Apostolic History, Early 112 Bible History, Chart of. 13 Conquest of Canaan _ 50 Empire of David and Solomon 68 Illustrations, List of-:.. : 11 Index to Descriptive Matter... 157 Index to Map of Old Testament World (Map on pp. 18, 19) 156 Index to Map of Palestine (Map on pp. 152, 153) 151 Introduction 3 Isles of Greece and the Seven Churches 132 Jerusalem, Ancient 72 Jerusalem, Environs of... 82 Jerusalem, Modern 77 Journeys of the Apostle Paul 116 Journeys of the Patriarchs .. 33 Kingdom of Saul 64 Lands of the Sojourn and Wandering... 41 Life of Christ, The.. 103 Measures of the Bible, The. 148 K'ew Testament Palestine (Kingdom of Herod the Great)..... 100 Old Testament World, The -.-, 17 Oriental Empires, The Great — 91 Palestine Among the Twelve Tribes - 55 Palestine Before the Conquest... 36 Palestine, Lessons in the Geography of. .. 143 Palestine Under the Judges — - - 60 Physical Palestine... - 28 Roman Empire, The 97 Solomon's Empire, The Division of -- -- - 86 Tabernacle, The.. 135 Table of Contents - - - 9 Temple, The .-.-/ - 138 VIll TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE .13-16 CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY I. General Periods. II. SUBDri'ISIONS. III. Persons and Rflers. IV. Events op Bible History. V. Battles of Bible History. VI. Events op Religious Prouress. VII. The Books of the Bible. VIII. Gre.\t Oriental Empires. IX. Events of Secular History. THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD 17-22 I. Extent. II. Seas. III. MOUNTAJQJ RaSGES. IV. Rivers. V. L.\NDS. I. iMTids of the Mountain System. 1. Armenia; 2. Media; 3. Persia. II. Lands of the Plain. 1. Assyria; 2. Elam; 3. Mesopotamia; 4. Chaldea; 5. Arabia. III. Lands of the Mediterranean. 1. .^sia Minor; 2. Syria; 3. Plicenicia; 4. Palestine; 5. The Wilder- ness; 6. Egypt. ANCIENT WORLD, AND DESCENDANTS OF NOAH 23-27 I. The Japhetic Nations. 1. Gonicr; 2. Magog; 3. Madai; 4. Javan; 5. Tubal; 6. Mesliecli; 7. Tiras. II. The II.\mitic Races. 1. Cush; 2. Mizraim; 3. Phut; 4. Canaan. III. The Semitic Races. 1. Elam; 2. Asshur; 3. Ar- phaxad; 4. Lud; 5. Aram. PHYSICAL PALESTINE 28-82 I. Dimensions. 1. Canaan; 2. Palestine Proper; 3. The Land of Promise. n. Natural DnisiONS. 1. Maritime Plain; 2. Mountain Region; 3. Jordan Valley; 4. Eastern Table-Land. III. The Waters of Palestine. 1. The River Jordan ; 2. The Three Lakes; 3. The Brooks. IV. The Mountains op Palestine. 1. West of the Jordan; 2. East of the Jordan. V. The Plains op Palestine. I.Phoenicia; 3. Sharon; 3. Philistia; 4. Esdraelon; 5. Negeb: G. Jordan; 7. Hauran. LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING 41-49 I. The Land of Egypt. 1. Names; 2. Boundaries and Dimensions; 3. Divisions; 4. The Nile; 5. The People; 6. History; 7. Principal Places. II. The Wilderness of the Wandering. 1. Situation; 2. Natural Features; 3. Inhabitants. HI. The Land of Edom. 1, Boundaries; 2. Names; 3. Natural Features; 4. Histor}^; 5. Peculiarities. IV. The Wandering in the Wilderness. 1. Rameses to the Red Sea; 2. Red Sea to Mt. Sinai; 3. Ml. Sinai to Kadesh baruea; 4, .5, 6. Kadesh-bnruea to 3It. Hor, Ezion-gelier, and Return; 7, 8. Kadesh-barnea to Elath and Jordan; Table of Stations. THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN 50-54 I. Conquest of Eastern Palestine. 1. Gilcad; 2. Bashan; 3. Midian. II. Conquest of AVestern Palestine. 1. Central; 2. Southern; 3. Northern. HI. Supplementary Conquests. 1. Judah and Simeon; 2. Caleb and Othuiel; 3. Dan. PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES 55-59 I. Reuben. II. Gad. III. Manasseii — East. IV. Simeon. V. Judah. VI. Benjamin. VII. D.^. VIII. Ephraim. IX. Manasseh — West. X. Issachar. XI. ASHER. XII. Zebulon. XIII. Naphtali. XIV. Levi. PALESTINE UNDER THE JUDGES 60-63 I. Supplementary to the Conquest. 1. Judah and Simeon; 3. Danite Migration; 3. Civil War. II. Oppressions and Judges. 1. Mesopotamian (south); 3. Moabitc (central); 3. Early Philistine (south); 4. Canaanite (north); 5. Midiauite (central and north); 6. Ammonite (east); 7. Philistine (south and central). III. Battles op the Pekiod. THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS I. The Journeys op Abraham. 1. Ur to Haran; 2. Haran to Canaan;. 3. Visit to Egypt; 4. Removal to Hebron; 5. Pursuit of the Elamites; 6. Settlement at Beersheba; 7. Offering of Isaac; 8. Burial of Sarah. II. The Journeys of Isaac Homes: 1. Becr-lahai-roi; 2. Gerar; 3. Rehoboth; 4. Beersheba; 5. Hebron. III. The Journeys op Jacob. 1. Flight to Haran; 2. Return to Canaan; 3. Residence in Canaan; 4. Descent into Egypt; 5. Burial Procession. PALESTINE BEFORE THE CONQUEST 36 I. The Earliest Inhabitants. 1, The Rephaim; 2. The Zuzim; 3. The Emini; 4. The Horim; 5. The Avim; 6. The Anakim. II. The Tribes op the Patriarchal Era. 1. Zidoni- ans; 3. Canaanites; 3. Phili.stines; 4. Hittiles; 5. Girgashites; 6. Ilivites; 7. Perizzites; 8. Jebusites; 9. Amorites. III. The Nations at thf. Time of the Conquest. 1. Amorites; 2. Moabites and Ammonites. IV. The Surroctjding Nations. 1. Hivites, Arkites, Sinites. Arvadiles. Hanialliites; 2. Ammonites; 3. Amalekiles, Keniles, Edomites. .33-36 THE KINGDOM OF SAUL I. Saul's Appointment as King. II. The Wars of Saul. HI. Saul's Pursuit of D.wid. IV. Saul's De.\th. THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON.... I. David's Reign o\~e.R Judah. II. The Union of Palestine. HI. David's Foreign Conquests. IV. The Calamities of David's Reign. V. The Close of David's Reign. VI. The Reign of Solomon. 64-67 68-71 -40 ANCIENT JERUSALEM I. Names. II. Location. III. Geologic Formation. IV. Valleys. V. Mountains. VI. Walls. VII. History. .72-76 MODERN JERUSALEM I. Location. II. Walls. HI. Gates. IV. Quarters. V. Fountains and Pools. VI. Outside the Walls. .77-81 X TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGI PAUE THE ENVIROXS OF JERUSALEM 82, 85 JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL 116-131 L NoRTHKKX Road. 1. Mizpeli: 2. Nob; 3. Gibeah; L The Provinces of Asia Minor. 1. On ihe Black 4. Anathoth; 5. Ramali; 6. Miclimash; 7. Ai; 8. Sea; 2. On the jEgean Sea; 3. On the Mediterranean; Beeroth; 9. Bethel; 10. Rimmon; 11. Ephraim. 4. In the Interior. II. E.\STEBN Ro.vD. 1. Bethany; 2. Steep Descent; 3. II. The FinsT Missiosaky JorRNET. 1. Antioch in Jericho. Syria; 2. Seleucia; 3. Island of Cyprus; 4. Salamis; UI. Southern Road. 1. Plain of the Rephaim; 3. 5" Paphos; 6. Perga; 7. Antioch in Pisidia; 8. Rachels Tomb; 3 Bethlehem; 4. Valley of Elah; 5. Iconium; 9. Lystra; 10. Derbe; 11. Return, and Hebron; 6. Jeshimon. Attalia. IV. Southwestern- Ro.\D. ".Jerusalem to Gaza." in. The Second Missionary Journey. V. Western Road. 1. Emmaus: 2 Kiijath jearim. I- -i-siatic Stations. 1. Syria; 2. Cilicia: 3. Derbe; 4. ,-T ^- T> 1 rj 1 .T ri-i, o Lystra; 5. Phrysria; ti. Galatia; 7. Troas. \ I. Northwestern Road 1. Raraali; 2. Gibeon; 3. ^, ■'•'=' „ Beth-horon. I^- European Nations. 1. Pliihppi; 2. Aniphipolis; 3. Apollonia; 4. Thcssalonica; 5. Berea; 6. \ DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE 86-90 Athens; 7. Corinth; 8. Cenchrea. I. Kingdoms: 1. Syria; 2. Israel; 3. Judah; 4. Moab; 5. III. Stations of the Return Journey. 1. Ephesus; 2. Ednra. " Cffisarea; 3. Jerusalem; 4 Antioch. II. Periods: 1. Period of Division; 2. Syrian Period; 3. IV. The Third Missionary Journ-ey. Restoration of Israel; 4. Fall of Israel; 5. Fall of I Otilirard Journey. 1. Antioch; 2. Galatia; 3. Judah. Phrys^ia; 4. Ephesus; 5. Troas; 6. Macedonia; III. B.vTTLES OF THE Period. 7. Gieece. n. Return Journey. 1. Philippi; 2. Troas; 3 Assos; THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES 91 -96, 99 4. Jiitylcne ; 5. Chios; 6. Samos: 7. Tro- I. The E.\rly Chalde.vn Empire. gylliuta; 8. Miletus; 9. Coos; 10. Rhodes; 11. II. The Assyrian Empire. Patara; 12 Tyre; 13. Ptolemais; 14. Csesarea; III. The B.\bylonian Empire. 15. Jerusalem. IV. The Persl\n Empire. y. The Voyage to Rome. 1. Jerusalem: 2. Antipatris; The DrvisioN of Alex.vnder's Empire, B.C 2.50. I.Persian 3. Csesarea; 4. Zidon; 5. Myra; 6. Crete; 7. Melila; Supremacy; 2. Macedonian Supremacy; 3. Egyptian 8 SjTacuse; 9. Rhegium; 10. Puteoli; 11. Appii Supremacy; 4. Syrian Supremacy; 5. Maccabean lude- Forum; 12. Rome. pendence;" 6. Roman Supremacy. yj The Last Journeys of Paul. 1. Colosse, Ephesus; THE ROMAN EMPIRE 97-99 |phesus?°™Home^''''' ^' ^'^'°P°"'' '■ '^'"""'' ^- I. European Provinces. II. Insular Provinces. _ III. Asiatic Provinces. THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHLTICHES. . 133 - 134 IV. African Provinces. \_ Patmos. NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE 100-102 jj}; jm ' SE^•EN Chukches of Asia. 1. Ephesus; 2. I. The Provinces OF Palestine. 1 Judea; 3. Samaria; Smyrna; 3. Pergamos; 4. Thyatira- 5. Sardis; 6. 3. Galilee; 4. Pertea; 5. Decapolis. Philadelphia; 7; Laodicea. II. The Political History of Palestine, B. C. 4- A. D. 70. 1. Kingdom of Herod the Great; 2. THE TABERNACLE 135-137 Tetrarchy; 3 Kingdom of Herod Agrippa; 4. The j Origin Two Provinces. " ^{ History. Ill Depart.ments of the Tabernacle. 1. The Court; THE LIFE OF CHRIST 103-111 o. xhe Altar: 3. The Laver; 4 The Tent; 5. The I. Period of Prep.\ration. 1. Presentation in the Holv Place; 6. The Holy of Holies. Temple; 3 Flight into Egypt; 3. Settlement at Nazareth; 4. Visit to the Tem'ple. THE TEMPLE 138-142 II. Period of Inaugur.\tion. 1. Baptism; 2. Tempta- I. Court of the Gentiles. tiou; 3. Jlarriage at Cana; 4. First Passover; 5. II. S.^cred Enclosure. Return to Galilee. HI. Court of the Women. HI. Period of Early Galilean Ministry. 1. Opening IV. Court of Israel. of the Ministrv; 3. Tour in Eastern Galilee; 3. Second V. Court of the Priests. Passover; 4. Sermon on the Mount. VI. The House of God. IV. Period of Later Galile.vn Ministry. 1. Tour in Southern Galilee; 3. Gadarene Voyage; 3. Tour in LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE 143-147 Central Galilee; 4. Retirement to Bethsaida. t t w „ 17 r. T> 1 T . ni • • I- Ld-ES and \\ ATERS. V Period of Retirement. 1. Journev to Phoenicia; „ „ ^ 3 Journev to Decapolis; 3. Journev to Csesarea I^- -"-^mes and iJiST.M.CES. Philippi; 4. Last Return to Capernaum. III. N.^-TURal Divisions. 1. Sea-Coast Plain; 3. Mountain VI. Period of Jud.ean Ministry. 1. Galilee to Jem- J^*-^'""; 3. Jordan Valley; 4. Eastern Table-Land. salem; 3. Jerusalem to Bethabara. IV. Mount.uns. Vn. Period of Perjj.\n Ministry. 1. Bethabara to V. Pl.\ces. 1. In the Sea Coast Plain: 3. In the Mount- Bethany; 3. Retirement to Ephraim; 3. Journey in ain Region; 3. In the Jordan Valley; 4. In the Pera.>a;"4. Jericho to Bethany. Eastern Table-Land. Vin. Period OF THE Passion. 1, 2, 3. Bethany to Temple \l. Provinces. 1. Judaa; 2. Samaria; 3. Galilee; 4. and Return; 4. Bethany to Supper; 5. Supper to Pera;a; 5. Bashan. Gethsemane; 6. Getlisemane to House of Caiapbas; 7. Caiaphas to Pilate; 8. Pilate to Herod and Reluru; 1'SE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE 148-150 9. Pilate to Calvary. j Smaller Measures of Length. IX. Period of the Resurrection — The Ten Appear- II Larger Measures of Length. ances of Christ: 1. At .Jerusalem; 2. At Jerusalem; Hi' d^y Measures of Capacity. 3. Near Emmaus; 4. At Jerusalem; 5. At Jerusa- IV. Liquid Measures of Capacity. lem; 6. At Jerusalem; 7 Near the Sea of Galilee; Y_ Measures of Weight. 8. On a Mountain in Galilee; 9. At Jerusalem; 10. yf. JIeasures of Value. Near Bethany. EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY 112-115 INDEX TO AND MAP OF PALESTINT; 151-155 I. Philip's Journey. II. S.\UL's Journey. - INDEX TO MAP OF OLD TESTAMENT WORLD 156 ni. Peter's Journey. ^V. ll^N^is .iNo'slYL's JouKNET. INDEX TO DESCRIPTIVE MATTER 157, 158 LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS. MAPS. PAGE Alexander's Empire, Division of 94 Ancient Jerusalem in New Testament Period 73 Ancient World, and Descendants of Noah.. 24 Assyrian Empire 92 Babylonian Empire and its Surroundings ... 92 Betli horon and Vicinity 50 Conquest of Canaan 50 Corinth and Vicinity 123 Damascus and Vicinity 114 Division of Solomon's Empire 86 Early Apostolic History 112 Empire of Chedorlaomer 34 Empire of David and Solomon 68 Environs of Jerusalem 82 Island of Cyprus 119 Isles of Greece and the Seven Churches 133 Isle of Patmos 134 Journeys of the Patriarchs 36 Kadesh-barnea and Vicinity 48 Kingdom of Egypt at its gi'eatest extent under Kameses II 42 Kingdom of Herod the Great 100 Kingdom of Saul 64 Lands of the Sojourn and Wandering 44 Modern Jerusalem 81 Modern Palestine lo2, 153 Modern World and Bible Lands. . . .facing title. Mount Sinai, Vicinitj' of 44 Natural Features of Jerusalem 75 Nineveh and Vicinity 96 Old Testament World 18, 19 Oriental World in the Time of David 70 Outline Map for Review 26 Outline JIaps (Geography of Palestine). 143- 146 Palestine among the Tribes 58 Palestine as Promised and Possessed 53 Palestine before the Conquest 36 Palestine during the Ministry of Jesus 102 Palestine under the Judges 60 Palestine under the Maccabees, B. C. 100. ... 96 Paul's First Missionary Journey 116 Paul's Second Missionary Journey 120 Paul's Third ^Missionary Journey 124 Paul's Voyage to Rome 126 Paul's Last Journeys 130 Period of Preparation. (Life of Christ). 104 Period of Inauguration. " 104 Period of Early Galilean Ministry. " 106 Period of Later Galilean Ministry. " 107 Period of Retirement. " 107 Period of Juda-an Ministry. " 108 Period of Peraean Ministry. " .109 Period of the Passion. " in9 Persian Empire 9-( MAPS — continued. PAOB Peter's Journey - 113 Philip's Journey 113 Physical Palestine 28 Plain of Esdraelon 60 Restoration of Israel, B. C. 80(1 89 Roman Empire in New Testament Period.. . . 98 Saul's Last Battle 64 Saul of Tarsus' and Barnabas' Journeys 113 St. Paul's Bay, Malta, enlarged 138 Syrian Period. B. C. 884-840 88 The Two Provinces, A. D. 44-70 103 ENGRAVINGS. Ancient Coins 149, 150 Antioch in Syria 117 Arches under Temple Area 147 Areopagus at Athens 121 Assj-rian Palace 91 Babylor , 95 Bashan, View in the Eastern Table-Land 55 Bethany 1,50 Bethlehem 105 Bible Measures 148, 149 Birs Nimroud (supposed Tower of Babel) 23 Black Obelisk 93 Brazen Altar 137 Capernaum and the Sea of Galilee 101 Church of the Ascension 54 Church of the Holy Sepulchre 16 Church of Nativity, Bethlehem 71 Colosseum at Rome 97 Damascus lis David's Tomb 73 Defile between Jerusalem and Jericho 83 Dome of the Rock (Site of the Temple) 139 Egyptian Temple 41 Entry of Pilgrims into Bethlehem xii Garden of Gethsemane 49 Gethsemane 85 Grotto of Jeremiah 99 Hebron 39 Jericho 67 .Jericho and the Jordan 37 Jews' Wailing Place at Jerusalem 27 Laodicea from Hierapolis 133 Moabite Stone 88 Modern Jerusalem, Panorama and Descrip- tion of 78, 79 Mos(iue El Aske 90 Mount Ararat 20 Mount TaI)or 61 Mount Zion II5 Mughcir (supposed to be Ur of the C'haldees). 33 si ENGRAVINGS - continued. FAOB Nazareth HO Pool of Siloam 103 Ras es Sufsafeh (Mount Sinai) 43 River Jordan 30 Round about Jerusalem. 59 Shechem 51 Solomon's Pools 84 Tabernacle 13,5 Tower of David (j^ Table of Shew Bread 136 Via Dolorosa m CHARTS. Bible History .14, 15 Chronological Chart of Kings of Israel and Judah 87 Paul's First Journey, Review 119 Table of Nations, Review 27 COMPARATIVE DIAGRAMS. Age of the Patriarchs, before and after the Deluge 34 Areas of Asia Minor and Texas, U.S 118 Area of Egypt 43 Areas of Palestine and New England 29 Area of Palestine at Different Periods 70 Areas of Assyrian, Babylonian and Persian Empires 93 Height of Bible Jlountains 17 Height of Mountains in Palestine 32 Population of the Twelve Tribes at Entrance into Canaan 57 Size of the Territory of the Tribes 56 United Slates and Old Testament World 17 PLANS. Antioch, Ancient 114 Athens, Ancient 132 Babylon , 93 Camp of Israel 47 Ephesus and Vicinity 135 Rome, Ancient 129 Sacred Enclosure (Herod's Temple) 141 Section of Palestine, North to South 31 Section of Palestine, East to West 31 Section Through the Middle of Temple, East to West 140 Solomon's Temple 71 Temple in the Time of Christ (.Herod's) 138 ESTRY OF PILGRIMS INTO BETHLEHEM. 16 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. VII. The Oriental Empires are indicated upon the seventh column of the chart. While they follow in regular succession, there were brief periods of anarchy and confusion between them, which cannot be indicated. (1.) The Early Babylonian Empire, 2280-1120 B. C. Much of the time this was not an empire, but rather the leading state in the oriental world. (2.) The Assyrian Empire, 1120-626 B. C; its capital at Nineveh on the Tigris River, its peox)le fierce warriors, but not able rulers. (3.) The Chaldean Empire, 606-.536 B. C, estab- lished by Nebuchadnezzar, and passing away soon after his death. (4.) The Persian Empire, 536-330, founded by Cyrus, and ruling over all the Old Testament lands. (5.) The Kingdoms (not empire) of Alexander's Succes- sors, 330-60 B. C. The empire of Alexander the Great lasted only seven years (330-323), and was followed by war until 301, when the four generals of Alexander made a division of his conquests. (6.) The Roman Em- pire became dominant in the east about 60 B. C, and continued supreme until after the New Testament period. VIII. The World in General. We arrange on the last column events showing the generai progress of the world outside of the Bible lands. The student will note that Bible History antedates the annals of Greece and Rome by many centuries. THE CllUltfll uf THE IIOI.V SKl'LI-CIIKK. CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY. The Geography and the History of the Bible are so closely united tliat neither subject can be studied to advantage without the other. We therefore present at the opening of our work the Chart of Bible History, upon which the leading events of Bible History and those of the ancient world in general are arranged in ])arallel columns. The blue lines extending across the page represent the centuries before Christ, each space between them being 100 years. Until recently the common chronology found in all reference Bibles and Biblical works, Avasthat prepared by Archl)ishopUssher, who died in 1656, long before the present sources of information from "the monuments" had been discovered. His chronology has not been regarded as trustworthy by scholars for thirty years past ; but until recently it has been retained because students of Biblical and Ancient History were not agreed as to the dates which should be given in place of it. But there is now a substantial, though not complete agreement among scholars; and we therefore discard the Ussherian system, and adopt that obtained from the information given in the inscriptions of Assyria, Babylonia, and Egypt, when compared with statepients in the Bible. We begin at tlie date 2500 B. C. as the events of Bible History earlier than 2500 B. C. can not be fixed with any certainty. And it must be admitted that none of the dates earlier than lUOO B. C. can be regarded as estab- lished. I. General Periods. In the first column we. note the five great periods of Bible History. These are tiie natural divisions of the events contained in the Bible story. 1. The Period of the Early Races, from the Deluge, at a date unknown, to the Call of Abraham, B. C. 2280. Before the Call of Abraham, the history in the book of Genesis is introductory. 2. The Perit)d of the Chosen Family, from the Call of Abraham, B. C. 2280, to the Exodus from Egypt, about 1250 B. C. 3. The Period of the Israelite People, from the Exodus, 1250 B. C, to the Coronation of Saul, about 1050 B. C. 4. Tlie Period of tlie Israelite Kingdom, from the Coronation of Saul, lu50 B. C, to the Captivity in Babylon, B. C. 587. 5. Tlie Period of the Jewish Province, from the Cap- tivity in Babylon, 587 B. C, to the Destruction of Jerusalem by the Romans, A. D. 70. II. In thf' second colunin the larger periods are broken up into Subdivisions. 1. In t\\e Period of the Early Races the line of ilivision is made at the Dispersion of the Races, to which no date is assigned. 2. TJie Period of the Chosen Family is subdivided at the Descent into l^gypt by Jacob and his family, about 2060 B. C. 3. 'Ihe Period of the Israel itish People has three subdi- visions. (1.) Tile Wandering in the Wilderness, from the Exodus, B. C. 1250, to the Entrance into Canaan, B.C. 1210. (2.) The Settlement, extending to the Meso- potamian Oppression, B. C. 1180. (3.) The Rule of the Judges, to the Coronation of Satil, B. C. 1050. (4.) T?ie Period of the Israelitish Kingdom naturally divides itself into three sections. (1.) Unity, to the Division of the Kingdom, B. C. 935. (2.) Division, to the Captivity of the Ten Tribes, B. C. 721. (3.) Decay, the stage of the kingdom of Judah alone, from B. C. 721 to 587, the Babylonian Captivity. (5.) The Period of the Jewish Province has five subdivisions. (1.) Chaldean Rule, to the Return from Captivity, B. C. 536. (2.) Persian Rule, to the Conquest by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330. (3.) Greek Rule, tinder the kingdoms of Alexander's succes- sors to the Revolt of Mattathias, B. C. 168. (4.) Jewish Independence, to the Annexation of Judaea to the Roman Emi^ire, A . D. 6. (5.) Ronnin Rule, to the final Destruc- tion of Jerusalem, A. D. 70. III. Next, we notice the prominent Persons and Rulers in Sacred History. The perpendicular lines op- posite the names of the patriarchs indicate the duration of their lives, according to the common chronolog}^ Only the most imj)ortant of the Judges are named, and with each is given his number in the order of the list. The crowns show the kings, and the years show the period of their reigns. The chronology during the age of the .ludges is very uncertain, and the dates are only conjectural. IV. The Events of Bible History, given in the fourth column, are too numerous to be recapitulated. The student should divide them according to the Subdi- visions of the Periods, already given. V. The History of Eg^ypt occupies the fifth column. The opinions of scliolars are greatly at variance with regard to the dates of the first eighteen dynasties, some of them differing by a thousand years. The ancient history of Egypt is divided into three sections. (1.) The Old Kingdom, founded by Menes perhaps 4700 B. C, and governed by ten dynasties in succession. (2.) The Middle Kingdom, from' about 2900 B. C. to 1570 B. C, Dvnasties XL to XYII. (3.) The New Kingdom, from 1570 B. C. to 525 B. C, Dynasties XII. to XXVII. Egypt was part of the Persian Emiiire from 525 to 332 B. C. After 323 B. C. it was governed by a line of Greek kings, who bore the name of Ptolemy, until 30 B. C, when it became a Roman province. VI. The Kingdoms of the East, Babylonia and As.syria, appear on the sixth column; beginning with a number of states in Babylonia; becoming an empire under Hammurabi about 2280 B. C. ; by turns strong and weak until about 1100 B. C, when tlie Assyrian empire arose, overpowering Babylon. The Assyrian Empire lasted until 625 B. C, when Babylon again arose to power, though the Chaldean Empire did not begin until 606 B. C. In 536 B. C. it fell before the Persian conquerors, and the whole world of the Bible was under Persian con- trol until 330 B. C, when Alexander the Great won it. No world-empire arose after the death of Alexander, until the Roman period. 13 CHART OF BIBLE HISTORY f The Gengraphy and the History of the Bible are so closely uuiteil that neither subject can be studied to acUan'tage without the other. We therefore present at the opening of our work the Chart of Bible History, upon wliicii the leading events of Bible History and those of the ancient world in general are arranged in parallel columns. The blue line.s exteniling across the page repre.sent the centuries before Christ, each space between them being 1"0 years. Until recently the common clirr>nology found in all reference Bibles and Biblical works, wasthat pre]iared by An-hbishopUssher, who died in Ifl.'ili, long bel'ore the ]iresent sources of infonnation from "the monuments" hail been discovered. His chronology has not been regarded as trustworthy by scholars for thirty years past; but nntil recently it has been retained Ijecause students of Biblical and Ancient History were not agreed as to the dates whicli shonld be given in place of it. But there is now a substantial, though not complete agreement among schcdars; and we therefore discard the Ussherian system, and adopt that obtained from the infornuition given in the inscriptions of Assyiia, Babylonia, and Egypt, when compared with statepients in the Bible. We begin at the date 2500 B. C. as the events of Bible History earliei- than 2,'ino B. C. can not be fixed with any certainty. And it must be admitted that none of the dates earlier than 1000 B. C I'an be regarded as estab- lished. I. General Periods. In the first column we note the five great periods of Bible History. These are the natural divisions of the events contained in the Bible story. 1. The Period of the Early Races, from the Deluge, at a date unknown, to the Call of Abraham, B. C. 2280. Before the Call of Abraham, the history in the book of Genesis is introductory. 2. The Period of the Chosen Family, from the Call of Abraham, B. C. 2280, to the Exodus from Egypt, about 1250 B. C. 3. The Period of the Israelite People, from the Exodus, 1250 B. C, to the Coronation of Saul, about lo50 B. C. 4. The Period of the Israelite Kingdom, from the Coronation of Saul, liiSO B. C, to the Captivity in Babylrm, B. C. 587. 5. The Period of the Jewish Province, from the Cap- tivity in Babylon, 587 B. C, to the Destruction of Jerusalem l>y the Romans, A. D. 70. II. In t he second column the larger jjeriods are broken up into Subdivisions. 1. Iji the Period of the Early Races the line of division is made at the Dispersion of the Races, to which no date is assigned. 2. The Period of the Chosen Fumily is subdivided at the Descent into Egypt by Jacob and his family, about 2080 B. C. 3. 'Ihe Period of the Isrnelitish Peop/c has three subdi- visions. (1.) The Wandering in the Wilderness, from the Exodus, B. C. 1251), to the Entrance into Canaan, B.C. 1210. (2.) The Settlement, extending to the Meso- polamian O]ipression, B. C. 1180. (3.) Tile Rule of the Judges, to the Ciiroiiation of Saul, B. C. 1050. (4.) The Period if the hrotiitish Kinydoiit naturally divides itself into three sections. (1.) Unity, to the Division of the Kingdom. B. C. 935. (2.) Division, to the Captivity of the Ten Tribes, B. C. 721. (3.) Decay, the stage of" the kingdom of Judah alone, from B. i). 721 to 587, the Babylonian Captivity. (5.) The Period of the Jewish ProDiiiee has five subdivisions. ( 1 . ) Chaldean Rule, to the Return from Captivity, B. C. 536. (2.) Persian Rule, to the C'onquest by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330. (3.) Greek Rule, under the kingdoms of Alexander's succes- sors to the Revolt of Mattathias, B. C. 108. (4.) Jewish Independence, to the Annexation of Jud.'ea to the Roman Emjiire, A. D. fi. (5.) Roman Rule, to the final Destruc- tion of Jeru.salem, A. D. 70. III. Next, we notice the prominent Persons and KHlei'8 in Sacred History. The perpendicular lines op- posite the names of the patriarchs indicate the duration of their lives, according to the common chronology. Only the most imiKU'tant of the Judges are named, and with each is given his number in the order of the list. The crowns show the kings, antl the years show the period of their reigns. The chi-onology during the age of the Jttdges is very uncertain, and the dates are only conjectural. IV. The Events of Bible History, given in the fourth column, are t<»o numerous to be recapitulated. The student should divide them according to the Subdi- visions of the Peiiods, already given, V. The History of Egypt occupies the fifth column. The opinions of scholars are greatly at variance with regard to the dates of the first eighteen dyniisties, some of them diH'ering by a thousand years. The ancient history of Egypt is divided into tliree sections. (1. ) The Old Kingdom, founded l^y Menes perhaps 4700 B. C, and governed by ten dynasties in succession. (2.) The Middle Kingdom, fi-om about 2!lo0 B. C. to 1570 B. C, Dynasties XI. to XVII. (3.) The New Kingdom, froiTi 1.570 B. C. to 525 B. C, DjTiasties XII. to XXVII. Egypt was part of the Persian Empire from 525 to 332 B. C. After 323 B. C. it was governed by a line of Greek kings, who bore the name of Ptolemy, until 30 B. C, when it became a Ronum province. VI. The Kingdom.^ of the East, Babylonia and Assyria, appear on the sixth column; beginning with a number of states in Babylonia; becoming an empire under Hammurabi about 2280 B. C. ; by turns strong and weak until about 1100 B. C, when the Assyrian empire arose, overpowering Babylon. The Assyrian Empire lasted until 025 B. C, when Babylon again arose to power, though the Chaldean Empire did not begin until 606 B. C. In 530 B. C. it fell before the Persian conciiierors, and the whole world of the Bible was under Persian con- trol until 330 B. C, when Alexander the Great won it. No world-empire arose after the death of Alexander, until the Roman jieriod. THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD. I. Extent. The Old Testament World embraces the seas and lands between 3()° and 54° east longitude, or from the mouth of the Nile to that of the Persian Gulf; and between 27° and 40° north latitude, from the parallel south of Mount Sinai to that north of Mount Ararat. The total extent of territory is about 1,400 miles from east to west and 900 miles from north to south, aggregating 1,200,000 square miles. Deducting from this the space occupied by the ]\Iediterranean Soa and other large bodies of water, the land will include about 1,110,000 square miles, or one-third the extent of the United States, exclud- ing Alaska. Unlike the United States, however, nearly two-thirds of this extent is a vast desert, and uninhabit- able, so that the portion actually occupied by man is less than an eia-hth of that included in the American Union. Approximate Scale, 909 miles to 1 innh. COMPARATn'E VIEW OF UNITED STATES AND OLD TESTAJIEXT WORLD. II. Seas. This world of the Old Testament embraces several large bodies of water. 1. The Caspian Sea, the largest body of water surrounded by land on the globe, occupies its northeastern corner. 2. The Persian Gulf, the outlet of the gi'eat rivers of the Old Testament his- tory, is in its southeastern border. 3. The two arms of the northern end of the Red Sea, the Gulf of Suez and the Gulf of Akaba, are on its southwestern side. 4. The Mediterranean Sea, "the great sea toward the going down of the sun " (Josh. 1 : 4\ forms a part of its west- ern boundary. These are its largest seas; but besides these may be named three others, aU salt lakes, imbedded in its mountain system. 5. The Dead Se((, called in the Bible "Sea of the Plain," and "Salt Sea," lying 1,290 feet below the Mediterranean, and situated in the land of Palestine ; 6. Lake Van, anciently Arsissa, in Ar- menia ; and 7. Lake Urumiyeli, in Media. Neither of the last two are referred to in the Bible. III. Mountain Ranges. The nucleus of the mount- ain system is found in the land of Armenia, on the north of the map. Here five great ranges of mountains have their origin. 1 The Ararat Mountains are lofty masses, lying between the Caspian Sea and Asia Minor. They are arranged in three sections, nearly parallel : Mount Masius, on the south; Momit Niphates, noi'th of Lake Van; and Mount Abus, still farther north. One of the i^eaks of this latter section is the traditional resting place of the ark (Gen. 8:4), and is the summit of the group, 17,750 feet high. 2. The Caspian Mountains, branching from Ararat, bend around the southern end of the Caspian Sea and extend eastward, forming the northern boundary of Media. 3. The Zagros Mountains also start from Ararat, and follow a direction generally southeast, to the northern shore of the Persian Gulf. They form the eastern watershed of the Tigris and Eu- phrates rivei-s. 4. The Lebanon Range starts from the western side of the Ararat group, and folloAVS the Med- iterranean coast through Syria and Palestine, then down the Sinaitic peninsula. Its general direction is west of south. In Syria and Palestine it is divided into two par- allel bi-auches, Lebanon and Anti-Lebanon, the latter on the east. Its highest peak is Mount Hermon, about 9,000 feet above the sea. South of Palestine it forms the re- markable Sinaitic group of mountains, upon one of which the Law was given. 5. The last range is i/b?/j?^ Tawnis, which also branches from Ararat, in a Avesterly direction, and forms the southern coast hne of Asia Minor. COMPARATIVE IIF.IOIIT OF BIBLE MOUNTAINS. IV. Rivers. Passing by many unimportant streams, we notice the following, the largest of which have tlieir 17 1 20 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. rise iu the mouutaiu system of Armenia. 1. The Arax- es, not named iu the Bible, but important as a boundary, rises in the northern section of the Ararat Range, and flows, in a general direction, eastward into the Caspian Sea. 2. The Tigris, called in the Bible Hiddekel, rises in Mount Niphates, of the Ararat Range, and flows in a southeasterly direction, following the line of Mount Zagros, unites with the Eujilivates, and thence flows into the Persian Gulf. Its length to the union with the Euphrates is 1,146 miles; beyond the union to the gulf, at present, 100 miles, though anciently much less; and at a time within the hmits of history the two rivers dis- charged by separate mouths. Their united stream is now called the Shaat el Arab. 3. The Euphrates, or the Frat (a word meaning "-abounding'*), is the great river of the Bible world. It has two important sources, both MOUNT AUAHAT. in Armenia: one at a place called Domli; the other, the more distant and true source, at Diyadin, at the foot of a mountain called Ala Tagh, 20 miles west of Mount Ara- rat. It flows westward 400 miles, then southward about as far, then in a southeasterly direction 1,000 miles, vmit- ing at last with the Tigris to form the Shaat el Arab. It is navigable for 1,100 miles, and has in all ages formed the i)rincipal means of travel between Eastern and West- ern Asia. At Babylon, it is nearly a mile in width, though for SOO miles it does not I'cceive a single tribu- tary, as it flows through a desert. It ovei-flows its banks every year, rising as high as twelve feet. 4. The Orontes rises in Mount Lebanon, and flows northward parallel witii the Mediterranean until, just before I'eaching Asia Minor, it breaks through the mountains and empties into the sea. 5. The Jordan, least yet most important of all, flows southward from the foot of Mount Hermon into the Dead Sea. It will be described in connection with the Physical Map of Palestine. 6. The Nile, the great river of Africa, rises in the centre of the continent and flows northward into the Mediterranean Sea, turning the desert through which it passes into a garden. V. The Lands. These are not easy to detei-mine since their boundaries and names varied at different peri- ods of the history. Yet their locations may be given, and their natural limits are generally known. They may be classified as foUows : 1. Lands of the Mountain System, all north and east of the Zagros chain of mount- ains : Armenia, Media, and Persia. 2. Lands of the Plain : Assyria, Elam, Mesopotamia, Chaldea, Arabia. 3. Lands of the Mediterranean : Asia Minor, Syi-ia, Phoenicia, Palestine, The Wilderness, Egypt. I. LANDS OF THE MOUNTAIN SYSTEM. 1. Armenia is a name nowhere used in the original Scriptm-es, but in our version is a translation of the word "Ararat," which word properly appears in place of "Armenia" in the Revised Version. The province embraces the lofty plateau and mount- ain gi'oup between the Caspian and Black Seas, and north of Mesopotamia and Assyria, the source of four great rivers, the Araxes, Tigris, Euphrates, and Acampsis, the latter pouring into the Black Sea. Its boundaiies ai'e : ujjon the north, the Caucasus Mount- ains; on the east. Media and the Cas- on the south. Media, from which it is by the Araxes, and Assyria, from which it is divided by Mount Masius; and on the west, the Euphrates, separating it from Asia Minor. Tradition states that it ^vas settled by Haik, a grandson of Japhet; and the earliest history names it as tiibutary to Assyria. Ex- cepting the resting of Noah's ark upon one of its mount- ains, few events of Scripture are associated with it, 2. Media is in the original the same word as Madai, the son of Japhet. (Gen. 10:2.) Its boundaries are the river Araxes and the Caspian Sea on the north, the great salt desert of Iicim on the east, Persia on the south, and the Zagros Mountains, separating it from Assyria and Armenia. A branch of the Zagros Mountains, I'un- ning eastward, divides it into two portions, anciently known as Media Atropatene (the one northward) and Media Magna. In each of these provinces the prmciiral city was called Ecbatana. The Medes were of the Aryan cr Japhetic stock, and were always a warlike and independ- ent jjeople. Though conquered by Assyria, their land was never formally annexed to the Assyrian empire. In )ian Sea; sepai'ated THE OLD TESTAMENT WORLD. IV 1 B. C. 633 the Median kingdom was established, and soon became supreme over Ass}Tia, Armenia, and Persia, and formed tlie Medo- Persian empire, which succeeded to the jiower of Babylon in the East, B. C. 536. After that date the history of Media is lost in that of Persia. :;. Persia ^v•as originally a small province on the Per- sian Gulf, still known as Fars. But Persia Proper in- cluded, besides the sandy plain on the gulf, a moixntain- ous plateau north of it, and was bounded by iledia on the north, by Carmania on the east, by the Persian Gulf on the south, and by Elam on the west. Its jieople were )Lelialjiin (I-i'bya ) HaamaKFer. CuZfjJ^aplmiliim (JTa-p&tu) SaTjtecliali Patlirusim ( Tatliros ) I^iMRODi Casluliim-Philistim {TUilistia) Caplltorim (Crete) Salali I Ebcr Uz Hul Getlier 3rasli Peleg Joktan (A.rabia) THE J lews' WAILING PLACE, AT JEKUSALKM. 30 ' Loogitnde from Greenwich. 36 PHYSICAL MAP OF PALESTINE. BEFEKEXCES Gravel . Sana . Ximestone . ~ Vegetation . Granite 30' Xongitnae from Washington. 112 PHYSICAL PALESTINE. I. DIMENSIONS. The terms Canaan, Palestine and the Holy Land are used with various meanings. The first is the original name, taken from the ancestor of its early inhabitants ; the second is a modernized form of the word ' ' Phihs- tine, " a race occupying its southwest portion ; the tliird is the name apphed to it as the land where the Saviour of the world hved and died. In either one of these three names we may also find three different limitations of meaning. 1. Strictly speaking, the word "Canaan" refers to the country between the Jordan and the Mediterranean; bounded on the north by Mount Leb- anon, and on the south by the desert. The name "Palestine" is often given to this section only. This region includes about 6,000 square miles, a territory T^PjiIpstln p. >i,GO0 Sq. n. Tnlesthip Proper r Xmpire of Solomon. 00,000 Square 3IilcH. COMP.\UATIVE AREAS OF PALESTrNE AND KEW ENGL.\SD. smaller than the State of Massachusetts by 1,200 square miles. 2. Palestine Proper, the Land of the Twelve Tribes, embraces both Canaan anil the region east of the Jordan, loosely called Gilead, though that name strictly belongs to but one section of it. Palestine Proper is bounded on the north by the river Leontes, Mount Lebanon and Mount Hermon ; east by the Syrian desert, south by the Arabian desert, and west by the Mediterranean; and forms a sort of parallelogi-am, em- bracing an area of about 12,000 miles, about the size of Massachusetts and Connecticut. 3. The Land of Prom- ise (Niun. 31). in its largest meaning, extended from the "Entrance of Haraath," on the north, to Mount Hor, Kadesli-barnea, and the "River of Egypt" (Wadfj el Arisli); and from the Euphrates to the Mediterranean ; including an area of 60,(iOO squai'e miles, a little less than that of the five New England States. This was realized only during a part of the reigns of David and Solomon. Not all of even Palestine Proper was pos- sessed by Israel during most of its history; for the plain along the sea-shore was held by the Philistines on the south, and by the Phoenicians on the north. II. NATURAL DIVISIONS. The divisions of Palestine made by the natural features of the country are four, generally parallel to each other : 1. The Maritime Plain. 2. The Mountain Region. 3. The Jordan VaUey. -i. The Eastern Table-Land. 1. The Maritime Plain lies along the coast of the Mediterranean for the entire length of the country, broken only by Mount Carmel, north of which it is quite narrow; but immediately south of the mountain it is 8 miles wide, thence widening to 20 miles at the southern boundary of the country. It is an undulating surface of low hiUocks of sandy soil, from 100 to 200 feet above the sea-level, and very fertile. In the Old Testament period it was but little occupied by the Israelites, whose home was on the mountains. It is divided into four por- tions. North of Mount Carmel a narrow strip is called Phoenicia. Directly east of Mount Carmel the level • country is pressed inward, and lies between the mount- ains, forming the remarkable Plain of Esdraelon. phys- ically belonging to the Maritime Plain, but geographically to the Mountain Region. South of Mount Carmel lay Sharon; and further southward was Phihstia, a land whose people, the Philistines, were long the enemies of Israel, and have since given the name Palestine to the whole land. 2. Tlie Mountain Region, between the Jordan Val- ley and the Plain, is the backbone of the country, and was the principal home of the Israehtes. It is a contin- uation of the Lebanon range of mountains, and extends southward to the desert. It is divided into five sections, by natural rather than pohtical hues of boundary. (1.) In Upper Gahlee the mountains average a height of 2,800 feet above the sea, and Jcbel Jerni iiA\ the highest peak, is 4,000 feet high. (2.) In Lower Galilee the hills are about I.SOO feet high, their southeastern .slopes precipitous, the northern and northwestern gentle. In this section lies the Plain of Esdraelon, about 250 feet above the sea, 9 miles across, and 14 miles north and south. (3.) The Hill Country of Samaria and Judjea, called in the Old Testa- ment "Mount Ephraim," and "the mountains of Judah," is from 2,000 to 3,000 feet high, consisting of mountain and valley, with the watershed midway between the Jor- dan and the sea. Near the Dead Sea is the Wilderness of Judaea, an uninhabitable region, without verdure, and penetrated with ravines and caves; sometimes called Jeshimon. (4.) The Shefelak, or "low hills," are the foot-hiUs of the Mountain Region, forming a natural 29 30 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. terrace 500 feet above the sea-level, on the western side of the mountains, between them and the Plain. This extends along both Samaria and Jnda?a. (5.) Tlie Xegeb, a word meaning "dry," translated "South Country" in the Bible, begins just south of Hebron, and slopes south- ward to the Arabian desert, in a series of hills much lower than tliose in the northern section. 3. The Joi'dan Valley is a i-emarkable depression, beginning at the sources of the river, and plowing a gorge which grows deeper as it goes southward. At the springs of the Jordan it is 1,700 feet above the sea, with lofty mountains on each side, Hermon and Lebanon. AtLakeMerom pastm-age. On the north is Bashan, now called "the Hauran," in the centre Hes GiJead, and south was the laud of Moab. III. THE WATERS OF PALESTINE. These may be noticed under three heads : 1. The River Jordan. 2. The Three Lakes. 3. The Brooks, or mountain torrents. 1. The River Jordan has three sources. (1.) The most northerly is at Hasbeiya, on Hermon. (2.) The largest stream proceeds from a great spring at the ancient Dan, now Tell el Kady. (3.) The one recognized as the source by it is 7 feet above (lie level of the sea. Below . — ^ Merom it descends by a fall of 0)0 feet to the mile, and at the Sea of Galilee is 682 feet below the Mediten-anean. Here begins the Ghor (its Arab name, meaning "hollow"), a gorge 65 miles long to the Dead Sea, and descending 610 feet further in its depth, with a barrier of chffs on either side, from 2 to 8 miles apart, except at the "Plain of Jordan," or "Plain of Jericho," just north of the Dead Sea, which is 1-1: miles wide. This plain lies 400 feet above the level of the Dead Sea, and is encompassed by mountains which rise al)ove it about 4,000 feet. 4. The Eastern Table-Land is a lofty plateau, east of the Jordan. The momitains on this side are higher and more steep than are those on the west; and from their summit a plain stretches away to the great Syinan desert. It is mostly fertile, and ^especially adapted to the Jews is at Banias, near the ancient Caes- area Philippi. It may be divided into three sections : from Hasbeiya to Lake Merom, about 40 miles; from its entrance into Merom to the Sea of Gahlee. 15 miles; and from the northern end of that lake to the Dead Sea, 79 miles, — making its direct lengih 134 miles, though by its wmdings the chan- nel is about 200 miles long. In its progi-ess it falls over 3,000 feet, an average fall of over 22 feet to the mile. It varies in vddih from SO to 180 feet, and m depth from 5 to 12 feet. 2. The Three Lakes are: (1.) Merom, now ca.Iled Hnleh, a triangular sheet of water three miles across, located in a swamp in Northern Galilee. (2.) The Sea of Gahlee, called Chinnereth in the Old Testament, a pear- shaped lake, 14 miles long, and 9 -wide. (3.) The Dead Sea, 46 miles long, its surface 1,290 feet below^ the level PHYSICAL PALESTINE. Mt.Rermon 9,200 feet 31 Horizontal Scale uf Miles. SECTION OP PALESTINE FROM NORTH TO SOUTH. Rand, McNally & Co., Engr's, Chicago. of the Mediterrauean, and in some places 1 , 300 feet deep, though the great lagoon on its southern end is not more than 20 feet deep. 3. The Brooks, or mountain torrents, are an impor- tant feature in the country. They are dry for most of the year, but during the Avintei' are large and rapid. (1.) On the east of the Jordan A'alley are : (a) the Hiero- max (now called the Jarmnk), flowing from the high- lands of Bashan mto the Jordan, south of the Sea of Galilee ; (6) the Jabbok (now ZerJca), descending from the table-land, and entering the Jordan a little south of midway between the Sea of Galilee and the Dead Sea ; (r) the Arnon (noAv Mojeb), entering the Dead Sea about the middle of its eastern shoi-e. (2.) Flowing from the Mountain Kegion eastward are: (a) the Farah, "the waters of Enon " (John 3:23); (6) the brook Cherith (1 Kings 17:3), perhaps Wad jj Kelt, near Jericho ; (c) the brook Kedron, running past Jerusalem, eastward, into the Dead Sea, probably the Wady en Nar. (3.) Flowing into the Mediterranean are : (a) the Leontes (now Lit- cAHij), the northern boundary of Palestine, a stream almost as long as the Jordan; (h) the Kishon, "that ancient river" (Judg. 5:21), watering the jilain of Es- draelon ; (c) the l)rook Besor ( Wady es SheriaTi), near the southern frontier. Others might be named, but these are the most important, though not in all cases the largest. IV. THE MOUNTAINS OF PALESTINE. These may be considered either in order of height or of location. The diagi-am groups the principal mount- i:ast:ees table zajh) Jerusalem, 3,000 ft. nliovc Mediterranean Betl.-l.oron ^/^si,,eclie.n level of ^MI^ Mediterranean ,^.Jnppn ^i-.-K J ~ - O jtjIltlMl ^-^ 10 v. W <<1 Level of Dr. id Sea en 6S Horizontal Scale of Miles. SECTION OF r.M.ESTTNE FROM EAST TO WEST. lland. McNally & Co., Engr'si, Chicago. 32 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. ains in the relation of their comparative height above the sea-level ; wo may notice them in their order of location. They natnraUy divide into two sections : 1 . Those of the Mountain Region west of Jordan. )i. Those of the Eastern Table-Land. Begimiing at the northern boundary of Palestine, we find: 1. Mount Lebanon, "the white mountain,"' a range of lofty mountains stretching northward, i)arallel with the sea, genei'ally about o,OUU feet high, but at its highest pomt, Jebel Mukhmeel, 10,200 feet high. 2. The highest point in Gahlee is Jebel Jerinuk, noi'thwest of the Sea of Galilee, 4,000 feet high. 3. West of the Sea of Galilee is Kurun Hatti'n, "the horns of Hattin,"' the traditional "Mount of the Beatitudes," 1,200 feet liigh. COJIPARATIVE HEIGHT OF JtOU>TAIXS IX PALESTINE. 4. At the northeastern corner of the Plain of Esdraelon is Mount Tabor, a symmetrical cone, the battle-field of Deborah and Barak, 1,843 feet high. 5. A short distance to the south stands Little Hermon, "the Hill of Moreh," now Jebel el Duhy, 1,S1d feet high. G. Southward stiU is Mount Gilboa, the place of Gideon's victory and of King Saul's defeat, 1,715 feet high. 7. Sweeping around the southern border of the Plain of Esdraelon to the Mediterranean Sea is Mount Carmel, at its highest point 1,750 feet, but 500 as it meets the sea. These last four mountains form the boundaiy of the Plain of Esdraelon. In the land of Samaria, wliich we now enter, are Init two important elevations : 8. Ebal, the mountain of the curses, 3,075 feet; 9. Directly opposite, Gerizini, the mountain of the blessings, 2,S50 feet. The principal peaks in Judaea are the following : 10. Mount Zion, the seat of David's castle, 2,550 feet; 11. Across the vaUey of the Kedron eastward, the Movmt of Ohves, 2,005 feet; 12. Moimt Hebron, 3,030 feet. South of Hebron the land slojjes away to the level of the desert. The Eastern Table-Land has fewer elevations, and is generally less noticed in the Scriptm-es. 1. On the north rises Mount Heimon, 9,000 feet high, the southern end of the range known as Anti-Lebanon, or "Lebanon toward the sun-rising." 2. South of the river Hieroniax is Mount Gilead, about. 3,000 feet high. 3. Near the northern end of the Dead Sea is Mount Nebo, 2.07o feet high, on a "shoulder" of which. Mount Pisgah, Moses beheld the Promised Land, and died. Y. THE PLAINS OF PALESTINE. These have been already noticed, to some extent, but may be named together. Upon the Maritime Plain. Ave notice: 1. Phcenicia, a very narrow strip along the Mediteri'anean, north of Mount Carmel, nevei- possessed by the Israehtes, and having Tyre and Sidon as its principal cities. 2. Directly south of Mount Carmel, Sharon, havuig Ca?sarea and Joppa as its most important places. 3. Still further south, Phihstia, the land of Israel's ancient enemies, containhig several cities, of wliich Gaza and Ashkelon (afterward Ascalou) were cliief . Upon the Mountain' Region we find imbedded, 4. The Plain of Esdraelon, a Y-shaped legion, 25(i feet above the sea-level, surromided by mountains, and situated between Mounts Carmel, Tabor and Gilboa. 5. The Negeb, or South Country, between Hebron and the desert, in Southern Judaea, may be regarded as a plain, though of I'oUing character, as its hills are not so high as those on the north. 0. In the Jordan VaUey, just north of the Dead Sea, is a place called "the Plain of Jordan," or "the Plain of Jericho," the site of the destroyed "cities of the plain." 7. In the northern section of the Eastern Table-Land is the vast higlrlaud known as "the Hauran,'' anciently called Ba- shan, watered by the streams which form the Hieromax river. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Dimensions. 1. Canaan. 2. Palestine (Twelve Tribes). 3. Land of Promise. II. J\'atural Din'sions. 1. Maritime Plain. 2. Mountain Region (Upper Galilee, Lower Galilee, Hill Country, Shefelali, Negeb). S. Jordan Valley (Merom, Galilee, De.id Sea). 4. Eastern Table-Land (Bashan, Gilead, Moab). III. Waters. 1. .Jordan (sources, sections). 2. Lakes (ilerom, Galilee, Dead Sea). 3. Brooks. (1.) East: Hieromax, Jabbok, Anion. (2.) Mount- ain Region : Farah, Cberitb, Kedron. (3.) Maritime Plain : Lconte.«. Ki- shon. Besor. IV. Mountains. 1. West of .Jordan : Lebanon, Jermuk, Ilaltin. Talior, Little riermnii. Gilboa, Carmel, Ebal, Gerizim, Zion, Olives, Hebron. 2. East of Jordan . Hcrnion, Gilead, Nebo. V. Plains. 1. Phoenicia. 2. Sharon. 3. Philistia. 4. Esdraelon. 5. Negeb. 6. Jordan. 7. Hauran. THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS. At the close of the eleventh chapter of Genesis a cliange is made in the subject of the Bible story. Thus far it has been a history of the entire race; but from this point to the close of Genesis a single family is brought into prominent notice, and the rest of the tribes of men are refen-ed to only inciJentaUy. The family of Abraham, of Semitic origin, deserve ail their prominence in sacred histiiry, since through them the true religion was perpet- uated until the world was ready for its wider dissemi- natiiin in the gospel period. I. THE JOURNEYS OF ABRAHAM. These extend over nearly all the lands of the Old Testament, from Chaldea to Egypt. They represent the seiiaration of a Semitic clan from the great body of the race, which was then ruled by an Elaniite dynasty ; and they bring to our notice the po- litical relations of the world about two thousand years before Christ, in the early Chal- dean period of the East. 1. From Ur to Haraii. (Gen. 11: 21-6-2.) The family of Abraham (then called Abram)lived at Ur of the Cha Mi(raliaiu. 1 i 1". II l!«aac. &^ ISO. 1 J acob. 1 1 ■ 1«- II Josepli, ^ 110. — a THE JOURNEYS OF THE PATRIARCHS. 35 Canaan (though some of the best chronologers allow forty years in Haran, and thirty years in Canaan); and seventeen years in Egypt. The principal places named in Jacob's journeys are: 1. Beersheba, now Bir es Seba, a well-known place in the south of Palestine. 2. Bethel, now Be it in, 10 miles north of Jerusalem. 3. Haran, now bearing the same name. (See under Abra- ham's life, Journey No. 1.) 4. Mizjjah, called also Jegar- sahadutha, "the heap of witness," perhaps the impor- tant place afterward known as Ramoth-gilead, now es Salt, 13 miles south of the Jabbok. But this seems too far south to represent the event, and we are inclined to place it at some unknown mountain between the Jal)- bok and the Hieromax. 5. Mahanaim, probably at 3Ia7i- iieTi, 10 miles north of tlie Jalibok. <>. Peniel. afterward Penuel, unknown, but somewhere on the brook Jabbok. 7. Succoth, "booths," recently identified as Tel.! Darala, a mile north of the Jabbok, in the Jordan Valley. S. Shalem, "jieace." If this refers to a ])lace, it is Scdiiii, 3 miles east of Shechem. But some read the sentence, "Jacob came in peace [/. e., in safety] to Shechem." (Gen. 33: IS.) 9. Ephrath, the place of Rachel's death and burial, near Bethlehem. The Joui-neys of Jacob may be arranged as follows : 1. The Flight to Haran. (Gen. 28:10-29:14.) Fear- ing the vengeance of Esau after the stolen blessing, Jacob hastily left his home at Beershelja, and journeyed northward to Haran. At Bethel he saw the vision of the heavenly ladder, and arrived safely at Haran. distant -150 miles from Beersheba. Here he remained either i^ from 37 Greenwicb. 114 ^Va^bin^-i 36 PALESTINE BEEOKE THE CONQUEST. The knowledge which Ave possess of the inhabitants of Palestine before the 13th century B. C. is quite scanty. The names of tribes, more or less settled, are given; but we know very little of their language, customs or origin. The description of Palestine during the first eight hun- tribes and their roving ti-aits would result in many alterations of boundary lines. But east of the Jordan the changes may be more distinctly marked. 1. The Amorites, already named, i)robal)ly conquered the eastern table-land, north of the Jabbok, during the period of the sojourn (/. c, the stay of the Israelites in Egypt), and dispossessed its early inhabitants. Many of these, however, remained among the conquerors, and one of this race, Og, the King of Bashan, ruled over the noi'thern Amorites when the Israelites entered the land, and was slain by them. 2. Two new tribes, closely related, made their appear- ance during this ei)och, the Moahitesand Aniiiioiiite8. They were descended from Lot, the m'i)liew of Abra- ham, and their orighi is related in Gen. !'.>. They arose (luring the period cf the sojouiii, and conqnei'ed the primitive Emim and Zuzim (Deut. 2:19-23), probably ■iO MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. as far north as the Jabbok. But the Amorites on the north wrested their conquests from them and drove them back south of the Arnon, which was thenceforward their northern boundary. The Moabites were the settled jior- tion of the tril)e, dwelhng m cities; while the Anunonites were the predatory, wandering element, living mostly in the east, and witliout jiermanent dwelling places. Dur- ing the period of tlie Judges they were among the oppres- sors of Israel (Judges 3 and Id), were defeated by Saul, (1 Sam. 11), and conquered by David. (2 Sam. 8:2. IV. THE SURROUNDING NATIONS. The principal nations bordering upon the land of Ca- naan before the conquest were the following : 1. On the north were the Hivites, "that dwelt in Mount Lebanon, from Mount Baal-hermon unto the en- tering in of Hamath." (Judges 3:3.) This is supposed to have been the original home of the race, from which they journeyed to then- seat in Central Palestine. Still further north Avere the Arkites, the Sinites, the Arvaclites.aud the Hainatliites. 2. On the northeast lay the desert, and on the south- east roamed the Aiumonites, already mentioned. 3. On the south were several tribes, not all of which can be located with certainty. In the west, south of the Philistine country, were the Aiualekites, a peojile of unknown origin and predatory habits. South of Judah were the Kenite.s; and southeast of tlie Dead Sea, were, m early times, the Horim (already mentioned), succeeded during the time of the sojourn by the Edoiuites, a race descended from Esau, who will be described hereafter. (See explanations to map on page i-t.) With regard to these early inhabitants of Palestine, the following facts may be noteworthy: 1. In respect to race, most of them belonged to the Hamitic stock; though the origin of the six earliest peoples remains unknown, and the two latest, the Moabites and Ammon- ites, were Semites, and closely related to Israel. 2. As to language, they probably spoke the Hebrew tongue, or one closely allied to it. In Isa. 19:18, the Hebrew is evidently "the language of Canaan," i'. e., of the Ca- naanites. Whether this language was the one originally spoken by Abraham's ancestors or not, we have no means of knoAving; but it is possible that it was gained, during the period of the journeyings, from the Canaan- ites. 3. In government, each village or tribe had its own ruler, who was called a "king"; but his authority was limited by the ''elders" a body havirvg influence partly from birth, and partly by force of character of its members. 4. Their religion was widely different from that of the Hebrews, who, from the age of Abraham, worshii^ed one invisible, self -existent, spiritual God. The Canaanites deified nature mider various forms, es- pecially as Baal, the giver of life, and Ashtoreth (Greek, Astarte), the corresponding female divinity. Their rites of worship were abominable, cruel and hcentious. They sacrificed not only captured enemies, but their own chil- dren, to their idols, and perfoi'med acts of the grossest wickedness at their idolatrous service. 5. Their history is unwritten, save in its ti'agical close, the conquest of their land by the Israehtes under Joshua, and the anni- hilation of many of their races. StiU, many lived as a separate people through all Jewish history; and some of the best scholars are of oi)inion that the native jjopula- tion of Palestine at the present time mainly belongs to this old Canaanite stock. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Earliest Inhabitants. Repliaim, Zuzim, Kmini, Ilorim, Avim, Anakim. II. Tribi'K nf the Patriarchal Era. 1. Marilimc Plain: Zidoniaiis, Ca- naanites, Philistines. 2. Mountain Region ; Ilittites (north), Girgashites, Hivites, Perizzites, Jebusites, Hittites (south), Amorites. 8. Jordan Valley: Canaanites. 4. Eastern Table-Land : Rephaim, Zuzim, Emim. III. Xalion.'i at the Time of the Conquest. East of Jordan : Amorites, Moabites, Ammonites. IV. Surrounding NatiouK. 1. North: Hivite«, Arkites, Sinites, Arva- dites, Hamathites. 2. Southeast : Ammonites. 3. South : Amalekites, Kenites, Edomites. LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. THE LAND OF EGYPT. I. Names. The in-eseut name, "Egypt," was given by the Greeks, and was never vised by the inhabitants in ancient times. On the monuments it is generally called KEM. In the Old Testament the most frequent name is "Mizraim," in plural form. The j^oetical Ijooks of the Bible contain the name "Rahab," "tlie proud, or inso- lent," and "Land of Ham." II. Boundaries and Dimensions. On tlie north, Egypt is bounded by the Mediterranean Sea; on the east, by Palestine, the Ara- bian Desert, and the Red Sea ; on the south, by Nubia ; and on the west, by the great African Desert. Its limits have been the same in netiily all ages. In a geo- graphical sense, it embraces llSjOOO square miles; but of this more than nine-tenths consists of iiniuliabitable deserts. The true Egypt, the liome of its people, is sirajjly tlie Valley of the Nile and the space between its mouths, an area of 9,600 square miles, a little larger than the State of New Hampshire. Deducting from tliis the area covered by the iSilp and its branches, the land of Egypt which may be occupied or culti- vated includes about 5,600 square miles, or less than the united area of Connecticut and Rliode Island. III. Divisions. There have always been two Egypts, Northern and Southern. Northern or Lower Egypt com- prises the Delta of the Nile, triangular in shape, a plain between the eastern or Pelusiac liranch of the Nile and its western or Canopic branch. Tiiis is a vast garden, with soil the richest in the Old World, and the grain field of the Roman empire. Southeast of the Pelusiac branch lay the Land of Goshen (now Esli' S/inrkit/ch), the home of the Israehtes during the Sojourn. Southern or Upper Egypt is a narrow valley, winding with the course of the Nile, varying in width fi'om two to ten miles; a strip of fertile soil between two l)arivn liills, beyond whic-h the desert lies on eithei' side. Tlic two sections were always regarded as sei)ai'ate, and each was represented in the double crown worn by the kings. There was another division, made in very early times, into names, oi- provinces, each having its own ruler, and its own object of Avorship. Of these nomes there were from 8<) to ;")() at ditferent times. IV. Tlie Nile. This has been in every age the most important feature in the toi^ogi-aphy of the country, and the cause of its surpassing fertility. Its sources, long unknown, are in the great lakes of Central Africa, whence it flows in a northerly direction. The main stream, called the White Nile, recei^'es in Nubia its prin- _-«»■* AN ECiYI'TIAiN TEMPLE. cipal tributary, the Blue Nile, which rises in Abyssinia. During the last l,5(iO miles of its course it is not in- creased by any other stream, and flows through a torrid desert. Yet, as it enters the Mediterranean, its current is still that of a mighty river. Its mouths are at present three in number, though foinierly seven; and, from their resemblance on tlie map to the Greek letter a, that por- tion of Egypt is called the Delta. Its annual overflow begins, in Lower Egypt, about the L'5th ot June, attains its height in three months, and remains stationary twelve days, at a height of about 3.0OO Square 21iles. Territorial 'Brteitt of JSy\yt. llSfiOO AKEA of EGYPT. Their government was most thoroughly organized, and took cognizance of even the minute matters of life. Theii' art was* missive and sombre, imposing from its vastness, but hot A'aried, and therefore giving but httle play to genius. The Egyptians were slender of fiame. Approximate Scale, 51& miles to 1 inch. but strong. Their faces were oval and ohve-colored; their hair long, crisp and jet-black. They are supposed to be represented at the present time by the Copts. "\''I. The History of Egypt begins at a time un- dated, but long after the flood. It is divided into three periods, those of the Old, jMiddle, and New Empires. The Old Empire was founded by Menes, and had its capital at Memphis. During the fourth dynasty of this period the Pyramids were built. The Middle Empire arose at Thebes, and lasted until l.iTO B. C. The Twelfth dy- nasty was most powerful during tliis epoch, conquering Ethiopia and Arabia. About 2000 B. C. the land was conquered by foreign princes, who ruled 400 years, and were known as the Hyksos, or Shepherd Kings. The New Empire arose in 1570 B. C, after the expulsion of the Hyksos, and lasted for a thousand years. Its great- est monarch was Ranieses II., who has been supposed to be the "Pharaoh of the Oppression "' (not of the Exodus), and ruled as far east as Chaldea and Assyria. The above dates are all uncertain. Concerning the chronology, see page 13. The land was conquered by the Pei-sians, B. C. 527, and annexed to the Persian emi^u'e. VII. The principal Places were, in Lower Egj^st, Memphis, the ancient capital; HeUopohs, called in the Bible On, near the eastern bi'anch of the Delta ; Ranie- ses, in the Laud of Goshen; Pelusium, at the eastern mouth of the Nile; and Alexandria, in later Iiistory the metropolis of Egypt, near the Canopic mouth of the Nile. In L^pper Egypt, Thebes was the most important place, and long the capital. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Names. Egypt, Kem, Mzraim, Rahab, Land nf Ham. 3. Boundaries and Dimensions. North (>reditc'iTaiiean Sea); East (Pal- estine, Arabia. Red Sea); South (Kubia); West (.\frican Desert). Area, 11.5,000 square miles. Inhabitable, 9,600 square miles. Land, 5.600 .square miles. 3. Diviaiom. Lower (Drlta); Upper (Valley). 4. Kite. White Nile, Blue Nile; Sources; Delta; Overflow. 5. People. Hamitic Origin; Civilization, Language; Art; Physical Traits. 6. Iliftvn/. Old Empire (Jlemphis, Pyramids); Middle Empire (Thebes, Dynasty XIL, Ilykso.s); New Empire (Rameses IL, Pereians). THE WILDERNESS OF THE AVANDERING. I. Situation. This region lies between Egypt and Edom, a great triangle, having for its three points the border of Lale Meiizaleh, the southern extremity of the Dead Sea, and Ras Mohaimned, the southern end of the peninsula. Its northern boundary is the Mediterranean Sea, the land of the Philistines, and the Xegeb. or South Country. Its southeastern line is the depression of the Arahalu and the Gulf of Akaba, or ^^lanitic Gulf. Its southwestern line is the Isthmus of Suez and the Gulf of Suez. Fi-om Egj-pt, in a hue due east, to the Dead Sea, is about 2()0 miles; from the Mediterranean, at the Wady el Arish ("the River of Egyi^t "), to Ras Moham- med, a line a httle east of south, is about 225 miles, thus making the entire area of the triangle about 22,500 LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 43 squai-e miles, or less than the aggregate area of New Hampshire, Vermont and Massachusetts, though larger than any two of those States. n. Natural Features. This region has two general divisions, and three others closely connected with them. 1. The Tahle-Land. 2. The Sinaitic Mountains. 3. The narrow plain hy the western arm of the Red Sea. i. The Aiabah, or valley between the ^lauitic Gulf and the Dead Sea. 5. The Negeb, or South Country. 1. The northern and central portion of the triangle is a sterile table-land of limestone, from 2,000 to 2,500 feet liigh, and consisting of roUing plains with a graveUy surface; with few springs, and these mostly of impure water; and watered only by the streams of the Wady el An'sh ("the River of Egypt"), a torrent which is dry during most of the year. This was the ^Vilderness of Paran, "the great and terrible wilderness" (Deut. 1 : 19) in which the Israel- ites wandered for 38 years. It is noAv called et Tih, "the wandering," and is travei-sed from east to west by two caravan routes, marked by the bleached bones of camels that have perished l)y the way. On the north it slopes away to a plain of white sand reaching to the Mediter- ranean, which was generally called the Wilderness of Shur. On the other three sides it is bounded by a chain of moun- tains, 4,000 feet high, called Jebel et Till. It was in this wilderness country that the chil- dren of Israel were doomed to wander until all the generation that came out of Egy^jt died, except Caleb and .Tosliua. Even Moses was not permitted to more than see the Promised Land from the top of Pisgah. 2. Beyond the des- eit, and separated from tains above named, and vsm changeably, though some consider the former the name of the group, and Sinai a single peak. There has been much discussion as to which is the "Mountain of the Law," from which the Ten Commandments were given. Three peaks have been most prominently presented by different explorers. Jehel Musa, "the Mountain of Moses," which is supjiorted by local tradition, and by the authority of Ritter, Kurtz, Keil and Kalisch; Jehd Serbal, claimed by Lepsius; and Rds es Sufsafeh, sup- ported by Robinson, Dean Stanley, and the most of re- cent travelers. Tlais is a granite cliff standing above the plain so boldly that one may walk up and lay a hand upon its waD, which rises 1.500 feet above the jAain, and 6,500 feet above the sea. The plain in front of it is called er Rahah, and is 2,300 yards long and 9ou yards wide, suflBciently large for the presence of all the Israelites before the mount, without including another plain on the northeast, branching from er RaJcah, and called Wady esk SheiM. It is situated in a vast and dreary desert, occuj^ied for the most part by hordes of Arabs, who subsist by plunder, and render the journey to Sinai impossible except to large and well defended cara- vans. 8. Between the moun- tains and the western arm of the Red Sea lies a narrow plain, fol- lowing the line of the coast. On the north- western section it was called the Wilderness % of 111." J?^i^ KAS ES SCFS.\FEH (MOUNT SIN.\l). Etham ; opposite Sinaitic group of mountains, the Wilderness of Sin. This lower portion is now called el Kaa. 4. From the head of the Gulf of Akaba (iElanitic Gulf) a gorge ex- tends nearly north- it by the chain of moun- also by a narrow strip of sand south of the mountains, is the group of the Si- naitic Mountains. This group is triangular in form, and consists of ranges radiating from a centre. The names Horeb and Sinai seem to have been used inter- ward to the Dead Sea, an extension of the Jordan Valley, the Arabah, called in the history the Wil- derness of Zin. It lies between the mountain chain on the east of the Wilderness of Paran {et Tilt) and Mount Seir, the home of the Edomites. The opinion held by many early writers, that the Jordan 34 ^ XongituSe from Statute ftiteV;*l«'='.^'":*'- BANO.MtNALLV ^ CO., ENGR'S, CHICAGO. 7 77^ iongitude from "WasliingtoD. 775^ 44 LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 45 once flowed thi-ough this depression into the Red Sea, may be correct as regards a past geologic period, but not as an historical fact; for it is evident that no great change has taken place in this region within the limit of historical time. Opposite the traditional Mount Hoi- the bed of the valley is about 500 feet above the sea-level ; and from this point it slopes northward to the Dead Sea, 1,300 feet below the sea-level, and southward to the Gulf of Akaba. 5. The Negeb, or South Comitry, has aheady been de- scribed. (See p. 32.) The southern section of this region belongs to the Wilderness of the Wandering, from Mount Halak northward. in. Inhabitants. The only inhabitants of this re- gion at tlie time of the Israelite Wandering were the Amalekites, who roamed throughout the desert of Paran. Their origin is uncertain; and they may have lielonged to the same stock with the earliest inhabitants of Canaan, as they were a distinct tribe in the times of Abraham. (Gen. l-t. ) They were the bitter enemies of Israel during all the period of the Wandering, attacking their rear, and destroying detached companies of them on their march. (Deut. 25: 18.) The only pitched battle with them took place at Rephidim, near Mount Sinai, when they weie defeated by Israel; l)ut they attacked the Israelites again at Hormah, and inflicted serious injury. Long afterward their power was broken by Saul (1 Sam. 15), and their destruction was completed by David. (1 Sam. 27 and 30.) OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Situation. Triangle (Menzaleh, Dead Sea. Ras Jlohamraed). Bound- aries. North (Mediterranean Sea, Pliili south and east, and enter Palestine by the land of the Moabites. During the period of the Judges the Edomites are not mentioned; but they Avere beaten by Saul, and thorough- ly conquered by David, after a severe struggle. At the division of the kingdom. B. C. 035, Edom was held by Judah. Its people rebelled in the time of Jehoram, the son of Jehoshaphat, and, although defeated by Judah, were able to maintain their independence. They joined the Chaldeans under Nebuchadnezzar in the destruction of Jerusalem, for which the later prophecies and psalms gave them bitter denunciations. About tlie time of the captivity, B. C. 587-536, the Edomites gained possession of most of the country south of Judah. extending even to the coiifincis of Egypt. But they lost their own land. Mount Seir, which liecanie the possession of the Naba- theans. These were a race, jierhaps allied to the Ara- bians, wbo laid aside their nomad habits, and founded a kingdom, whose peoi)le grew rich by the caravan trade. The Edomites, or Idumenns, south of Palestine, were coiKpiered by the Maccabean princes and incorporated with the Jews. B. C. 130, and the Nabathean kingdom was annexed to the Roman empire, A. D. 105. V. Peculiarities. Th(> Edomites, though descended from the stock of Abraham, adopted tiie idolatry of the Canaanites, with whom they had intermarried. But 46 MANUAL UF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. their most remarkable feature, as a nation, was that of dwelhng in caves. The mountains of Idumea are of soft sandstone, easily wrought, and are penetrated with caves and grottoes, which Avere used, not like those of other nations, for bm-ial places, but for residence. The rock-hewn temples, palaces and homes of Petra, so well known to travelers, are magnificent in appearance. The custom probably arose from the fear of robbers, and from the ease with which the caves could be excavated in the sandstone rock. OUTLINE FOE REVIEW. 1. Boundaries. Moab; Desert: Midianites; Aiabali. 2. yames. Seir, Edom, Idumea, Geballene, .Jebal and csh Slierah. 3. J^atural Features. Mountains; Soil; Capitals (Bozrab, Petra). 4. Hislory. Horites; Esau; Edomites; Israelite Supremacy; Chaldeans; Nabatlieaus; Maccabeaus; Romans. 5. Peculiarities. Religion; Rock Houses. THE WANDEUIXG IN THE WILDERNESS. There are great difficulties in iixing the location of the places and the order of events in the histor}- of the forty years which- intervened between the exodus, or "gohig out," from Egypt, and the entrance into the Promised Land (B. C. l:2.")(i-1210). These difficulties arise from various causes: the antiquity of the events, the frag- mentary character of the liistory, the extent of the country, our scanty knowledge of the region, and espe- cially the changes which have taken place in the sea-coast during the 3,000 years past. While the general course of the journey can be easih' defined, the particular local- ities are, in many instances, exceedingly uncertain. For the convenience of the student, we divide the entu"e journey from Egypt to Canaan into sections. I. From Rameses to the Red Sea. (Exod. 12-1-t; Num. 33:. 5-8.) The sojourn of the Israehces was passed in the Land of Goshen, between the Nile and the Isthmus of Suez. The court of the reigning Pharaoh during the time while Moses was negotiating for the departure of the Israehtes, was at Zoan, or Tanis (Psa. 78:12), the royal city of the Delta. Rameses, the place of meeting for the Israelites, was probably a district rather than a city (Gen. 47:8), but may have been at Abu Kesheib. Pithom (Exod. 1:11) has been discovered at Tell Mas- kutor, ten miles west of Lake Timsah. Succoth, ' 'booths' ' or "tents," was probably not a city but a camp, and its location is unknown. Etham, "wall" (Exod. 13:20), may indicate a place near the great wall which extended across the isthmus. Pi-hahiroth may be at Agrud, near Suez. Baal-zephon may be the mountain Jehel Alaka. The Israelites crossed the sea at the narrow Strait of Suez, where the distance from shore to shore is about two- thirds of a mile. At that time the gulf probably extended several miles north of its present position. The northeast wind drove out the waters, leaving a i)ath across the gulf, with pools on either side, as a "wall" or defense to the crossing Israelites. II. From the Red Sea to Mount Sinai. (Exod. 15-19; Num. 33:8-15.) The general direction can be traced with certainty, but the precise places of encamp ment are only conjectural. It is probable that so vast a body of people, about two miUions, must have occupied a large extent of territory, and the "stations" were the various headquarters of the camp. This section of the journey was mostly spent in the two narrow plains along the coast, the Wilderness (or desert) of Etham, and that of Sin. At Marah {Ain Hmcarah) the bitter waters were healed; at Elim {Wady GhuriuicM) they were I'ef reshed by the ' ' twelve wells and three-score and ten palm trees."' At the next station. No. 0, "the en- campment at the Red Sea," they saw for the last time the waters of the western gulf, and the land of Egypt beyond them. Here they turned eastward, and. passing the mountain bari-ier, entered the Wilderness of Sin. (This is to l)e distinguished from the Wilderness of Zin, or the Arabah, on the eastern side of the penmsula.) In this wild and barren country, food failed them, and the manna began to be supplied (Exod. 16), to last for forty years. Their general course was now eastward, through the wadies, or dry beds of winter torrents. At Replii-/ dim (station 13) two events are recorded as occurring. The want of water led to a miraculous supply from the smitten rock (Exod. 17:i!-T); and the Israehtes fought the first battle in their history, with the wandering Amalekites, who attacked the rear of the scattered host. Under Joshua, who here appears for the first time, they were defeated, and devoted to complete destruction. (Exod. 17:8-10; Deut. 25:18.) The next station was Mount Sinai, in front of which they encamped, probably on the plain er Ruhah. Their journey thus far had oc- cupied two months and a half, and here they remained for a year. The principal events at Mount Sinai were: 1. The giving of the law. (^Exod. 19-31. ) 2^ ^e wors hip of the g olden calf, and its punishment, ^xod. 3. The building ami r, niMiiation of the Tabernacle. (Exod. 35-411. ) 4. The numbering and organization of the people. (Num. 1-2.) III. From 3Iount Sinai to Kadesh-barnea. After a year spent at and around Mount Sinai, the camp Avas taken up, and the host, led by the Ark of the Cove- nant, entered once more upon its march. The direction of the journey was northeast, and the route Avas probably through the Wady Sued. At Taberah (station 15), the j ^ " fire of the Lord"' consumed some on the verge of the I ■^ ' camp who murmured against God's commands. _(Num. 11:1 3.) At Kibroth-hattaavah (station 16), (perhaps the , saiui' plac r with the preceding), a dishke of the manna .■ ^ and a lust for flesh-meat seized the crowd of people, and i ^ for a month they fed upon quails, but were punished by a plague, A\hich destroyed multitudes, and gave a name to the place, "the graves of ^1■^g^- " (K.im 1 1 --1-?}^ ) At Hazeroth (probably .4//; Hudhemh), Miriam instigated /i^« Aaron to a rebeUion against Moses, but was smitten with ' leprosy, though healed at the prayer of Moses. (Num. 12:1-16.) The Israelites followed the mountain chain )y the Red Sea. keeping upon the western side of the hiUs, and, passing through the edge of the Wilderness of LANDS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 47 Paian and along the Arabah, followed up the line of the ' • Mount of the Aniorites " (which appears to have been a general name for the mountains in the southern por- tion of the Negeb, or South Country), until they came to Kadesh-barnea. Tlie location of thij place is the great difficulty in the geography of the period. The name appears to be used with reference to a region, and more definitely referring to a place. Three localities liave been claimed, all on the border of the "Mount of the Amorites," or the South Country. The most south- erly location is that now known as Ain esh Shehabeh, on the Wudy Jerafeh; the most westerly, ai Aiti Gadis, or Quad is, directly south of the land of Judah; the one far- thest to the north and east, at Ain el Weibeh, in the edge of the Arabah, south of the Dead Sea. The latter has been regai'ded by most explorers since Dr. Robinson, as the correct site, and as it appears on the older inaj^s. But the Rev. J. Rowlands, on a journey through the entire region, identified Ai/i Quad is as the true Kadesh-barnea, and his conclusion was confirmed by Dr. H. C. Trumbull after a thorough investigation of all the three places. It is now accepted by most writers. We have therefoi-e regarded Ain Quadis as Kadesh-barnea, and have made it the center of Israelite journeying during the thirty-eight years of the wandering. The change in the location of Kadesh-barnea may necessitate a change in the loca- tion of Mount Hor, which Trumbull places at Jchel MaderaTi, but we have retained the old locality on the edge of Edom. Twice the Israelites were encamped at Kadesh, which marked the beginning and end of the thirty-eight years' wandering in the Wilderness of Paran. From Kadesh the twelve spies were sent northward into the Land of Canaan, and the adverse report of ten of them caused such terror and rebellion in the host, that God declared that they should not enter the Promised Land until all that generation J) .should have passed away . (Num. i:j, 14.) They were ordered to turn back into the wild^l'IlHSs, but dis- obeyed, and, against their leaders' advice, undertook to force a i)assage to Canaan, prol)aV)ly up the pass es Sufa. But the inhabitants of the mountains (Amor- ites, Canaanites, and Amalekites in alliance) attacked them to their utter defeat at Hormah, and effectually barred their entrance to the land through the South Country, as the warlike Pliilistines had closed it against ' them by the way of the plain by the sea. (Exod. 13:J7.J Discouraged and despairing, the host of Israel again turned their faces once more toward the terrible Wilderness of Paran. IV., v., VI. From Kadesh-barnea to Mount Hor, Ezion-geber, and Return. The period of the next tliirty-eight years remains in sliadow. Scarcely an event is named which certainly belongs to this division, the longest by far in the journey. In the history at Num. 14:45, there is a break in the record, and oth(>r topics are referred to until w-e find the people at Kadesh once more, at the end of the 38 years, in chapter 20; and the list of stations in Num. 33: 18-36, is only a barren cat- alogue of IS places, in which not one is clearly recog- nized, and only two or three can be even guessed at. Some have thought that the entire period was spent in the Arabah, wandering uj) and down, as two of the sta- tions plainly belong there. But it is more probable that the people wandered over the borders between the Negeb (South Country) and the Wilderness of Paran. For con- venience we may subdivide this period of wandering into its three journeys. From Kadesh, through 12 unknown stations, to Moseroth, wliirh is afterward named in the account of Aaron's death (Deut. 10:0), showing that it was near Mount Hor. This is indicated on the Map as Journey IV. Journey V. was from Mount Hor down the Arabah southward to Ezion-geber, at the head of the ^lanitic Gulf. Journey VI. was once more through the Arabah, northward to Kadesh-barnea, completing the period of the punishment foi' the rebeUion of 38 years before. Here three events took place. 1. The rock was in m i < s A. p. f \ NORTH. DAN, 62,700 ASHER, 41,500. 'APHTALI 63,400. i O CAMP OF DAN • „„ , rr J. o S3 TUIUK fJM< l^JiJU. 3 CO iij 1- z O X CO cc u a MERAF?ITES Aaron MOSES Vriests e si C3 S ■ :o In |> TABEKNACT.F, Uj KOHATHITES 1 1 , > B N en rv, CAMP OP KEUBEN. GAD, 46,660 SIMEON, 69,300. 1 REUBEN, ; 46,600. SOUTH =s CAMP OF ISRAl.J,. smitten by Moses, when God had bidden him speak to it, in order to bring forth water; and, as a penalty, he was not permitted to enter Canaan. (Num. 20:1-1 3.) 2. The Israelites asked of the Edomites (on whose western border they were encamjjed at Kadesh), the privilege of crossing then- territory on their journey to Canaan, but their request was denied. 3. Soon after this, the king of the Canaanite city of Arad, in the Negeb, or South Country, 2(» miles south of Hebi'on, hearing of Israel's approach by the same route as that of the spies, 38 years before, went out to meet the invading host. He was rei)ulsed near the same place where Israel had suffered a defeat before, and which was tlienceforth caUed Ilormali, "destruction." (Num. 21: 1-3.) VII., VIII. From Kadesh-barnea to Ehith and Jordan. The Israelites were now ready to enter their Land of Promise. But, as the entrance by the south was f(iund impracticable, and the Edomites would not permit them to cross their mountains, a long detour be- came necessary; so for a third time they took their 48 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. joui-ney tlii'ough the Arabah. This we have indicated on the map as No. VII. They paused before Mount Hor, while Aaron left them, to ascend the mountain and to die. The peak still bears his name, Jehel Haroun. So ac- cording to most travelers; hut Trumbull locates Mount Hor in the Negeb. At Ezion-geber and Elath (sta- tions 43 and 44), they saw once more the Eed Sea, at its eastern arm. On tliis journey, too, but whether before or after passing the Red Sea, is uncertain, they were plagued by serpents, and "the brazen ser- pent " was Ufted up by Moses. (Num. 21:4-9.) At last the southern point of Mount Seir was reached and passed, and now for the last time (Journey VIII.) the Israelites turned their faces northward. They traveled through the land of Teman, between Edom and the kadesh-babnt:a ajsj) vicrsiTT. (According to Dr. TRtniBULL.) Ai-abian desert. At the brook Zered (Wady el Ahsy), station 49, they entered the land of Moab, which they crossed in safety (Num. 21:11); and at the brook Anion they came into the country of Sihoii, the king of the Amorites, who came against them, and was defeated and slain at Jahaz. (Num. 21:12-31.) The Amorites of Bashan on the north were ruled by the giant Og, a descendant of the ancient Rephaim. (See page 37.) His land was conquered and him.self slain in a decisive battle at Edrei. From the heights of Abarim (station 57) they descended to the Jordan Valley, and encamped at then- last station (No. 5s) before entering the Land of Promise, on the eastern bank of the Jordan, opposite Jericho. Here occurred : 1. The episode of Balaam's prophecy. (Num. 22-24.) 2. The iniquity of Israel with the women of Moab, and the plague on the jieople as a result. (Num. 25:1-1^.) 3. The numbering of Israel. (Num. 26.)~"4. The campaigns against the Moabites and Midianites. (Num. 31.) 5. The allotment to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh. (Num. 32.) T). The repetition of the law and the reca- pitulation of the journeys, in the book of Deuteronomj-. 7. Last of all, the ascent of Moses up the height of Nebo, his prophetic view of the Promised Land, and hia lonely death. (Dent. 34.) STATIONS OF THE ISRAELITES BURIN(i THEIR JOURNEY FROM EGYPT TO CAN.\^AN. I. From Ha.meses to the Red Se.\. Station. Identification. EXOD. Num. Deut. 12:37 12; 37 13; 20 14: 2 14; 22 33 S 2. Succoth Unknown 33 33 33 3S 3. Etham Unknown BirSuweis 6 4. Pi-haliiroth 5. Red Sea 8' II. From the Red Sea to MorsT SrsAi. Statio". 6. Desert of Shur, or of Etham 7. >Iarah 8. Elim 9. Red Sea 10. Desert of Sin 11. Dophkah 12. Alush 13. Rephidim 14. Sinai Identification. ExoD. Shore of the Red Sea Aiu Ha warah Wady Ghurundel . . . Wad)' Taiyibeh El Murkiyeh (?) Ain Markha (?) Uncertain Wady Feiran Plain er Riihah 15:22 15:23 15:27 16: 1 17; 1 19; 1 XlM. 33: ii 33: 8 33: 9 33: 10 33; 11 33; 12 33:13 33: 14 33:15 Devt. HI. From ilotNT Sinai to Kadesh-bakxea. Station. Identification. Num. Num. Deut. Wady Saal (?) Erwcis el Ebeirig. . . . Ain Hudherali .Jebel ilagrah (?) 11: 3 9:22 16. Kibroth-hatiaavah 17 Hazeroth 11: 34 33: 16 11: 35 33- IT 1- 19 19. KadesU-barnea Ain el Weibeh (?).... 13:26 1:19 jy. From Kadesh-barxe.v to Mount Hor. Station. 20. Rithmah 21. Rimmonparez. 22. Libnah 23. Rissab 24. Kehelathah. . . . 25. Mount Shapher 26. Haradah 27. Makheloth 28. Tahath 29. Tarah 30. Jlithcah 31. Hashmonah. . . 32. Mosemth Identification. Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Jebel Araif (?). Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Uncertain Mount Ilor. . . . Ndm. Num. Deut. V. From MorxT Hok to Ezioxgeber. - Station. Identification. Num. Num. Deut. 33. Beue-jaakan 34 Horhat^idt^ad Arabah Wady Ghudhaghidh Emsha.sh C) 33:31 33:32 33; 33 33:34 33:35 3.5 .Totbathah . . ... 36 Ehronah . ... Uncertain Gulf of Akabah LAJ^DS OF THE SOJOURN AND WANDERING. 49 STATIONS OF THE ISRAELITES — continued. VI. From Ezion-geber to Kadesh-b.^rnea. Station. S!*. Kadesh-barnea. Identipication. Ain Quadis , Num. Num. Dect, 20: 1 .33:36. VII. From K-\DEsn-BARNE.v to Elatii. Statioh. 39. Bcue jaakan. 40. Mosera 41. Gudgodah. . . 42. .lolbath 43. Ezion-geber. 44. Elath.^ Identificatiox. Num. NCM. Bect. Arabah Mount Hor 20:22 38:37 10: 6 10- 6 VTady Gluidhagliidh 10: 7 Uncertain 10: 7 Gulf of Akaba Akabah 21: 4 2: 8 2: 8 STATIONS OF THE ISRAELITES — coxTiNrED. VIII. From El.^th to Jord-^x. Station. I D ENTIFICATIOX. NCM. Ni-M. Deut. "Wady Amran(?) 33:41 33:42 33: 43 4H Punon Uncertain 47 Oboth 21:10 21: 11 21: 12 21: 13 48. Ijeabariiii 49. Zered .50. Anion 33: 44 Wady el Ahsy Wady Mojeb Dhibun 33:45 33-46 10:13 10:24 53 Beer Uncertain 21:16 21: 18 21-19 21:19 21:20 22: 1 54 Mattanah Uncertain 55 ^N'ahaliel Uncertain 56 Bamo*h Uncertain .Jebel Neba 33:47 58. Plains of Moab, or Jordan. . Ghor en Kimrin 33:48 GARDEN OK GETHSKMANE. THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. After the forty years of the Wandering came the seven years of the Conquest. Yet it is true, that in the complete sense the conquest began before the Israelites crossed the Jordan under Joshua, and was not finished until long after the period of the Judges. As Dean Stanley says : ' ' The conquest began from the passage of the brook Zered, under Moses; it was not finally closed till the capture of Jerusalem by David. But in a more limited sense it may be confined to the period during which the territory, afterward known by the name of Palestine, was definitively occupied as their own by the Israelites The map on page 86 shows us the territorial divisions of the land before the conquest; the one which we are now studying presents the campaigns by whicli it was won. These may be divided into three sections. 1. The conquest of the - ten-itory on the east of the Jor- dan, in three campaigns, during the rule of Moses. 2. The conquest of that on the west of the Jor- dan, under the leadership of Joshua, in three cam- paigns. 3. A series of supplementary conquests completing the work of subjugation. I. THE CONQUEST OF EASTERN PALESTINE. Tills region was occupied, at the time of the arrival of the Israelites, by the Moabites lietwecn tlie brooks Zered and Arnon, and by the Amorites north of the Arnon. The latter i^eople were divided into two king- doms. The land of Gilead was ruled by King Rihon. whose capital was at Heshbon; and the table-land of Bashan by Og. a renmant of the old race of tiie Kephaim. Tributary to Sihon, and on the border of the Arabian desert, were thy Midianites (Jo,sh. ]:^:21); and near the Moabites were their nomadic kinsmen, the Amnu mites. 1. The Conquest of Gilead. (Num. 1>1:2I 31.) The Amorites, under Sihon. had wi'csted iVom tlic Moab- ites the land between the Anion and the Jabbok, a slioi't time before the coming of Israel. Moses sent messen- gers, requesting the privilege of Journeying tlii'ougli their land ; but they refused to permit the passage of such a vast host, and came out to meet the Israelites in battle at Jahaz, near their liorder, at the brook Arnon. They were defeated, and their whole land was conquered, including their own territory north of the Jabbok, as well as their Moabite possessions south of it. Thus the Israelites obtained, as their first foothold, the rich region of the eastern table-land, from the Arnon to the Hieromax. SIIPXIIEM. •1. Tlie Conquest of Basliaii. (Num. •l\■^\■^-o:K) The success of the war with one nation of the Amorites encouraged the Israelites to cross the Hieromax and undertake the conquest of the rich pasture fields of Bashan, the kingdom of Og, whose capital was at the ancient city of bis race, Ashteroth Karnaim. There is some evidence to indicate that the leader in this cam- paign was Nobah, of the tribe of Manasseh. (Num. 8-':-ti>.) A decisive battle was fought at Edrei, at tlie entrance to the Ledja, or mountainous district; and Og was slain, and his kingdom possessed liy Isi'ael. Its western portion, including Kenath and its vicinity, was given to Nobah, who named the region after himself. (Num. 32:42; Judges 8; 11.) 3. The Conquest of Midian. (Num. 25 and 31.) Wliile the Israelites were encamped on the i)lain of Jor- dan, opposite Jericho, their last station, called Shittim (Num. 2.">:1), a league was formed by the Moabites and ]\Iidianites to resi.st their advance. Balaam, the Mesopo- tamian seer, was summoned to aid them by liis curses 51 52 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. against Israel; but Ins words were turned to blessing. (Num. 22--2-i:.) Fearing the result of open war, the allied nations now undertook to corrupt Israel by their friendslnj) and tlie seductions of their women; and they succeeded to such an extent that multitudes of the peo- ple perislied by a plague which fell upon the nation as a penalty. The Moabites were punished by exclusion for ten generations from the privileges of Israel (Dent. 23:3, 4), and by the loss of that liortion of their territory already taken from the" Amorites. The Midianites, evi- dently the guiltier nation, were doomed to utter destruc- tion. The campaign against them was regarded as a sacred Avar, and Phmehas the priest took command of the army. The entire people were laid under the ban, and the portion of them east of the. Jordan were thor- oughly annihilated. Tliis was. hoAvever, only a smaU section of the great tribe of Midian. whose principal home Avas on the eastei'u shore of the Eed Sea, south of the Edomites; and their former home near Moab Avas again repopulated, and, some centuries afterward, gave new trouble to Israel. The entire country east of the Jordan and north of the brook Arnon was thus conquered by the Israelites before the deatli of Moses. It was assigned to the tribes of Reuben and Gad, and half the tribe of Manasseh, as their home, upon condition that their Avarriors should accompany the rest of the tribes in the conquest of Western Palestine. (Num. 32.) Their boundaries AA'ill be noticed in connection with the map of Israel, as iiAuded among the Twelve Tribes. II. THE CONQUEST OF WESTERN PALESTINE. This Avas undertaken by Joshua after the death of Moses, and, as far as can be ascertained from the record, was accomplished in three campaigns. The Avar began with the passage of the Jordan, B. C. 1210, and, so far as active hostilities Avere concerned, was finished in seven years. But the great mass of the native population re- mained ujion the soil, to plague the Chosen People by the influence of their Avickedness, so that the conquest Avas never thoroughly completed. Indeed, some writers think that the inhabitants of Palestine at tlie present time belong mainly to the old Canaanite stock, Avhich has perpetuated itself under aU the changes of government. 1. The Conquest of Central Palestine. (Josh. 3-S.) According to the account in the book of Joshua, this was a brief campaign; but the Samaritan records relate a sei-ies of supplementary sieges and battles, Avhich would indicate that the Avar may have been longer than appears. Still, there are evidences that tlie Hivites and Perizzites, who occupied most of this district, Avere peaceful peoples, readily yielding to tlie conquerors, so that the resistance Avas less stubborn than in other sec- tions. The Avar began Avith the passage of the Jordan, an eA-ent cA-er kept in mind as the entrance of the people upon their oavu land. They pitched their camp at Gil- gal, in the Joi-dan Valley, and fortified the place as a permanent headquarters during the entire period of conquest. (Josh. 5.) Jericho Avas first taken, by super- natural aid, and devoted to God as the first fruits of con- quest. (Josh. <>.) An act of trespass against God by Achan, caused a defeat at Ai (near Bethel), the next place attacked; but the sin AA^as punished, and, by a stratagem and ambush, Ai Avas taken. They then marched northAvard to Shechem, an ancient Hivite city, of Avhich the last preAious account is its destruction by the sons of Jacob. (Gen. 34.) It may not have been rebuilt, as Ave find at this time the Hivites occupying a number of toAvns at a distance from it (Gibeon and others. Josh. 9); or it may have submitted to the over- Avhelming poAver of Israel. In the Vale of Shechem, betAveen the mountains Ebal and Gerizim, all the Israel- ites were assembled, the laAv was read in their hearing, and memorial stones Avere erected. After tliis, the Hi- A'ites of four villages, of Avhich Gibeon Avas the most -important, by means of a deception made a treaty of peace Avith the Israehtes, and obtained a i)ledge of jtro- tection; being the only nation in all the land formally spared from destruction. Their deceit was soon discov- ered; but the Avord of Israel was kept, though the people of the four villages were reduced to the condition of "serA'ants of the sanctuary," i. e., employed in the me- nial duties of the Tabernacle. The central portion of the land was noAV possessed by Israel, from Jericho and Gibeon northward to the Carmel range of mountains, and the army returned to the fortified camp at Gilgal. (Josh. 0.) 2. The Conquest of Southern Palestine. (Josh. 10.) The conquest had thus far been easy; mainly be- cause there was no union among the native tribes, but each city and village Avas ruled by its oavu "king," or sheikh, and all Avere jealous of one another, so that they were readily conquered in detail. Warned by the fate of Jericho and Ai, and alarmed at the defection of Gib- eon, the kings of five cities formed a league to resist the invading host. The head of the confederation Avas Adoni-zedek, the king of Jerusalem, and associated with him Avere the rulers of Hebron, Jarnuith, Lachish and Eglon, and perhaps other subordinate chiefs. They began by an attack on the city of Gibeon, as a tributary of Israel. Joshua at once called forth his Avarriors, left the camp at Gilgal, made a swift night march through the mountain passes, and came suddenly upon the enemy near Beth-horon. Here was fought perhaps the most important battle in aU human history, and one at Avhich "the sun and moon" might well "stand still," since the religious destiny of all the world was at stake in its result. In this one battle tlie conquest of Canaan was made certain, though it was not fully accomplished until long afterAvard. The flying host Avere pursued to Makkedah, on the border of the plain, Avliere the five kings were captured and slain. Then in succession, the strongholds of Libnah, Lachish, Eglon, Hebron, and, last of all, Debir, Avere taken by storm. From the list of the kings captured (Josh. 12:9-24), it would appear THE CONQUEST OF CANAAN. 53 that Joshua carried his conquests through the South Country, as far as Arad and Horniah, places "where the Israehtes had suffered defeat during the period of the wandering (Num. 21:l-o); though these kings may have been captured at Hebron or Debir. But. though all may not have been ravaged by the Israelites, all was certainly conquered, from Jerusalem to the gi-eat desert on the south. The conquest was afterward made com- plete by the aged Caleb, who with his nephew Othniel took possession of the very cities of which the name had filled the Israehtes with terror a generation before. (Num.13.) 3. The Conquest of Northern Palestine. (Josh. 11.) This region was also occupied by a niunber of PALESTINE AS PROMISED ■ AND POSSESSED. Sea Sea & CO., ENCn-S, CHICAGO. Approximate Scale, 94 miles to 1 incii. independent chiefs, of whom the most powerful was Jabin, the king of Hazor, a title which afterw^ard reap- l^ears in the history. (Judges 4, 2.) They ruled over smaU tribes of various races, from Mount Hermon to Mount Carmel, especially on the Plain of Esdraelon. The king of Hazor called together the associated tribes, and their camp was pitched near Lake Merom. Joshua made one of his characteristic swift marches, up the Jordan VaUey, attacked them suddenly, and utterly defeated and scattered them. He burned the many war chariots, and so cut the sinews of their horses as to make them useless; since these animals were never iised by the Israehtes. After the battle he marched through the northern regions, capturing the cities and slaying theu- rulers, a number of whom are mentioned in the catalogue of Josh. 12:9-24 This campaign closed the active operations, so that "^the land rested from war " (Josh. 11:23); but for many years the strife was feebly continued, and it was not entirely finished until the reign of David. III. SUPPLEMENTARY CONQUESTS. Although the struggle of the conquest was over, yet in most of the land the task of expulsion or destruction was yet to be accomplished, and in many places was never entu-ely wrought. The eutu-e section of the mari- time plain remained in the hands of the Pliihstines; in ahnost every tribe were fortresses, Avhich long resisted the Israelites, and formed centres of rebeUion, and some- times of oppression. And many of the cities taken by Joshua were soon reoccupied by their original inhabit- ants, and once more fortified. The book of the Judges relates briefly thi-ee campaigns after the conquest. 1. The Camijaign of the Judaites and Sime- onites. (Judges 1:1-8.) This was undertaken against Adoni-bezek, the king of Bezek, a place in or near the tribe of Judah, not positively identified. Adoni-bezek was a petty cliieftain, who had crueUy mutilated no less than 70 local chiefs whom he had taken in battle. He was surprised by the aUied forces of Judah and Simeon, and ten thousand of his warriors were slain. He was taken prisoner, and treated as he had treated other cap- tive kmgs; his thumbs and great toes being cut off, thus making him helpless. After this, the allied tribes marched down upon the maritune plam, and took the Phihstine cities of Gaza, Ashkelon and Ekron. But their conquests were not permanent ; they ■\\ithdrew to the mountains, and the Philistines were soon in possession of their cities, which long stood as a menace to Israel. Another campaign was du-ected against the cities of the Negeb, or South Country, and resulted in the destruction of Zephath and Hormah, both south of Hebron. 2. The Campaign of Caleb and Othniel. Caleb was the oldest man in Isiael, having accompamed Josh- ua and the other spies, thirty-eight years before the entrance of Israel into the Promised Land. (Num- 13-14.) For his faitlifuhiess when so many were over- come -wath terror, he received a promise of inheritance in the land. At least 45 years afterward, Hebron, in the south of Judah, was allotted to him. It had been taken by Joshua (Josh. 10: 30,37), but afterward reoccu- pied by the Anakim (see page 38), and the Amorites, its original possessors. Caleb led an army against it, once more won the city, and made it his own. He promised his daughter. Achsah, to the wan-ior who should take Debir, or Kirjath-sepher. south of Hebron, which had also been reoccupied by the enemy. His younger brother (perhaps nephew) Othniel, won the city and his bride. (Josh. 14:1-15; 15:13-10; Judges 1:10-15.) This cam- paign Avas probably about the same time with the one narrated above, and may have been in connection with it. 54 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. 3. The Danite Campaign. (Judges IS.) The tribe of Dan found themselves unable to overcome their Phi- listine neighbors, and were straitened for room in their narrow possessions. They sent out a body of men to search for a new home. These spies traversed the coun- try as far to the north as Laish, or Leshem, a Phoenician city, near one of the sources of the Jordan. The Danite spies returned to their people at Zorah and Eshtaol, and made their report. A part of the tribe agreed to migrate to this northern region. Their first encampment on the journey, near Kirjath-jearim, in Judah, long bore the name of "the camp of Dan." At a %-illage in Mount Ephraim they plundered Micah of his idols and carried away their priest, who was a degenerate grandson of Moses the prophet. At Laish they fell suddenly upon the defenseless Phoenicians, destroyed their city, and built in its place one which they called Dan. It was the north- ern landmark of the land, as Beersheba was its southern, giving rise to the term " from Dan to Beersheba." Dan remained an idol sanctuary, and a place of corrupting influence during aU the after history of Israel. Upon the map are noted: 1. The six campaigns of the conquest, three on each side of the Jordan. The pre- cise route of travel cannot be identified, but the general dh-ection is shown by a red hue. The "supplementary conquests" are not indicated, m order to avoid confusion, but can be easily traced. 2. The important battle-fields are indicated by flags. These were at (^1) Jahaz, (-2) Edrei, (3) the land of ]\Iidian, (4) Jericho, (5) Ai, (6) Beth-horon, (7) Hazor. Besides these were many cities captm-ed by Joshua during his campaign in Southern Canaan. 3. The I'oyal cities captui'ed by Moses and Joshua are each indicated on the maj) by a cro-\\Ti. These were, on the east of Jordan : Heshbon, the capital of Sihon's kingdom, and Ashtaroth, the capital of Og's kingdom; and on the west of Jordan, 31 cities, whose khigs were taken and slain by Joshua. (Josh. 12:;t-24.) The places identified are the only ones marked upon the map. 4. The four cities of the Hivite league, which alone made a treaty with Israel, are shoAAii by clasped hands, the token of peace. 5. At the close of the con- quest a large pari of the country was left in the posses- sion of the native races. This region is indicated by the yellow color. 0. Many towns remamed in the hands of the Canaanite and Phihstine races. Some were taken by Israel, but afterward reoccupied by their original inhabitants; others held out against the Israelites, and were a constant source of danger, both by their opposi- tion, and stiU more by their friendsliip. The ceasing of the war before the native races were either utterly exterminated or driven away, was a mistaken mercy, which cost Israel centuries of strife, the infec-tion from their idolatry, and the corrupt influence of their morals. The sparing of the Canaanites imperiled and well nigh thwarted the destiny of Israel as the depositary of rehg- ious truth for all the world. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Conquest of Eastern Palestine. 1. Gilead. (Amorites, Sihon, .Jahaz.) 2. Bashan. (Amoritps, Og, Edrd; Xobali, Kenatli.) 3. Midiaii. (Phin- chas.) II. Conquest of Western Palestine. 1. CeDtral. (Gilgal, Jericho, Ai, (Bethhoron, Slakkcdah, Libnah, La Northern. (Hazor.) 1. Judah and Simeon. (Adonibczek, Bezek; Gaza, Ashkelon, Ekron; Zephath, Hormah.) 3. Caleb and Othniel. (Hebron, Debir.) 3. Dan. (Laish.) Shechem, Gibeon.) 2. Southern, chish, Eglon, Hebron, Debir.) 3. III. Supplementary Conquest.^. CUUULH OF THK ASCENSION. PALESTINE AMONG THE TWELVE TRIBES. The division of the laud among the Twelve Tribes took place in three stages. 1. After the conquest of Eastern Palestine, during the lifetime of Moses, the two tribes of Keuben and Ciad and half the tribe of Manasseh received their portion, on condition that their warriors should aid their kinsmen in the war foi' the rest of the laud. (Num. 32.) '2. After the campaigns in Western Palestine (see last map and explanations), the two lead- ing tubes of Judah and Ephraim and the remaining upon the general position, but not upon the precise boundary lines. We follow the map of Dr. James Strong, in McClintock and Strong's Cyclopedia. I. The Tribe of Reuben (Num. 32:1-38; Josh. 13: 15-23) had the river Anion for its southern border, this river separating it from Moab. It was bounded on the east by the Syrian desert, and on the west by the Dead Sea and the lower end of the Jordan. Its northern line began at Beth-jeshimoth, and extended northeasterly to near Rabbath Amnion. S5S?^-?!:ss;«9:0!.:fe^V'" Its territory consisted of a low region by the sea and the river, a precipitous mountain range, and a rolling plateau eastward, well adapted for pasture. Among its prominent localities were : Hesli- bon, the capital of the Amorite king, Silion ; Dibon, where recently the M o a b i t e stone was dis- covered; Mount N e b o , where Moses died ; half of Manasseh received their inheritance, and took possession of it, as far as conquered : Judah in the south, Ephraim a small but choice portion in the centre, and Manasseh immediately north of it. (Josh. 1.0-17. ) 3. The remaining seven tribes delayed long in obtaining their portions in the laud, but at last, after a rebuke from the aged Joshua for their slowness, made the divi- sion by lot, and entered upon their inheritance. (Josh. IS, 19.) The cities of refuge, and tliose for the priests and Levites, were last of all appointed, late in the life of Joshua, and then "the land had rest from war," and Israel entered upon its liistory in its own land. It is not easy to iix the tribal boundary lines, since some tribes possessed cities within the domain of other tribes, and the boundaries, if not entirely indeterminate, varied greatly in different ages. Geographers are agreed 55 Bezer, a city of ref- uge ; Aroer, Ata- roth, Medeba, Kiri- athaim, and Kede- VIEW IN THE EASTERN TABLE-L.\ND— BASHAN. motll. II. The Tribe of Gad (Num. 32:34-.3(i; Josh. 13; 2-1-28) was located north of Reuben. Its boundary on the west was the river Jordan, from the Sea of Chin- nereth (Galilee) almost to its mouth. Its eastern border was the desert, fi-om Rabbath Amnion to Malianaim, from which jxjint its line ran nortliwest to the Sea of Chinnereth. Like the land of Reuben, its territory em- braced portions of the Jordan Valley; the eastern mount- 56 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. aiiis, divided by the torrent Jabbok; and the table-land, a rich and weU- watered district. The part in the Jordan Valley was, however, never possessed by the Israelites, but remamed in the hands of the native Canaanites. In the valley, its cities were Beth-nimrah and Succoth. Among the mountains the places were: Jazer, near the border of Eeuben; Ramoth-gilead, a famous fortress, often the scene of war; Penuel, the place of Jacob's wrestlmg ^Aith the augel (Gen. 32:2-!:-32); Jabesh-gilead. whose warriors rescued the bodies of Saul and Jonathan (1 Sam. 31:11-13); Mahanaim, a place of refuge both for the son of Saul, and afterward for David (2 Sam. '5:8; 2 Sam. 17:24); and Gadara, a foreign city, on the north- ern frontier. III. The Half Tribe of Manasseh, East (Num. 32:39-42; Josh. 13:29-31), occupied the northern portion of Eastern Palestine, generaUy known in the Old Testa- Jiranasseh, (OEast) 2,500 Sq. MT. 3>aali, 1,400 8q. ill. . .rThlU^lhtanU Dt'rrlTty Dealt Sea ) Gad, 1,300 Sq.niilcs. Simeon, 1,000 Sq.M. ilParlly Desert ) Itlana^seli, (^Vest ) SOO Sq.M. ^aplitali, SOO Sq.BI. Iteiibcn, 700 8q.I>r. Ephraim, 600 S.M. J)ao, 500 Sq.m, lH».DC'1iar, 400 Sq.M. Ze1>u1on, 300 Sc,.M. A«her, 300 Sq.ll, Itcnjamln, 300 St the needs of the hour, not by succession or appointment, but by i)er- sonal character and influence. Most of them I'uled over a limited region, and more than one doubtless was in authority at the same time, in different pai'ts of the land. They were called forth by a series of upjiressions. which were sometimes invasions by foreign tribes, and sometimes the uprising of the native peoples against their Israelite conquerors, reversing the relation for a time. The judges were, in most instances, men who led the Israelites in throwing off the yoke of these foreign races. The oppressions are generally reckoned as seven, though the third was rather an invasion than an oppres- sion; and the judges, as fifteen in number, though sev- eral were not judges, in the strict sense of the word. 1. The Mesopotaniian Oppression (Judges o:l-ll) was the first, occurrina; soon after the death of Joshua. .MOUNT TAliOIi. 61 It resulted fi-om the conquests of a king named Chushan- rishathaim, who reigned in Mesopotamia. From the two facts, that at this period the kings of Edoni had Ara- mean names (Gen. ;3(1), and that the deliverer of Israel was Othniel, of the tribe of Judah, the first judge, it has been concluded that the region of this oppression was the territory of that tribe, in the southern portion of Palestine. 2. The Moabite Oppression. (Judges 3:12-30.) The Moabites lived south of the torrent Arnon, on the east of the Dead Sea. In alliance witii the wandering Anmionites, further eastward, and the Amalekites of the desert, undei' their king, Eglon, they took possession of Jericho (which stood as an un walled town), and made it the centre of rule o^rer the central portion of the land, 62 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. chiefly Benjamin and Judah. Ehud, the second judge, assassinated Eglon, and then called upon liis countiynien to assemble at Mount Ephraim. A decisive battle was fought at the "Fords of Moab" (where the Israelites had crossed the Jordan on their tii'st entrance to the land), resulting in the defeat of the Moabites and the freedom of Israel. 3. The Early Philistine Oppression (Judges 3:31) was perhaps no more than a I'aid of these people upon the momitain region of Judah. It was repelled by Shanigar, the third judge, whose army of farmers, hastily gathei-ed, had no otlaer weapons than their for- midable ox-goads. The precise place of the victory is luikuown, but it was on the frontier between Judah and Philistia. 4. The Canaanite Oppression (Judges 4, 5) was an uprising of the native people against the Israehte con- quei-ors. They changed the relations of the two races, by becoming the dominant people in all the region north of the Cai-mel range of mountains. Their capital was at Hazor, and their chief military post at Harosheth, near the Plain of Esdraelon. A woman, Deborah, living between Ramah and Bethel, was then recognized as the fourth judge. Slie called upon Bai'ak, of Naphtah, who aided her in gathering a httle army, cliiefly from the tribes of Issachar, Zebulon and Naphtah. They met at Mount Tabor, from which they povired dovra upon the Canaanites, who were encamped upon the plam. In the route that followed, the Israehtes were aided by a sud- den storm, and a rise in the torrent Kishon, which swept away many of their enemies. The power of the Ca- naanites was broken, and thenceforward the race made no attempt to regain its independence. 5. The 31idianite Oppression (Judges 6-8) was the most severe, thus far, in the history of the judges. The Midianites, a migratory tribe on the east of Pal- estine, joined with the Amalekite Bedouins ui an inva- sion which oven-an aU the centi'al portion of the land, plundering the inhabitants, and destroying the fruits of the field. So low were the Israehtes reduced, that they were compelled to hide their crops, and themselves also, in the caves of the mountains. The dehverer of Israel at this period was Gideon, the fifth judge. At God's call he summoned his countrymen, and gathered an army on Mount Gilboa, while their enemies were en- camped at the foot of the Hill Moreh (Little Hermon), an innumerable host. With three hundred chosen men Gideon made a night attack upon the Midianite host. They were defeated, and fled down the ravine to the Jordan Valley, past Beth-shean, Abel-meholah and Tab- bath. Beth-barah, where they were intercepted by the men of Ephraim, was not the same -with the Bethab- ara of the New Testament, but probably in the Jordan VaUey, north of the Jabbok. At Succoth. near the junction of the Jabbok and the Jordan, and at Penuel, in the ^'aUey of the Jabbok, the pursuing Israehtes under Gideon were inhospitably treated by the inhabitants, but avenged themselves on theii- return. The remains of the routed Midianite army were found by Gideon at Karkor, a place not precisely known. He made a cir- cuit, attacked them on the east, and utterly destroyed them. After tliis victory Gideon bore rule over Israel from his home in Ophrah, until his death. After the death of Gideon arose his son Abimelech, the sixth judge, "the bramble king," who reigned over a small distiict around Shechem. (Judges U.) He was not one of the divinely chosen dehverers, and strictly should not be reckoned in the list of judges. He was slain ignobly at Thebez, north of Shechem. The sev- enth judge was Tola, who ruled from Shamir, in Momit Ephraim. (Judges 10: 1, 2.) The eighth was Jair, whose home was at Camon, in Moimt Gilead, east of the Jor- dan. (Judges 10:3-5.) 6. The Ammonite Oppression (Judges 10:6-18; 11 : 1-40) was perha^js contemporaneous with the early part of the one named aftei' it, the Philistine. It embraced the land of the tribes on the east of the Jor- dan, and lasted eighteen years. The Israelites raUied at Mizpeh of Gilead (the place where Jacob and Laban made their covenant. Gen. 31:49), and caUed to the com- mand Jephthah, the ninth judge, who was living as a freebooter in the land of Tob, north of Gilead. He marched against the Ammonites, and fought them at Aroer, on the border of the torrent Arnon. He drove them in flight northward, and wasted their territory as far as Minnith. near Heshbon. On his return took place the fulfillment of his vow upon his daughter (Judges 11:40); and a civil strife with the haughty tribe of Ephraim (Judges 12: 1-6), which attacked Gilead, but was beaten and put to flight. At the fords of Jordan many thousand Ephraimites were slain in attempting to cross. Probably this was the same place referred to already as Beth-barah. (Judges T:24.) After Jephthah, the tenth judge was n;)zan of Beth- lehem, north of Mount Carmel; the eleventh, Elon of Aijalon, in the tribe of Zebulon; the twelfth, Abdon of Pirathon, in Ephraim. (Judges 12:8-15.) 7. The Philistine Oppression (Judges 13-16) began about the same time with the Ammonite, but lasted far longer. During aU the judgeships of EU, the thirteenth judge, of Samson the fourteenth, of Samuel the fifteenth and last, and the forty years of Saul's reign, Israel remained more or less under Philistine domina- tion. In the reign of Saul we read of Philistine gar- risons throughout the land, as at Bethel (1 Sam. 10:3-5) and at Geba (1 Sam. 13:3), and not until aU Israel was consohdated under the strong scepti'e of David, was the Philistine yoke entirely thrown off. Eli, the thirteenth judge, was also high-priest, and ruled from Shiloh, the place of the ark. The history relates only the events at the close of his judgeship, when, by the loss of the ark at Ebenezer, and the death of Eh, on the same day, the Israehtes were reduced to the lowest condition of trouble. The exploits of Samson were aU personal, and in a narrow district. He led no army, but wrought brave PALESTINE UNDEE THE JUDGES. 63 deeds singlehauded, in the "camp of Dan" and the couutry of the Phihstmes. Had he added the adnimis- trative powers of a Samuel to his courage and strength, the triumphs of David would have heen anticipated by a century. He was born at Zorah, in the tribe of Dan (Judges 13:2), and won victories at Timnath (Judges 15:1-8); at Lehi ("the jaw," from the weapon used), a place whose precise location is imcertain (Judges 15: 9-20); and in his death, at Gaza. (Judges 16. ) Sanuiel, the fifteenth judge, was born at Ramah (also called Raraathaim-zophim (^1 Sam. 1:1), and ruled from the same place during his period of government, fi-om the loss of the ark to the Anointing of Saul. The gi'eat event of his rule was the victory at Ebenezer (1 Sam. 7), which gave a name to the place of the former defeat. Other places connected with this period are Kirjath-jearim, where the ark was long kept; Mizpeh, the place wliere the active rule of Samuel both began and ended; Bethel and Gilgal, where also he exercised the functions of judge; and Beersheba, in the south of Judah, where his sons ruled for a time as deputies in his name. Upon the map the names of the towns which re- mained duiing this period under the control of the nati\'e races, are printed in red. Some of these were Pliilistine, otliers Canaanite. Those on the maritime plain, west of Judah and Benjamin, were mainly Phihs- tine, as Gaza, Ashkelon, Ashdod, Ekron and Gath. Those in the interior, as Aijalon and Jehus; around the Plain of Esdraelon, as Harosheth, Megiddo, Taanach and Hadad-rimmon; and in the Jordan VaUey, as Beth- sheanand Jericho, were under the control of the Ca- naanite races. \Ve give the names of the fifteen judges, and their various centers of authority, as indicated in the books of Judges and First Samuel. Some of the locations are uncertain; but the places cannot be far from those assigned upon the map. The names and locations are: I. Othniel, tribe of Judah. 2. Ehud, tribe of Benjamin. 3. Shamgar, tribe of Judah. 1. Deborah, between Ra- mah and Bethel, in Ephraim. '>. (Jideon, Ophrah, in Manasseh, West. (>. Abimelech, " the bramble king, " at Shechem, in Ephraim. 7. Tola, in Shamir, of Manasseli, East. s. Jair, in Manasseh, East. ".». Jephthah, in the tribe of Gad. lu. Ibzan, in Bethlehem, north of Mount Carmel. 11. Elon, at Aijalon, of Zebulon. 12. Abdon, at Pirathon, in Ei)hraim. 1?>. Eli, at Shiloh, in Ephraim. 14. Samson, at Zorah, in Dan. 15. Samuel, at Ramah, in Benjamin. The battles of this period are indicated upon the map by flags, and are as foUows : 1. Bezek. 2. Hebron. 3. Debii-. -i. Zephath. All these in the campaign of Judah and Simeon. (Judges 1.) 5. Laish (Dan), in the north, the Danite conquest. (Judges 18.) (i. Gibeah, the extermination of Benjamin. (Judges 20.) 7. Foi'ds of Moab, Ehud's victory over the Moabites. (Judges 3.) 8. Mount Tabor, Deborah's victoiy over the Canaanites. (Judges 1.) 9. The Hill Moreh (Little Hermon), Gide- on's victory over the Midianites. (Judges 7.) 10. Kar- kor, the capture of the cliiefs of Midian. (Judges 8.) II. Shechem, Abimelech's conquest. (.Judges 9.) 12. Thebez, Abimelech's death. (Judges 9.) 13. Aroer, Jephthah's \actory over the Ammonites. (Judges 11.) 14. Beth-barah, Jephthah's victory over Ephraim. (Judges 12.) 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza, Sam- son's three slaughters of the Philistines. (Judges 14-16.) 18. Ebenezer, the loss of the ark. (1 Sam. 4.) 19. Eben- ezer, the victory of Samuel. (1 Sam. 7.) OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. SUPPLEMENTAET TO CONqUEST. 1. Judah and Simeon. Bezek, Hebron, Debir, Zephath. 2. Danite Migration. Zorah, Eshtaol; Laish (Dan). 8. Civil War. Benjamin, Gibeah. II. Oppressions .vxd Judges. 1. Mempotamian. (South.) Othniel, 1st Judge. 2. Moahiie. (Central.) Jericho. Ehud, 3d Judge; Fords of Moab. Z. Early Phimtinc. (South.) Shamgar, 3d Judge. 4. Canaanite. (North.) Hazor. Harosheth. Mount Tabor; Deborah, 4th Judge, Ramah. .5. Midianite. (Central aud North.) Hill Moreh, Karkor; Gideon, 51h Judge, Ophrah. Abimelech, 6tli Judge; Shechem, Thebez. Tola, 7th Judge, Shamir. Jair, 8th Judge, Camon. 6. Ammonite. (East.) Aroer; Jephthah, 9th Judge; "Fords of Jor- dan." Ibzan, 10th Judge, Bethlehem. Elon, 11th Judge, Aijalon. Abdon, 12th Judge, Pirathon. 7. Philutine. (South and Central.) Eli, 13th Judge, Shiloh; Ebenezer. Samson, 14lh Judge; Timnath, Lehi, Gaza. Samuel, 15th Judge, Ramah; Ebenezer. Battles of the Period. 1. Bezek. 2. Hebron. 3. Debir. 4. Zephath. .5. Laish (Dan). 6. Gibeah. 7. Fords of jMoab. 8. Mount Tabor. 9. Hill Moreh. 10. Karkor. 11. Shechem. 12. Thebez. 13. Aroer. 14. Fords of Jordan (Beth-barah?). 15. Timnath. 16. Lehi. 17. Gaza. 18, 19. Ebenezer. THE KINGDOM OF SAUL. DuRiXG the last century of the Judges, there was a growing tendency toward a more settled form of govern- ment; and the wise rule of Samuel inspired a still stronger desire for a better organization of the state. The rival tribes of Ephraim and Judah were concihated by the choice of a king from the weak tribe of Benja- mua, equally dependent upon both; and Saul, an obscui-e farmer of Gibeah, was called to the throne. The events of his reign are here related only so far as is necessary to present the locaUties referred to, Avhich may be grouped imder the following heads: 1. His Appoint- ment. -2. His Wars. 3. His Pursuit of David. 4. His Death. I. Saul's Appointment as King. (1 Sam. 9-12.) This is comaected with four places. Eamah, the resi- dence of Samuel (probably Neby Samwil, 3^ miles nearly north of Jerusalem), where Saul was privately crowned; Mizpeli, an unknown place, near by, and also north of Jeioisalem, where he was introduced to the people as king; Gibeah (TnJeil el Fid, -t miles north of Jerusalem), his home and capital; and GUgal, in the Jordan Valley, where he was formally i-ecognized as king, after his victory at Jabesh-gilead. The places named in the ac- count, of Saul's search for his father's stray asses, which led him to Samuel, are not known with certainty; but Shalisha may be Sirisia, 13 miles north of Lydda, and Zuph )nay be another name for Zophim. or Ramah, of wliich the name in full was Eamathaim-zophim. II. The Wars of Saul. (1 Sam. 11-lS.) These were as follows: 1. The Ammonite War. (1 Sam. 11.) The Ammonites were a roving, predatory, cruel people, ancient enemies of Israel, li^^ng east of the Moabites. Under their king, Nahash, they invaded the territory east of the Jordan, and besieged Jabesh-gilead {ed Deir). Word came to Saul, who instantly summoned the warriors of Israel. They met at Bezek (not the same with the Bezek of Judges 1 : 4, but probably the ruin Ibzik, a Uttle north of Tirzah), marched against the Ammonites, and, under Saul's vigorous leadership, utterly discomfited them. The i-elief of Jabesh-gilead, Saul's first victory, greatly strengthened his authority as king, over the tribes. 2. The First Philistine War. (1 Sam. 13, 1-t.) At the time of Saul's accession, the Philistine outposts held Geba, Bethel, and other places in the mountain region. Saul imdertook to free the land, and summoned the Israelites, who came tremblingly, being thoiouglily cowed under theii' oppressors. Saul's son Jonathan struck the first blow, by attacking the Philistines at Geba (Jeba), near Gibeah, Saul's capital; and soon fol- lowed it up by a gi-eat victory at Michmash, across the valley from Geba. The Israelites novv^ gained courage, and pursued the Plulistines, even to their own borders. Nevertheless, the Philistines continued to hold their for- tresses in Israel through all the reign of Saul, and wars were constant between the two races. Three other wars of Saul are named in a single verse (1 Sam. 1-1: it), without mention of particular events. These are as follows : 3. Tlie Moabite War. These peojDle lived south of the brook Arnon, and east of the Dead Sea. The war with them may have taken place in connection with the Ammonite campaign, akeady referred to. No battle- fields are named, so that the places of the war cannot be given. It resulted in the defeat of the Moabites, but not in their subjection to Israel. 4. Tlie Edomite War perhaps occurred at the same time, and may have been caused by an aUiance of Edom Moab and Amnion against Israel, as aU these tribes hved near each other, the Edomites south of the Dead Sea. Probably after the victory at Jabesh-gilead, Saul pur- sued the flying Ammonites, ravaged their territory, and then entered the lands of Moab and of Edom. 5. Tlie Syrian War. This was against "the kings of Zobah." (1 Sam. 11: -tT.) Zobah was situated near Damascus, northeast of Palestine, and Avas the head of a kingdom until subjected in the reign of David. It is hkely that Saul's campaign was a defensive one, i)r()- tecting his border against a Syrian inroad, but no places or particulars are named. (i. Tlie Amalehite War. (1 Sam. 14:48; 15:1-35.) This marked the turning point in Saul's career; for, though a signal victory, it was the occasion of his ahenation from Samuel, the priests and the prophetic order, and the beginning of his decline. The Amalekites were wild Bedouins of the desert, whose presence made the southern border unsafe, and against whom an ancient ban had been pronounced. They were to be utterly desti'oyed, not merely conquered or despoiled. Saul assembled his army at Telaim, on the southern border (pi'obably el Kuseir, between Beerslieba and the Dead Sea), and mai'ched into the land of the Amalekites, destroyed their principal city, laid waste their country, and brought away their king a prisoner. But the com- mand liad l)een, not to plunder, but to destroy; as the safety of Israel (and, we may add, the salvation of the world thi'ough Israel) was endangered by these nomad hordes; and Saul, after leading his host with their plun- der over the mountains of Judah, met Samuel at Gilgal, and receiv(>d a rebuke for his disobedience, and the warning of his own rejection as the theocratic king. 7. The Second Philistine War. (1 Sam. 17, 18.) War 66 66 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. was the normal condition between the Israelites and the Philistines, and there were doubtless many battles and campaigns of Avhich no mention is made. But this was notable for the first appearance of David, the destined king, who had been privately anointed by Samuel at Bethlehem. The Pliihstines Avere encamped at a place called Ei)hes-dammim, or Shochoh, and the IsraeUtes across the Valley of Elah, whei'e between the two hosts David met the gigantic Gohath of Gath, and killed him, in a deed of mingled skill and courage. As a result the Philistines fled, and were jiursued by Israel even to the gates of Ekron and Gath. David was now brought prominently into notice, and became one of Saul's house- hold at Gibeah, though soon an object of suspicion by the jealous king. III. Saul'.s Pursuit of David (1 Sam. 19-28) is the principal subject of the history during the close of his reign. We have indicated upon the map, by a red line, the wanderings of David during this period, as nearly as the locaUties have been identified, and have marked each place by a numbei'. 1. At Gibeali, the capital, David was more than once threatened with death, until at last he fled from Saul's wi'ath to Ramah. 2. At Ramah, David was with Samuel and the "sons of the prophets," in a neighborhood called Naioth, "past- ures," or "dwellings." Here Saul came to slay him, but was overcome by the ardent worship of the pro- phetic band, and, forgetting his errand, joined in their devotions, while David escaped once more to Gibeah. (iSam. 19:18-24-.) 3. At Gibeah, David fovmd a plac^ of hiding for a few days, and then met his friend Jonathan, in the farewell interview, when "the arrows" w^ere shot as tokens. (1 Sam. 20.) 4. David's first stopping place, in his permanent exile, was at Nob, where stood the Tabernacle. Here he re- ceived food, and took the sword of Goliath, which he carried as his weapon during his wanderings. This act of hospitality afterwai'd cost the high-priest and many of liis order their lives, at the hand of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:6-23.) Nob was probably about two miles north of Jei'usalem. 5. From Nob, David made his way down the mount- ains to Gath, at that time the head of the Phihstine league. Here he was suspected by the Phihstines, and compelled to escape by a stratagem. (1 Sam. 21: 10-15.) 0. He found a hiding place in the Cave of Adullam. This was in the Shefelah, or low country, perhaps at Beif-jibrin, w^iere immense caverns are found. Here a force of men gathered around him, and liis aged parents and brothers joined him, probably from a well-grounded fear, that Saul, who about this time slaughtered the priests for an act of kindness to David, would not scruple to kiU the members of his family. (1 Sam. 22:1, 2.) 7. To find a safe refuge for his parents, David left Judah, and went into the land of Moab. Here he placed his parents in the care of the king of Moab, while David and his men took up their abode at Mizpeh of Moab, in a place called "the hold." This may have been at Kerak. (1 Sam. 22:3-5.) 8. By the advice of the prophet Gad, who probably had been one of his companions at Samuel's ' ' school of the prophets," in Ramah, David led his little army back to the land of Judah, and made his headquarters in the Forest of Hareth (perhaps Khar as, in the mountains near Hebron). Here he received news of the massacre of the priests, and was joined by Abiathar, bearing the ephod of the high-priest. (1 Sam. 22:5, 20-23.) 9. Next, he led his men to Keilah {Kilah, in flie mountains northwest of Hebi'on), to repel an attack of the Phihstines. But, learning that the ungrateful people were about to betray him to Saul, he removed in haste to the wilderness between Hebron and the Dead Sea, called Jeshimon, " w^aste. " (1 Sam. 23:1-13.) 10. In this wilderness David remained for a time, at Ziph (Tell Zif, south of Hebron). Here he met his friend Jonathan for the last time. His followers scat- tered, and David was alone, exce])t for the presence of a few faithful companions. The Ziphites w^ere willing to betray him to Saul, and he was again compelled to flee. (1 Sam. 23:1-1-24.) 11. His next hiding place was a mountain in the wil- derness of Maoii, 7 miles south of Hebron. Here he was again in great danger from Saul, but was saved by an opportune foray of the Philistines, which called the king and his troops away. (1 Sam. 25:24-28.) 12. From Ziph he took refuge in the almost inaccess- ible mountains of Eii-gedi (A/ri-jedi/), overlooking the Dead Sea. Here David showed his generosity in sparing Saul, when it was in his power to slay him. (1 Sam. 24.) 13. About the time of Samuel's death, David returned into the south of Judah, to the neighboihood of Maori, 7 miles south of Hebron. (See above, Nos. 10, 11. The likeness of the account in the two visits, has suggested that but one event may be related in both.) Here the narrow-minded Nabal was saved from David's wrath by the wisdom and generosity of his \Anfe, Abigail, who, after Nabal's death, became David's wife. (1 Sam. 25.) About this time, and while David was in or near this locality, occurred David's act of mercy in sparing Saul's life a second time, n-hen liy moonlight lie penetrated to the very centre of Saul's camp. (1 Sam. 20.) 14. Despairing of safety in Saul's realm during his reign. David finally took refuge in Gath {Tell es Safieh), on the Shefelah, the capital of the Phihstines. Here he was more kindly received than before (see No. 5), as his relations with Saul were better understood, and he was able to obtain from Achish, the king of Gath the grant of a city as his home. (1 Sam. 27: 1-4.) 15. The place allotted to David, was Ziklag, on the south of Judah, which was at that time recognized as a possession of the Philistines. Its location is unknown, but we have foUow^ed Couder in placing it at Zuheilikah, 11 miles south of east from Gaza. Here David remained during the closing years of Saul's reign. He accom- THE KI^'GDOM OF SAUL. 67 jianied the Philistines as far as Aphek. in Mount iCphraini, but was sent back, from a fear lest he niiglit desert to the Israehtes. Returning, he found his home plundered liy a roving baud of Amalekites, pursued them, rescued his family and possessions, and also took a great quantity of booty, which he judiciously used in making presents to the leading people of various places in Judah, after the death of Saul. (1 Sam. 27, 2H, 30.) These places are located upon the map as far as they are known. 16. From Ziklag David went up into the mountain region at Hebron, soon after the death of Saul. Here he was made king, first of the tribe of Judah, and after- ward of all Israel. (2 Sam. 2:1-3.) IV. Saul's Death. This took place B. C. lOlU, wheu Saul had reigned -io years. We have noticed two wars with the Philistines as prominent in the liistory of Saul's reign. We call the last campaign of Saul the third Phihstine war, as no others aie related, though their existence may be inferred. This marked the flood tide of Philistine i^owei-; for it left them at Saul's death in command not only of the Plain of Esdraelon and the Jordan VaUey, but of all the centre of the country. Their armies met at Aphek. in the tribe of Benjamin (their old raUymg jjlace, 1 Sam. 4:1), and thence marched northward to the Plain of Esdraelon, at the foot of Mount Gilboa, on which the Israelites were encamped. Saul, fuU of fear, went around the Phihs- tine camp to the village of Endor, where he sought the counsel of a "woman having a familiar spirit," and met the spirit of Samuel, which gave him warning that on the morrow he should die. The battle was fought on the next day. Saul and three of his sons, including the princely Jonathan, were slain; and Israel experienced the heaviest defeat thus far in its history. All the mid- dle section of the land of Palestine was conquered by the Philistines, cutting the tribes in sunder in each direction, from north to soutli and from east to west. At such a low ebb were the fortunes of the Chosen People, when David ascended the throne. Saul's body was fastened up on the wall of the Canaauite city of Beth-shean, but was rescued by the warriors of Jabesh-gilead, in grate- ful remembrance of Saul's brave deed in behalf of then- city, early in his reign. (1 Sam. 31.) Upon the map the foUowing are indicated : 1. The portions of the land under Phihstine and Canaauite con- trol aj-e given in yellow, while the territory governed by Saul is shown in pink. The mountain region was held by Israel, and the lowlands, both by the sea and the Jordan, by the Philistines. 2. The names of Phihstine cities are printed in red. Some of these were their o^\aa hereditary possessions; others (as Aphek, Geba and Bethel) were fortresses in the moimtain region, garri- soned to hold Israel in subjection. 3. The battle-fields and wars of Saul are indicated by flags, and numbered. (1.) Jabesh-gilead, over the Ammonites. (1 Sam. 11.) (2.) Michniash, over the Phihstines. (1 Sam. 14-.) (3.) In Moab, at some unknown jjlace. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (4.) In Edom, at a place also unknown. (1 Sam. 14:47.) (5.) Over the Syrians of Zobah. (1 Sam. 14:47.) This we have indicated as taking place in the half tribe of Manasseh, East; but its ^precise location is unknown. (C.) "A city of Amalek," place unkno^vn. (1 Sam. 15:5.) (7.) VaUey of Elah, over the Philistines. (1 Sam. 17:2.) (s.) Mount Gilboa. (1 Sam. 31.) 4. The various places named in Saul's pursuit of David are shown upon the map, with their most probable identifications. These places are: (1.) Gibeah. (2.) Ramah. (3.) Gibeah. (4.) Nob. (5.) Gath. (O.) AduUam. (7.) Mizpeh of Moab. (8.) Hareth. (it.) Keilah. (in.) Ziph. (11.) Maon. (12.) En-gedi. (13.) Maon. (14.) Gath. (15.) Ziklag. (16.) Hebron. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Saul's Appointment. Ramah, Gibeah, Gilgal, Shalisha, Zuph. II. ir«™ of Saul. 1. Ammonite. (Jubesh-gileud, Bfzck.) 2. First Philistine. (Goba, Michmasli.) 3. Moabite. 4. Edomitc. 5. Syrian. 6. .Vmalekite. (Telaim, Gilgal.) 7. Second Philistine. (J-Mey of Elah.) in. Pursuit of Darid. 1. Gibeah. 2. Ramah. 3. Gibeah. 4. Nob. 5. Gath. 6. Adullam. 7. Mizpeh of Moab. 8 ITareth. 9. Keilah. 10. Ziph 11. JIaon. 12. En-gedi. 13. Maon. 14. Galli. 1.5. Ziklag. 16. Hebron. IV. Saul's Death. Aphek, Gilboa, Beth-shean, Jabesh-gilead. JEIUCUO. THE E]irPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON. The greatness of David may be shown by a compari- son of our last map with the present one, keei)ing in mind the dift'erence of scale between them. David suc- ceeded to the throne of Israel when it represented about »).000 square miles of territory, more or less, under con- trol : he left to Iris successor, Solomon, an empire em- bracing an area of GO.OOO square miles. !See the com- Ijarative diagram on page 7(>. The map now before us being iipon a scale greatly reduced from that of Saul's kingdom, it will ))e inipossil)le to represent upon it all the localities mentioned in the history of Da^'id and Solomon. Those in the neighborhood of Jerusalem will be found on the map of the Environs of Je- rusalem, page 88, and those of minor importance in the land of Israel may be found on the map of Palestine Among the Tribes, page 58. We present the events and localities under the following- outline: 1. David's Reign over Judah. 2. The Union of Pal- estine. 3. David" s Foreign Conquests. 4. David's Calami- ties. 5. The Clos- ing Events. 6. The Reign of Solomon. I. David's Koiffii over J u d a li . (2 Sam. 1-4.) After the death of Saul, Da- vid went from Zik- lag to Hebron, and was there accepted as king over tlie tribe of Judah. His reign lasted for seven years, from 1010 to 1003 B. C. During a part of this time, Ishbo- sheth, the only remaining son of Saul, was also nominally reigning over a large part of the land, the real power being held by Abner, Saul's general, and the ablest man of his time. War naturally arose, and many l)attl<'s were doubtless fought, of wliicli but one, iit Gii)eon, is related. At last, Abner and Ishbosheth were both niuidered, though not by David's desire nor with his ajiprobation; and, with one consent, David was accejjted as king over all the Twelve Tribes. 8 69 TOWEK OK DAVID. II. The Union of Palestine. (2 Sam. .5-7.) David was now rider over the mountain region only, as Saul had been before him, and in vaiious places were garri- sons of the Fhilistmes, and cities held by the Canaanite laces. He began by a siege of Jehus, or Jebusi, a for- tress of the Jebusites, on the border of Judah and Ben- jamin. Though deemed impregnable by the natives, it was taken by storm, and, under its new name, Jeru- salem, became the capital of the kingdom. The Phi- listines had been friendly with David in the past, and were perhaps recognized as the "lords paramount" during his reign over J u d a h ; but now they were jeal- ous of his grooving power, and, as of old, entered the mountain region with their armies. But in Da^■id they met an enemy of a dilferent character from either Samson or Saul . Two battles were fought, both near Jerusalem, at a x>lace called "the Valley [or plain] of tile Rephaim"; and in each the Philis- tines were utterly routed. D a \- i d followed n\> liis advantage, after the second victory, liy march- ing down upon the Shefelah and the plain. HetookGath (called Metheg- aniniali, -'the bridle of the metropolis." in 2 Sam. 8:1), and subjugated the entire Philistine confederacy so com- pletely that thenceforward they ceased to trouble Israel for centuries. The land was now unitetl, and David turned his atten- tion to the religious reformation of the people, bi-ought the ark from Baale, or Kirjathjearlm, to Jerusalem, jtlanned for the Temple to be built by his successor, and oiganized the worship on a magnificent scale. (2 Sam. G, 7.) III. David's Foreign Conqnests. These were not 70 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. COMPARATIVE AREA OF PALESTINE AT DIFFERENT PERIODS. Joshnat B.C. 1443, iijOoo Sq.JiL. Sanl, B. C. 1095, 6fi00 Sq.M. Solomon, B.C. 1000, eOfiOO Sq. M. Ten Trlbca, B. ( . 9-ft. i'.-U'O ,S,,. Jl. n Herod ;b. C. 100, tJrcat, IS. c.a. Juaahi 11^000 975.' S<]. M. I i:;.ooo 3j400\ I s,{. 2L. altogether inspired by ambition, but were necessary for the safety of Israel, and to keep its people from the con- tamination of the idolatry of the surrounding nations. These conquests are indicated by flags on the maj), though the precise locations of the battles are not known in aU cases. The lands conquered by Da%dd were as fol- lows : 1. Moab. (2 Sam. 8:2.) It is stated by Josephus, that the cniel treatment of the Moabites (though fuUy in accord with the customs of Oriental war in that day) was in revenge for tlie slaughter of David's parents by the king of Moab, an event not mentioned in the Bible. 2. Zobah (2 Sam. 8:3, -i), at that time the principal state between Damascus and the Euphi-ates. 3. Damascus (2 Sam. 8:5-12), in aUiauce with Zobah, and the lai'gest city in Syi'ia. 30 Lons- 32 ^ro™ 34 GrMu. 3$ 109 ^t* in from JJ3 ■W«li. J1S i. Edom (2 Sam. 8:13, 14), south of the Dead Sea. The Avord ''Syrians,'' in verse 13, should undoubtedly be "Edomites." The battle was fought at the "valley of salt," an unknown place, but probably near Sela, or Petra, the capital of Edom. 5. Ammon. (2 Sam. 10-13.) This was the longest of David's wars, and was waged not against the Ammonites only, but against the aUied forces of several small Syrian kingdoms, as Zobah (already conquered, but not subju- gated), Maachah, Rehob and Tob. districts on the north and east of Israel. Three great battles were fought ; the first near Medeba; the second at Helam. an uncertain locahty {it it be the name of a place, which is questioned, as the word ineans "host,"' or "army"); and the third, tlie siege and capture of Kabbah, the capital of the Ammonites, Avhich ended the war. Dui-iug this war occui-red the crime of David with Bathsheba. and the murder of Uriah. (2 Sam. 11.) This completed the series of conquests, and made the throne of DaA^id su- preme from the Red Sea to the Euphrates. One fact which made these conquests possible, was, that the tribes around Israel "«'ere not united into strong nations, as afterward ui the cases of Syria and Assyria, but were independent principalities, easily overcome in turn by the framed warriors of David. As a result of these wars the kingdom of David, which he transmitted to liis son Solomon, was the largest in the Oriental world at that time. The Assyrian empire had not arisen, the great kings of Egypt had i^assed away, and the East was broken up into small iirincipali- ties, among which Israel easily rose to power. IV. The Calamities of David's Reigii. (2 Sam. 12-20, 24.) Three great troubles befeU David and his kingdom as the result of his sins. 1. The first and great- est was the Rebellion of Absalom. We can only mention the places re- ferred to in the history, not relate its events. Geshur, where Absalom was in exile, was a small kingdom under the rule of Absalom's maternal grandfather. Tekoa, whence came the "wise woman," was near Bethlehem. The places near Jerusalem named in David's flight, may be seen on the map of the EuAirons of Jeru- salem, page S3. DaA^id's resting place Avas at Ma- hanaim, east of the Jor- dan, and south of the Hi- eromax. Absalom was defeated and killed at THE EMPIRE OF DAVID AND SOLOMON. 71 "the wood of Ephraim," a locality not in the tribe of that name, but east of the Jordan, perhaps where the Ephraimites sustained a gi-eat defeat from Jephthah. (Judges 12.) 2. The second calamity was the Rebellion of Sheba, following soon after Absalom's, and arising from the same disaffection. It was ended at Abel-beth-maa- chah, in the extreme north, by the death of Sheba. (2 Sam. 20.) 3. The third calamity was the Pestilence, after the numbering of the people, an enumeration with a view either to heavy levies of assessment, or to foreign con- quest; either of which was contrary to the spirit of the Hebrew constitution. (2 Sam. 24.) The places named wiU be foimd upon the map, except the inexphcable Tahtim-hodshi, which may mean "the land newly inhab- ited," but whose location is unknown. The sacrifice of David at Araunah's threshing-floor gave the location to the gi-eat altar of the Temple, probably the rude rock which now rises from the floor of the Mosque of Omar, in Jerusalem. V. The Close of David's Reign (1 Kings 1, 2; 1 Chron. 22-29) was occupied in the organization of his empire, and in preparation for the building of the Tem- ple. There are but few locaUties named with this period, and they may be easily found upon the maps, those near Jerusalem being upon the map of its Environs. VI. The Reign of Solomon was a period of peace, with few incidents to mai'k its even tenor. Its principal event was the building of the Temple. We insert here a plan of Solomon's Temple, largely conjectural, as neither of the descriptions is sufficiently exact for a complete knowledge. The Temple, as it afterward stood in the time of Christ, may be found described on page 139. Upon the map are noted most of the battle-fields, which may be enumerated as foUows : 1. At Gibeon, PLAN OF SOLOMON S TEMPLE. the victory over Abner and the adherents of Ishbosheth. 2. At Jerusalem, its capture from the Jebusites. 3, 4. Near Jervisalem, not indicated upon the map: two deci sive victories over the Phihstines. 5. Gath, the capture of the Phihstine capital. 6. The victory over the Moab- ites, probably near Ar. 7. The conquest of Zobah. north of Damascus. 8. The conquest of Damascus and its dependent places. 9. The conquest of Edom, near Sela. 10. The victory at Medeba, over the Ammonites. 11. The victory at Helani, near the Euphrates, over the Syrian allies of the Ammonites. 12. The siege and cap- ture of Eabbah. 13. The defeat of Absalom's army in the wood of Ephraim, east of the Jordan. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. I. Draw a rough map of the country fniin llie Red Sea to the Euphra- tes, as in the map of the kingdom of David and Solomon, and locale upon it the land of Israel proper, showing the dominion of Saul. II. Draw the boundary line to show the kingdom of David at Hebron, and that of Ishbosheth at Mahanaim; mention and locale tlu; battle of Gibeon. III. Show in order the conquests of David, writing upon the board the names of the lands conquered in order, and indicating the battles by flags. IV. Show the dimensions of David's kingdom, by another map of the Oriental World in the time of David. Locate and drill upon the leading lands and capitals. V. Give an account of the calamities in David's reign, show the (light of David, and locate the battle with Absalom. *>*«a«issv: CHUKCII OK .NATIVITY, BETIII.llllM. ANCIENT JERUSALEM, IS THE ^ NEW TESTAMENT PERIOD. ^} i - I " /■ .11 • -. !*<■ '"'eid llonuitifiil oC -> JI.r.Aliiin- w / =i ../ , «. // ,' ' C-. ..?>>' ^V .-' ■-■ te /■ 1 i^y ,''.'Jll. ./,••' •^ -' BA\0,Wc ■ ^ ^CMIC»&0. __ j 72 ANCIENT JERUSALEM. I. Names. The city of Jerusalem has been known by a different name during each of the most important periods of its varied history. 1. In the patriarchal age it was the seat of Melchizedek's priestly kingdom, and was known as Salem, properly pronounced Shalem. (Gen. 14:18; Psa. 76:2. ) 2. During the Jebusite period it was known as Jebis. (Judges 19:10.) Probably at this time the full name was Jebus- shalem. S. After the captui'e by David it received the name Jektsalem. pioji- erly Jeru-sJialaim. ,.,.-. The earliest instance of this name is in Judges 1:7, 8, where it may have been used b y anticipation ; o r there may have been a change, for euphony, from Jebus-sha- ^ \emto, Teru-sha- ■ lem. The word means "jiosses- sion of peace.'" The Greek f( uTii of this w o r d is Hiercisoly- ma. 4. It is called by the prophets by tlie poetical name of A KIEL, "'the lion ofGod."(Isa.29:l.) fi. More than once in the Bible it is called "the holy city. (Matt. 4:5; 27:53.) 6. After its destruction ))y Titus. it was rebuilt by the emi^eror .Elius Hadrianus, A. D. 135, and named JElia, or, in full, ^lia Capitolixa, a name that it held until the year 536, A. I)., when the ancient name Jerusalem again became prevalent. 7. It is now known to the Arabs as El Kiiros, ''the holy." II. Location. The city of Jerusalem stands in latitude 31° 46' 45" north, and longitude 35° 13' 25" east of Green- wich, the ol)servations being taken from the dome of the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. Tliis m:iy luiv.- lieen outside the ancient wall, but was certainly ueai- it. The city is 32 miles from the Mediterranean, IS from the Dead Sea, 20 from Hebron, and 36 from Samaria; and its general elevation is about 2,500 feet above the level of the ocean. III. Geologic Formation. "The vicinity of Jeru- salem consists of strata of the Eocene and chalk forma- tions, having a general dip down the watershetl of about 10° east-southeast. The action of denudation has left ♦ ^e I, patches of the various strata ; but, generally speaking, the oldest are on the west. The upper part of the Olivet chain consists of a soft white limestone, with fossils and Hint bands l)elonging to the Upper Chalk ; beneath this are, — lirst, a hard silicious chalk, with Hint bands; second, a soft white limestone, much iLsed in the ancient buildings of the city; third, a hard chalk, often pink and white in color, and then known as Santa Croce marble. The underlying beds belonging to the period of the _ , Greensand are not vis- ible, the lowest strata in the Kedron preci- pices belonging to the Lower Chalk epoch." [Eiicyclo. Britan.) IV. Valleys. The peculiar natural features of Jeru- saleuL and much of its history, are due to the arrangement of its three val- leys. These unite near the southeastern corner of the city. 1. The Valley of the Kedron, called also "the Valley of Jehoshaphat'' ( pei'haps referred to in Joel 3:2, 12); ami •■ the kings dale" (Gen. 14:17; 2 Sanu 18:18). This lies on the east of the city, between Mount Moriah and the Mount of Olives. During the sunnner it is dry ; but in the rainy season it is the bed of a brook, from which it receives its name. 2. The Valley of the TyrojHeoii (a word sujiposed to mean "cheese- mongers," though the meaning and derivation are (piestioued) branches from the Kedron Valley at the soutliei'U eiul of Mount Moriah, and extends in a noitli westerly direction. The principal i-avine curves in crescent form around Mount Zion, but a shallower and less noticeable branch extends further to the north. This valley is now almost obliterated by the accunuilation of debris, but its ancient course has been established by recent soundings. 3. The Valley of Hinnovi, called also, "the valley of the son of Hinnom" (Josh. 15:8), forms the western and southern border of the city, and unites with the Kedron Valley near its junction with the 74 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY, Tyropueou. Its lower portion, near tlie Kedron, was called Tophet, or "place of fire" (Jer. T:31), and Ge- henna (Ge-Hinnoni). It w^as at one time the seat of idolatrous worship to Molech, and afterward became a cesspool, and place where the oflfal of the city was bm^ned. Gihon (1 Kmgs 1: 33) is located by most in the upper portion of this valley; but, by Conder and a few others, in the lower portion of the Kedron Valley, at the spring en Rogel. V. Moniitaiiis. Jerusalem is and has ever been emphatically a jilace of mountains; as it stood anciently upon four distinct hills, with others around its walls on every side. The names of these hills are Avell known, but the identification of them is neither easy nor unani- mous among investigators. We name the locations as given by the largest number of leading scholai-s. 1. JMount Zion is the largest and highest of the foui' hiUs within the city. It lies on the southwestern sec- tion, between the YaUeys of the Tyrojioeon on the east and north, and Hinnom on the south and west. Its crown is 2,540 feet high. Upon it, probably, stood the Jebusite fortress which so long defied the Israehtes, but was finally taken by David. 2. Acra is a httle east of north from Zion, and is an irregularly shaped eminence, now 2,-lr90 feet high, but anciently higher, as its crest was cut down by the Mac- cabean princes, in order to bring it nearer to the level of the Temple-hiU. It is surrounded upon the south, east and north by the two arms of the Tyi'opceon YaUey. On this may have stood the castle, or MiUo. (2 Sam. 5:9.) 3. On the eastern side of the city is Mount Moriah, the place once occupied by the Temple, and now b)^ the Dome of the Eock, mistakenly called the Mosque of Omar. It hes between the two A'aUeys of the Kedron on the east and the Tyropoeon on the west, and is 2,432 feet high. Its southern end is a steep declivity, called Ophel (in Josephus, Ophlas), running southward to the junction of the valleys. 4. Bezetha is a little west of north from Mount Moriah, and separated from it by a slight depression. It hes be- tween the Kedron YaUey and the northern branch of the Tyropoeon. Only in the later age of New Testament history was it Avitliin the w^alls of the city. Its height is a little over 2,500 feet. These four moimtains are all that are named as ^N-ithin the ancient waUs. Calvary was not a mountain, but merely a place outside the city where the crucifixion of Jesus took place; so that it is not to be counted in the list. But we must notice, in addition, the most impor- tant of the "mountains round about Jerusalem." 5. The Mount of Olives lies east of the Kedroi^ YaUey, and is a range of hills having several summits, which are a little under 3,000 feet in height. (1.) The northei'n peak, called Scopus, lies northeast of the wall, and is supposed to be the point from which Titus obtained his first view^ of the doomed city. (2.) The second is called ViriGalilcei, "men of Galilee," from a tradition that the angels, at the time of Christ's ascension, appeared upon it. (Acts 1:11.) (3.) The central summit is the Mount of Ascension, 2,665 feet high, and du-ectly east of the Tenqtle. It is probable that the true place of the ascen- sion is to be found on the eastern slope of this hUl, near Bethany, and not in sight of Jerusalem. (4.) The next peak southward is called "Tlie Prophets.'^ from a tradi- tion that some of the prophets were buried Tipon its side near the Kedron. (5.) The southern peak is called the Mount of Offense, from tne idol worship Axiiich Solomon estabhshed upon it. (1 Kings 11: 7.) 6. South of the YaUey of Hinnom, and directly oj^po- site to Momit Zion, is an eminence known as the Hill of Evil Counsel, where Judas is said to have bargained for the betrayal of his Lord. Upon the slope of this hiU is the traditional Aceldama, "the field of blood." (Matt. 27:7, 8.) YI. Walls. Of these, tlu-ee are named by the early historians and mentioned in the Bible. 1. The first waU was built by David and Solomon, aiad surrounded what was known as "the city of David." It included Zion, Moriah, Ophel, and the southern portion of the Tyro- poeon YaUey. The lines of this waU may stiU be traced and the ancient foundations shown in various places. 2. The second wall, including Acra, extended in a curved line from the tower Antonia, north of the Temple, to a point not yet marked Avith cei'tainty, on the northei'n border of Mount Zion. The location of Calvary and the place of the Saviour's burial depend upon the question, whether this waU ran outside or inside of the place where now stands the Church of the Holy Sepulchre. For, as these were "outside the gate," if the Avail include the traditional locaUties, they are Avrongly located, and the true jilaces must be sought elscAvhere, jierhaps near the so-caUed Grotto of Jeremiah, north of the city. We indicate both localities, but regard the northern as preferable. 3. The third Avall Avas not built until after the time of Christ, but Avas begun by Herod Agrippa, and was completed not long before the Roman siege. This section Avas called "the new city,"' and included Mount Bezetha, and the region north and northwest of Mount Zion. Only a small portion of the wall can be located Avitli certainty. YII. History of Jerusalem. This may be briefly noticed under scA^en periods. 1. The Patriarchal Period (B. C. 2000-130o). The earhest mention of Jerusalem is that in Gen. 14: IS, Avhich, taken Avith Psa. 76:2, seems to indicate the place, though the identity is questioned by some scholars. In the time of Abraham, B. C. 1918, according to the com- mon chronology, Jerusalem Avas the seat of a kingdom rmder the priest Melchizedek, Avho received homage and tithes, as God's representatiA^e, from the jDatriarch. At that time it was a centre, not only of political poAver, but of a leUgious worship which was recognized by Abraham as divine and spiritual. 2. TJie Jebusite Period (B. C. 1300-1003). The next reference to Jerusalem (and the earliest certain account) is at the time of the conquest, B. C. 1210. At that ANCIENT JEEUSALEM. T5 period it was held by the Jebusites, a race of Canaanite origin, small iu numbers, but of indomitable courage and I'esolution, since they were able to hold their city for four centuries against all the power of Israel. Their king, Adoni-zedek (Josh. 10: 1), may have been a descend- ant of the pious Melchi-zedek, as the names are similar; but the ancient purity of the people's worship had been lost in the idolatry of the surrounding races. The little city of Jehus, as it was then called, formed a confedera- tion with the other clans of the south to resist Joshua's invading host. But in the decisive battle of Beth-horon the Canaanites wei-e I'outed, their five kings were slain (among them the king of Jerusale^n), and the aUiance was broken up. For the present, Jerusalem was not attacked, l)ut its territory was assigned to the tribe of Benjamin. (Josh. 18: 2s.) Soon after the death of Josh- ua, liowever, it was besieged by the united tribes of Judah and Simeon, as dangerous to the northern fi-ontier of the former. From Judges 1:8, and the history of Josephus, we learn that the lower city (perhaps on Acra ) Avas taken and burned; but the foi'tress was found im- pregnable ' ' by reason of its walls and also of the nature of the place." (Josephus.) The city was soon rebuilt (Judges 10: 11), and remained in Jebusite hands through all the age of the Judges and the reign of Saul. 3. The Royal Period (B. C. 1003-587). With the ac- cession of David a new era began in Israel, and every part of the kingdom soon felt the strong hand of its new master. He was not one to brook a foreign fortress in the centre of liis realm, and in the first year of his reign over united Israel he marched against it, and demanded its surrender. Trusting to their strong situation, the Jebusites refused, and, as an insult, placed "the blind and the lame " on its walls in mockery of his attempt. But, under the valiant Joab, the height was scaled, the fortress was taken, and Jerusalem was thenceforth ' ' the city of David." (2 Sam. 5.) David made it his capital, brought thither the ark of the covenant, and surrounded it with a new wall. Solomon enriched it with treasures, and with its greatest glory, the Temple on Mount Mo- riah. After the division it remained the capital f)f Judah, though close to the border of the Ten Tribes. It was taken without resistance from Rehoboam, by Shi- shak, the king of Egypt, and robbed of its wealth, !t30 B. C. In the reign of Jehoshaphat it was restored to something like its former prosperity; but under his son Jehoram, B. C. S40, it was taken by a sudden attack of the Philistines and Arabians, and again plundered. Un- der Athaliah it became a shrine of ab()ininal)le Baal wor- ship, but was reformed by Jehoiada in the earlier days of the reign of Joash. Joash, however, in his later years allowed the people to relapse into idolatry, with the usual result; for, about B. C. 800, the powei'ful Hazael, king of Syria, overran the Shefelah, defeated the Judaites, and was only kept from entering the city by a gift of its treasures. Amaziah, the next king, elated by a victory, offered battle at Beth-shemesh to Joash, king of Israel, then the most powerful state between Egypt and Assp-ia. He was defeated ; and, as a result, Jerusalem was entered by the Israehtes, its wall was thrown dowii, and it was again plundered. The city suffered during the wicked reign of Ahaz, but was re- stored and divinely protected from its Assyrian besiegers in the good reign of Hezekiah. After the death of Josiah it was entered by the Egyptians under Necho ; but its final destruction was wrought by Nebuchadnezzar, of the Babylonian empire. Twice he visited it with a heavy hand, setting up one king after another; and, when his vassal Zedekiah again rebelled, he besieged it for more than a year, with some intermissions, and at last, in B. C. 587, made a breach in its walls and took it by storm. Then, for the first time, the city was absolutely 'r- -,,> 2,550 2.490 '-'''"' ^^^:E'r ^r"^ ^1 1 '\ O - ! A C K 4 3,530 a,.370 2.490 % ^w ■- '^^ T !/ ,. 2,430 ^ -^*g. o a.440 >-* 1^-^'' V C' o 432 i^ V -^ ■r^ 8,540 "^ fe* ^ bi o V ^ Bl n H ^ H ^ ^ « H « Kl O ^ -i fV -^ ^ ^ %. (jijsgiiwjr''""'"'' o fr irANO.u.MJUlv ft «o., owcAao NATUIiAI. FEATURES OF JERUSALE.M. destroyed, and made a heap of ruins, while its i)eople were cai'ried into captivity. ■i. The Period of Restorcdion {&. C. 587-70 A. D.). After lying desolate for 50 years, the city was again occupied vmder Zerubbabel, by tlie decree of Cyrus, B. C. 53t). For nearly a century it remained unwalled and was thinly inhabited, until its wall was rebuilt by Nehemiah, B. C. 445. Thenceforward it grew rapidly, and soon be- came again the meti'opolis as well as the capital of the Jewish state. Alexander the Great visited it, B. C. 332, and gave the Jews certain privileges in his empire. The city was taken by Ptolemy Soter, king of Egypt, B. C. 320, because the Jews would not fight on the Sabbath. In B. C. 203 it was taken by Antiochus, the king of Syria, and, after- a revolt, again by his son, Antiochus Epiphanes, in B. C. 170 and B. C. 108. The latter capt- ure was followed by a bitter persecution of the Jewish 76 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. religion, in wliich thousands of lives were saciifued. But a deliverer arose, in the family of the priest Matta- thias, whose son, Judas Maccabeus, i-escued the city and restored the worship in the Temple. Under the Macca- bean princes Jerusalem was generally prosperous, though with occasional reverses. The Romans first besieged and took the city under Pom])ey, B. C. 65. Herod the Great beautified the city, erected many buildings, and rebuilt the Temple throughout. But the most terrible of all scenes in Jerusalem's annals, were those which took place in the i-evolt of the Jews against the Roman em- pire, and the destruction of tlie city by Titus, A. D. 10. For years it was the arena of riot, of the bloody strife of factions, and of massacre, Avhich scarcely ceased dur- ing the final siege. At last the cit}^ and Temple Avere taken by Titus, demolished and burned, and for a second time Jerusalem was left an utter desolation. '5. The Roman Period (A. D. 70-637). For fifty years after its destruction Jerusalem is not mentioned, and probably remained uninhabited. But, after the attempt of the false Messiah Bar-cocheba to rebuild the city and Temple, and restore the independence of the Jews, — an attempt Avhich was only quelled by calling forth all the power of the empire, — the emperor Hadrian resolved to establish a heathen city upon its site. He named it ^lia Capitohna, built on Moriah a temple to Jupitei', and allowed no Jews to enter the walls, a prolul)ition which remained until the empire became Christian. Constantine, the first Christian emperor, restored the an- cient name; and his mother, Helena, made a pilgrimage to the city, A. D. 326, which now begair to be regarded as a sacred place by Christians. At this time the first Church of the Holy Sepulchre was built, over the place where Helena discovered the tomb of Jesus. The empe- i"or Juhan, A. D. 362, out of hatred to the Christians, undertook to rebuild the Temple, and make it once more a Jewish centre; but was defeated in his plans by eai'th- quakes and the leaping forth of subterranean fires, as is related by Ammianus Marcellinus, himself a heathen, the friend and companion in arms of the emi^eror. He states : ' ' Horrible balls of fire, breaking out near the foimdations, with frequent and reiterated attacks, ren- dered the place from time to time inaccessible to the scorched and blasted workmen; and, the victorious element continuing in this, obstinately and resolutely bent, as it were, to drive them to a distance, the under- taking was abandoned."' In 52!* A. D. the emperor Justinian founded a church \\\\o\\ the site where now is the Mosque el Aksa, and a tide of pilgrims, increasing with each generation, began to pour upon the holy places. In 614 A. D. the city was taken by the Persian king, Chosroes II., the churches were destroyed, and multi- tudes of priests and monks were slain; but l-t years after- Avard it Avas retaken by the emperor Heraclius, and held, though but for a short time, by the Chi'istians. 6. The Mediaval Period (A. D. 637-1517). In 637 Palestine and Jerusalem passed under the dominion of the Moslems, then ruled by the Caliph Omar; but the holy places Avere respected, and the Christians Avere allowed to retain their churches. Under the Fatimite caliphs of Cairo the Christians Avere persecuted, and the Church of the Holy Sepulchre Avas several times de- stroyed and rebuilt. The pilgrims from Europ3 brought trade and tribute, so that the city flourished, in spite of frequent pillagings and captures by Aaiious Arab and Turkish hordes. On July 15, 1099, it Avas taken by the Crusaders, after a tenible assault, and for 88 years Avas the seat of a Christian kingdom. Saladin reconquered it in 1187; and various changes in its government and several sieges foUoAved, until 1517, Avhen it finally passed under the rule of the Turks. Avho have since been its masters. 7. The Modern Period, from A. D. 1517 until the l^resent, has Avitnessed comparatively few changes in the city's condition. The present AvaU Avas built by the sultan Suleiman in 1542. In 1832 it Avas seized by Mo- hammed Ali, Pasha of Egyi)t, but Avas again restored to the sultan, through the interference of the European powers. It is noAV a city of a population A-ariously estimated at from twentv to fift\" thousand. OUTLINE FOR TEACPIING AND EEVIEW. Have two lilackboards (or u large one), and use one for the outline of the lesson, the other for the map. I. Teach the Names. Salem, Jebus, Jerusalem, Ariel, .^lia Capitolina, El Khuds. II. Location. 1. Latitude. 3. Longitude. 3. Distance.?. 4. Elevation. III. Geologic Formation. IV. Vnlkys. Draw a rough map showing tlie vallej-s, and name tlieni, indicating them by initial letters on the maj). 1. Kedron. 2. Tyropceon. 3. Hinnom V. Mountains. Describe eacli, and indicate by initial letter. 1. Zion. 2. Acra. 3. Jloriah. 4. Bezetha. 5. Olives. Peaks: (1.) Scopus. (2.) ••Viri GaliUei." (3.) Ascension. (4.) Prnphet.«. (5.) Offense. (6.) Evil Comisel. VL Walls. Draw them ou the board, describe and name. First. (David.) Second. Third, (.\grippa.) VII. Jlistory. 1. Patriarclial. (Alclcliizidek.) 2. Jebusite. (Adoni-zedek.) 3. Royal. (Da\id. Jehoshapbat, etc ) 4. Restoration. (Zerubbabel, Alex- ander, Ptolemy, Antiochus, .ludas Maccabeus, Pompey. Herod, Titu.s.) 5. Roman. (Bar-cocheba, Hadrian, Constantine, Julian, Justinian, Cho.sroes.) 6. IMedireval. (Omar, Crusaders, Saladin.) 7. Modern. (Suleiman, Mo- hammed Ali, etc.) I^tlB HaDuwrr of M. PANORAMA OF JERUSALEM, FROM THE MOUNT OF OLIVES. DESCRIPTION OF MODERN JERUSALEM. 1. I^KBtlon. Tb> miidiun ciij or Jmultni (UsiIj upaa thr rnlm of tliinDcltnl. boidow nollntluilt imittior Xoiinl SnoD. nbkh wwUioinwLlmpurtuiliiiniKlllMi'bl'iurr. It trigpln itie nonli- •ni iwrt ol Zioa. ih' bUlt Aini, MorUI,. mil imrt ,,t lb uHn, ani' bncioc wllbinlu •ilbnti uti o( dinii uln «. i«« li> |>ii>ql4Ui>u K,aDD. ot wl>icb 1Z,I>10 in- Jtir>. Mm M,,.i. ' •. .... , ..,., Uu*. Ttae Uey of Lba Knlfuo, .■■ ^ Uobimnieluit Hody «frrt ilvnam Kw, - On,h.....„L,..,l I-.,f,,„ ,.„. can olM li»l modBrii mtlbol* ul trtilut. Tb<; •>r>- r t>* nn«b]; dHCrlbail u S.Mi) r follra wUl 11.01S (n L or £.»! mllo* last m. GbIh. or tbsrUwntnHOD.iHxnr xblrb uvtlMTil I TlirJtakarTittGalF.aUliilbi Knlrmi, An', .1 A'Ao/U. ■' ||.- Iiron (.«r," li In ihe whIcti) m%a. ni«t lb.- iiUrtM ..f Pm.a. 'nrniavb ibli ate matt trtrrlcn cntir Ibu •iif. i. Tin iiAinurri> U*.loi,l)abal AinUil, "llUtof Ibi'Cnt.imn."! I> In Iho middle uf Ihi- Donbnu w»tl iriHhl ot Ibi pIrtDM). md ImOi lo ibo ii kfpi ctowl datin, in„( J^ ^^^"'^ B« RfphMi (»(iA « filfn i/nrtam. '" '* ilortKTonnd of tbs '■ Oau 61 i>ui Liilf Uarr,-) li In Ibt t plrlnivj. and 1> iDppMcd bf lomt lo be tbc plwe at Slcpbcn'* mar- tjiOon. Tbc road iMdi from It paii ibc UwOid o( (loibaeinaDc, otrr Ueam Ollrvt. and tbraui-b Bulbnii;. b. Tbe Uoldcn Oaic. wall«d np. U Id tbo ea*l plcluro Id front ol Ibr Uotnc ot thr Rock. lu MoalciD uamsa m Bab U TUvU/i. "tiaioot Rri><'titau»."ui4 ISalml DoAarlfiA. "Klunul Oalo." B Tbc DuDK i:><>. rallad al» tb« Kootf >h liaU t RoA in/ UughariUA), !• a lULall [iinat In Uir loutbnD Ball. iHtilOc to lb* vlllatfi. ut Mllaun, hut uuallj rlovd. Ii !■ ihovo na tbf Itfl ot itie plrturr. T, Th.. ZIqd Uilt ifloft rti Sttif Howl, •• Oatrot Ibf ITopbrl Di*1d."> tt In ib> •onihrrD wall. opeDlag i>n Mminl Kiiid, IndJcalnl OD tbc IV. Quarloia. Tbe» ir* toai In number, iriwn lu itip dlttbr rot nllclaD*; but Ik Ihtin mar ba adtlcd iba IVniiile Kiii'l<»iirv. wblcb fornia ■ wpuatr aurbnii i>f llii. citj 'I'bclr buiindarlca ratiDOt bp Uarwl upi>D lbs plelor.., bat mitf he aaoii on ihrj map ot Uoiliim JrruMlum, [laicx B. Two Important •IrwI>, truutni; oarb olhcf Qvarly at riuht anctn, dlildv tbc dlr lolu ih* four unvqutl ••rlloiu) eallad ijuatun. TbB "trrrta are DaTld Siftrt. nmnloji rxtwird trom lb( JsHa iirara) Qalr. and Daniaccaa ttcrnt. loniliward from Ui« Damaatuatlatc^ ibouib both bars tlllhrTotnama* Id tonv> plana. (781 1 Tbr Uobtuiinflnn ^iinrlur .1 with plar^ rommflmofatlK dlffarenti'i'Dla In tbc powlon ut ouc Lonl. 2. TbrToniploEticlQ.or«, called bjUo-lrnn/Zurrm .<* ^Ifnr. "Tbi- Noblp Sanctuary.- la In the eoulhrai-t.'rn pari of Uio JlohlUtt- tni« of Anlonla, iSie map ami dnrriiXloo ot Anclpnl J.-ruuIrm, |.an.) Itl-no* aqoadfanal.' of 1.012 fwl on tbc norlli. l.M" "-I '"W Ibe from wnll In llio picluw). Wl eoulh. .ml 1,001 «»'l. "mbriclns ab.i.it » acre* lla n><. bad •tood batnr*. but Ihe identllluaUaii U not rtr lain. Tno olbcr balldlnjfa Id ihlaiioanaraiv Darned apoo the puo remit •!««, (bo Cbiiti^b .if !>i. Jame*. and a •omLnofy. i. Tbo Chrlillan (Juaricf U In the noiUKre^Uni part of tliv dlf. brlmrn the Jaffa aod namaacni Qaira. lii the plclnrr tianxMi Im- IM.naiit locallt; !• ibe Ctianb .>f the Hoi; SepDlcbrr. iib«r«iradItlOD ha* nii'il ibi. a«> no of Ih* cmtiAiluD ami reiam'cUoTi. Tbetbareb u ai:rt.up.>t balliltiiga, cri.nuiil with a dome, and efrded atTarlRO* prrli-l>. Tbo liolr Scpalcbro liarll la a marble ■brine wilhla tbe >r lObroad. and 10 fori blj^. If Ihv aadest I:S|,lln9^ai»reei « eaaum (foreeroand] m n be mnaJDlj .bMwn m . Pla", iiiy be drrmod mcaaarablf m tirice Ibr cfvaiaiidlb' dipulrhr* wure aiidoDbt<-dlj Dear the wall, but wllhnut It. Anolhor plu< of Iminial ta (he MaMalaD. a rnlnrdcaallo. Kbicb WM Iho hradqtiuten of Ibe KulSbta Boepliallof during the ClUMdlW. V. FODDtalna anil Fnola. Moat ot lba*e are Without Ibe wait*, and nnlrone la abOwDln tbo picture. The IdentUcaUon ot tbeanclonlpoolalaniit naj.andciplontaanDol axned *1tb recard ■otbelipotlUoa and modmi Dame. The Sfrbt JTomUAi. aapputwl br hub; to lepreeenl tb* Upper Ftool at Glbon it lUagi II IT; laa. . ij^io. DDil br Moalriua 'Mn ITinm*d Dtt^l ..rai.'pn," fnimiho IM aifpileadlnidown ,. ,1 rminitlnneartlia rlty. II Ilea I n Ihe nar- 4lr.m Vallfj. oppeidtu Ibn aUnie Z.ibr]«th. (I II U InlennlllMI. rlalng ai a dar- a faiE, aome hatD thoaihl II lo be thr Pool M Halbaada. (JohoftrJ-V.) A. But the DMI of taplonr* rrcird tb. Pool of BetbMU » Identical with (be Arte />r«W, wbMb ma; be louod oo Ibt plctar* laal wllhlo (be „,„ „„. « ..„ ( ,,„ i,„i..r.-.,r|,l.,.-™wllh. lotlwd, Tbo T\Miib of David (UmdI- ininl ZInii. naai H lii-tiata cf ZIod; aod Inat allttloU f il..u.» arc arvn. U the CoFnaciilom, -.ijpiHr w h.'ld. UuiiDt ZIon .1 rt.l.l," and &*• but few bnlld- ..oi.KIr tbo wall, arr ModOBi Jewish Quarter. „.. , -..Qid Vi 2*. Jewa IVailing Place. 26.'«'.Mn»on'« Areh." 2T. jtlKkfjiazim Synngopue, 29. Slfnagoffu« o} tht JKarait4 Jew*. "S ~ 29. HejiTtardim Sjpxa. J/oyf»lin i^hool. HO. 41. ."^/-JlrtrJim SJ.rioU. + Citttnl. Traditionary Spots on the Via Dolorosa «. ^fiett Stman toriX ujj tlif C b. Tfoutt o/ lAiianta, c. Houae of IHtea. A. Home ^ St.Teroniea 0. Judgment Gate. 81 o Shaikh rust/ 7>^ *//» /i?7 ^l"' 3elrii;. V^ \ . 1-^-f^^ ' ATtCfCrU Resfrtioirs "o \ 1 : ■ ■•L'''H''^-''4~N "v- : (l-Tinh o::BeitJ)iiBiali Str elr'Ozfix ,' GlbeW ■'V. ■'/QSKuKriRia "j/Vi^uJfbrh .Viiintah .' ;,•, ICaiiiali. I Gol>a y J. ill? i-S,rl,.'e!-i7K.>4 X — -' '-"©--■^ Azmavelli Jfizineh >J'jbu Kiifibeh ,X- Clbeah ,\>-ol».? .'Aniithotli ^/ A / '" ' "/ ■ An'atd, ^Jkicmeth. Almon • / f "^ ' . f ^ ~' ^thml on anH trtnt ■' ',-■ / JivineUorl -V '■1 '■\- ;^' v,at.'of OllvtS- ■\. tkin aritl Tank ^\ J^ounlain'f .> -^ ll7AJefr'.\ \ 3>eir 5Aet*A Sa'irf'j ' JIauU JCibrit/an ^' {Cyjii-ian't Trouj/Ii) tfSl.enTgf' iciVSa?i«r ":-r~_?>.V«-S^r Xfeip *r-BatMf , \,^ "^^Dcir Dlirljtli clSu^ldbeh \ ,-, ^Stit StUirid *ii>Jnci>ni CiiUrru , Jieil >'u^ur ibt""!/ ./ i. -B. Tu'TTiar / ^■,-o\^ . / « rehsfututlisheh / ^-^•., r / -. \^ ^ ♦ If. '/ Beth llncccrem t — -,-".-. Herodium 1 -3. ^^"•i--- 4 ,. \' ■ 5 a /I -? / B e r e i h u t \v _l'/«7?'jw ,A ENVIEONS OF JERUSALEM. Statute Miles. i . . . I I : RANO, MCrfALLY A CO., ENGR'S, CHICAGO. THE ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM. The city of Jerusalem occupies a prominent place, not only in the history hut also in the topography of the Holy Land. It is one of the most elevated sites in a land whose important places were among the mount- ains. There are many peaks higher than Mount Zion, on which the city stands; but few cities in Palestine are built upon a site so lofty. This fact explains many of the allusions in the Psalms. ' ' Beautiful for situa- tion," ■'! will look unto the hills," etc. There are six roads leading to Jerusalem from different pai-ts of the land. Starting from the city by each one of these roads, let us notice the important places iipon either side of it. I. The Northern Road. This starts from The Damascus Gate and leads almost due north throiigh the centre of the moun- tain region, toward Shechem and Damas- cus, passing more of the historic localities than any other. Ex- plorers, however, are not agreed upon the identilication of all the places ; and our space permits us only to give conclusions without nam- ing reasons or authorities for the opinion in all cases. 1. About a mile north of Jerusalem, on the west of the path, we find Scopus, the eminence from which Titus, the Roman conqueror, obtained his first view of the doomed city. According to some authorities this was also the location of 3Iizpeh, the place of assembly for Israel during the time of the Judges. But later investigators place Mizpeh ?it Ncby Samwil, on the north- western road, and we have accepted their conclusions. (See next page. ) Both the location of Mizpeh and that of Ramah are iincertain. One word means "watch- tower," the other "height," so they maybe identical, though the references seem to point to different localities. 2. A mile further, and on the west of the path, is Nob {el TsaioiyeTi), named as a city of the priests. At this place the Tabernacle Avas kept during the reign of Saial ; David visited the high-priest and received the sword of Goliath ; and the priest and 70 of his associates were slain by command of Saul. (1 Sam. 21:1-9; 22:9-19.) 3. Gibeah {Tuleil el Ful, "hill of beans," Ues on the east of the road, 2^ miles from the city. The place is first mentioned in the painful story of the Levite (Judges 19); but its principal interest is in the fact that it was the home and court of King Saul. "It is now dreary and desolate, with scarce any I'uins save a con- fused mass of stones, wiiich form a sort of cairn on the top. " — Tristram. 4. Auathoth {Anata), the birthplace of the prophet Jeremiah, and a priestly city, is 3 miles northeast of Jerusalem, upon a path ])ranching out of the main road. It is now a village of about 20 houses. 5. Some locate Ramah, the home of Sanuiel, at Er Ram, on the east of the road; but others favor the place at Neby Samwil, to be noticed below. 6. 3Iic7imasli, the scene of Jonathan' s daring exploit, lies on a hill adjoining a raA'ine, 7 miles northeast of the city; and a mile away, in plain sight, lies Geba, the camping place of Saul's army at the time of the battle. (1 Sam. 3 3.) It is now called JIuA-mas. 7. Ai — the place where Joshua's army Avas rejuilsed by the Canaanites, on account of the crime of Achan (Josh. 7), and which, after his punishment, was taken and destroyed by the Israelites — is 9 miles from the city; a desolate heap, known as el Tell. 8. Beeroth (wells), now el Bireh, 10 miles north, was one of the Gibeonite cities which made peace with Israel. (Josh. !): 17.) According to tradition, this is the place where Joseph and Mary, returning from Jerusalem^ first missed the boy Jesus (Luke 2:1-4); and it is now the halting place of caravans going north. 9. Bethel, "the house of God " (now J5eiY«n), 10 miles north, is a place of many Scriptural associations. Here Abraham pitched his tent and built his altar, on his entrance upon the Land of Promise (Gen 12:8); here Jacob lay down to rest and saw the glorious vision of DEFILE BETWEEN JERUSALEM AND JERICHO. 83 84 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGKAPHY. the heavenly ladder (Gen. 28:11-22), and on his return fi-om Syria again consecrated the jjlace to God's service. (Gen. 35:6-15.) During the period of the Ten Tribes it Avas a sanctuary of idols, but also the seat of a pro- phetic school. (1 Kings 12: 29-3:3; 2 Kings 2:2, 3.) It is uow an uninhabited ruin. 10. East of Bethel, and 11 miles north of Jerusalem, is the rock liiniiuon (now Btu)i)iio)i), where the remnant of the tribe of Benjamin found a refuge after the civil war. (Judges 20, 21.) 11. Two miles north of Eimnion is the site of Ophralt, in the New Testament Ephraim, the retreat of Jesus after the raising of Lazarus. (John 11:.>4.) It is in a wilderness, on the edge of the Jordan Valley, and out- side the hue of travel; now called et Taiyibeh. II. The Eastern Roatl from Jerusalem leads through SOLOMON .S POOL.- a barren i-egion of crags and ravines, almost without inliabitants, except the robbers -who have baunted it since the days when "a certain man went down from Je r u s a 1 e m to Jericho, and fell among thieves." (Luke 10:30.) The road is a continual descent from a height of 2,700 feet above the sea to 1,300 feet below it, in 20 miles. The only place passed on the route is Bethany (now el Azariyeh), the home of Mary and Mar- tha, the place where Lazarus Avas raised from death, and near which Jesits ascended. (Luke 24:o0.) It is on the eastern slope of the Mount of Olives, and about a mile and a quarter from Jenisalem. Beyond this ])lace the road grows more steep, descending toward the Jordan Valley. III. The Southern Road, leading along the crest of the hiU country toward Hebron, also passes few places of historical interest. 1. Just south of the city is the Plain of the Rephulm, where, after the capture of Jerusalem, David twice met and vanquished the Philistines. (2 Sam. 5: lS-25.) The name may be a reminiscence of the most ancient people ■who inhabited the mountain region of Palestine, before the Amorites were in the land. 2. Four miles from the city the traveler passes RacheVs Tomb. This may represent the place where Jacob, while journeying southward, lost his beloved wife Rachel, the mother of Joseph and Benjamin. (Gen. 35: 16-20.) The monument uow standing is of compara- tively recent date; but it may occupy the site of one more ancient. 3. Six miles southeast of the city we come to Beth- lehem, a small town, yet having the deepest interest as the birthplace of David, and of DaA-id's greatest descend- ant, the Saviour of the world. It hes upon the side and summit of a steep hill, and contains now about 2,(J0i) inhabitants. Many places connected Avith the birth of Jesus are shown ; but there is no authority for their pre- cise location except tradition. In a cave near this village Jerome wrote most of his translation of the Bible, the Vulgate version, lecognized as the standard Bil ile by the Roman Catholic Church. i. A httle beyond Bethlehem is the head of the Valley of Elali, in which, but at a distance to the west, David fought with Goliath, and gained his earliest honors before Israel. [I Sam. 17.) 5. There are no more places of interest to the Bible I'eader until we reach Hebron, IS miles from Jerusalem. This is one o* the most ancient towns in the Avorld. occupied before the time of Abraham; the burial place of the Patriarchs, the capital of Da\'id"s kingdom of Judah, and tlie place Avhere Absalom's rebellion Avas liegun. It is still a large town, inhaluted by in- tolerant Mohammedans, Avho closely guard the sanctity of the Mosque which co\'ers the graves of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. It is now called d Khulil, "the Friend," /. e., Abraham, "the friend of God." 6. The region between Hebron and the Dead Sea is wild and desolate, Avith Init feAv inhabitants. It was called JeHliimon, "the waste," and is the place generally recognized as "the Avilderness of Jndsea," where David wandered during his exile when he Avas persecuted by Saul, and in constant danger of his life, and Avhere Christ was tempted after his long fast of forty days. IV. The Southwestern Koatl is that "that goeth doAvn from Jerusalem unto Gaza, Avhich is desert. " (Acts S: 26.) It passes through ravines and among mountains, descending thi-ougb successiA-e plateaus, from the mount- ain region to the Shefelah, or low hills, and thence to the plain by the Mediterranean. It is "desert," in the sense that no towns lie along the route. The fountain where Phihp baptized the Ethiopian treasurer is shoAvn at A'ln Haniyeh, \ miles soutliAA'est of Jerusalem: but it has oirly tradition in support of its claim. V. The Western Road leads to Joppa, descending from the mountains to the sea. 1. Four miles from Jerusalem it passes Emma us (Kn- loniyeh), the place to which the tAvo disciples Avere walk- ing when they were joined by the risen Christ. (Luke 24:13.) The place, hoAA'eA'er, is disputed. Dr. Thom- son locates it at Kurief el Enab. further from Jerusalem; and others at el Kubeibeh, 7 miles northwest of the city. THE ENVIRONS OF JERUSALEM. 85 2. Kirjuth-jearim, or Baakih, is 7 miles from Jerusa- lem, at Kitriet el Euab, named above. Here the Ark of the Covenant was brought from Beth-shemesh. after its return fi'oni the Philistines, and i-eniained until it was removed by David to Jerusalem. (1 Sam. i'r.-2]; ■_' Sam. 6:2.) It is now a small village, with ruins and a rhurch. VI. The Nortliwestern Road branches from the Northern Road just beyond Gibeah, and winds down the mountains to the sea-shore at Joppa. Among its places of interest are the following: 1. J/izpcIi, "watch-tower,'' is probably the hill laiown as jVeb// ><((iti;wll, 4 miles northwest of Jerusalem. Here Samuel gathered the people for refoiiuation, and won his great victory over the Philistines. This may also have been I}ama1t, the bu'thplace and burial-place of Samiiel. 2. GibeoH is at el Jib, a hill () miles from Jerusalem. This was the head of the Hivite league of cities which made peace with Israel and were spared by Joshua at the time of the conquest (.Josh. 0:17); which led to the battle of Beth-hoi'on, the decisive event of the war. Here a skirmish took jjlace between the soldiers of David and of Abner (while David was reigning over Judah), and Asahel, the brother of Joab, was killed. (2 Sam. 2:12-24.) At this place the Tabernacle was standing during David's reign, while the ark was at Zion; here Avas "the great high place" where Solomon offered sacrifice at the o})ening of his reign; and here Solomon had a vision, and made his choice of wisdom. (1 Kings 3:4-14.) ?>. Five miles beyond Gibeon is Beth-horon, celebrated as the place where was fought the great battle of the conquest, which, measured by its results, was the most important battle in the history of the world, since upon it was staked the world's religion. If ever the sun might stand still, it was then, when earth's destiny was in the balance. (Josh. 10:9-14.) The "upper Beth- horon " is at Beit iir el Foka, and the lower at Beit nr et TaJita, two miles beyond it. In this brief view we have compassed tlie most impor- tant places upon the map within 15 miles around the city of Jerusalem. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. sroGESTioxs Foi! TEACiiixo. ter of jiricsts.) 3. Gibfiih. (Siuil's court.) 4. Anatliotli. (Jeremiah.) 1. Locate upon thf blackboard .lonisnlcMii as a centre, uud in proscncp of 5. KanuUi. (?) (Samuel.) (>. >Iichula^h. (.Jonathan's exploit.) 7. Ai. the class draw llie ;;eiicral dirciiion of the roads leading from il. It is (Achan.) 8. Beeroth. (Gibeonites; Jesus lost in Temple.) 9. Bethel. scarcely iieeessarv to draw the valleys and mountains, as they are but rarely (.Jacob's ladder.) 10. Uiminon. (Benjamin.) 11. Ephraim. (Christ's referred to by name. The teacher may mark the line of the road in French retirement.) elialU ni- common slalc-piMicil upon the blackboiud. in ailvance of the Ics- II. Eastern Road. 1. Bethany. (Lazarus.) 2. Steep descent. 3. son, niakini;' a I'.-dnl line, which can be followed with tin,' crayon after- Jericho. ward. III. Suiilhirn Boail. 1. Plain of Kephaini. (David's victory.) 2. 2. Then lake each road in order, going out from Jerusalem, and indicate Rachel's Tomb. 3. Bethlehem. (David, Jesus.) 4. Valley of Elah. the places near it, stating the events of Bible History in e(]nneetion with (David and Goliath.) 5. Hebron. (.Vbraham's sepulchre.) 6. Jeshimoii each place. (Wildernes.s). 3. It would be a good plan lo write on slips of paper the references to IV. Southwettern lioad. " Jcru-salcm to Gaza." (Philip.) le.xts, distribute Iheni among the class, and have each te.\l read by a student V. Western Road. 1. Emmaus. (Risen Christ.) 2. ICirjath-jearim. as its event is named. (Removal of ark.) REVIEW. VI. Northwestern Road. \. Mizpeh. (Samuel.) 2. Gibeon. (Solo- I. Korthern. Road. 1 Scopus. (Titus.) 2. Xob. (Slaugh- mon's choice.) 3. Beth horon. (Joshua's victory.) UlilUSli.\I.\XE. THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON^S EMPIRE. On the death of Solomon, B. C. 935, the empire which had been won by the sword and consoHdated by the statesmanship of David, fell asunder, and five kingdoms took the place of one. These were : 1. The portion of Solomon's empire north of Mount Hermon and extending to the Euphrates revolted, and formed the Kingdom of Syria, having Damascus for its capital. This kingdom, at first smaU, soon rose to power, and at its height, under Hazael, was the leading- nation in Asia, west of the Euphrates. It feU, about B. C. 750, under the power of Assyria. 2. South of Syria was the Kiiigdoin of Israel, or the Ten Tribes, fomided by Jeroboam, B. C. 935, soon after the death of Solomon. This included by far the larger portion of Palestine Pro^jer, having 9,400 square miles, while the rival kingdom of Judah had but 3,400. uncertain. The Shefelah, or low hiUs, and the sea-coast, were probably controlled by the Philistines, though nom- maUy belonging to Judah. This kingdom I'emained loyal to the house of David during all its history, and was ruled by twenty-one kings, all of one family. It was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar, B. C. 587. 4. Moab lay east of the Dead Sea, between the bi-ooks Aruon and Zered. It was nominally subject to Israel (the northern kingdom); but, from the indications of the histoi'y and of the Moabite Stone (a monument of Mesha, the king of Moab, erected in the time of Elisha the prophet), it may be inferred that it had its own govern- ment, and only occasionally paid tribute to the Ten Tribes. Strong kings, like Omri, Ahab and Jeroboam II., may have held power over it; but during most of the time it was practically independent. FO 6fi0 So 780 770 760 T?0 reo 710 Tto 690 680 r Manasseh ClIKONOLOGICAL CHART OF KIKQS OP ISRAEL AND Jl'DAH. It received the allegiance of aU the tribes on the east of the Jordan. The boundary hne between the two king- doms ran south of Jericho, Bethel and Joppa. This line was, however, very vai'iable, being moved northward or southward, according to the relative power of the king- doms. Over this kingdom reigned nineteen kings, repre- senting several dynasties, with intervals of anarchy and fi-equent change. Its capital was at first Shechem, then Tirzah, until Omri, the founder of the third dynasty, chose a permanent location at Samari.\, whic^h soon be- came to Israel all that Jerusalem was to Judah, and in time gave its name to the entire province. Its two religious sanctuaries were at Dan on the north, and at Bethel on the south, where the national woi'ship to Jehovah, was maintained under the form of a calf or young ox. 3. The Kingdom of Judah included the tribe of that name, a portion of Benjamin, and perhaps of Sim- eon also, though the southern boundary was always 5. Edom, south of the Dead Sea, had been conquered by David, and remained subject during the reign of Solomon. After the disruption it held to Judah about the same relation that Moab held to Israel, dependent and tributary, but not aimexed as a part of the realm. There was a king of Edom during the reign of Jehosh- aphat (2 Kings 3:9), but evidently subject to Judali. The Edomites finally gamed their independence during the reign of Jehoram, the son of Jehoshaphat (2 Kings 8:ir.-22), despite a defeat which they sufi:ered at Zair (probably Seir, or Sela). Like aU the kingdoms around it, this kingdom fell under the rule of Nebuchadnezzar. These five provinces or kingd(jms are represented upon the map according to their general boundaries during most of the time from the age of Solomon to that of Nebuchadnezzar, when aU the East was united under one mighty sceptre. Historically, the epoch requires the consideration of several periods, as follows: 1. The Period of Division (B. C. 935-842), during 87 88 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. wliich three kingdoms — Syi'ia, Israel and Judah — strove for suiDreniacy. This extends fi-oni the i-eign of Jeroboam to that of Jehu in the north; and from Eeho- boam to Joash in Judah. During the first half -century of this period, -wars were constant between Israel and Judah. During the latter half-century the growing jiower of Syria compelled an aUiance between the rival kingdoms, and ncvirly all the battles Avere between Israel MOABITE STONE. and Syria. The leading events of this pe>riod were: (1.) The accession of Rehoboam, followed by the disriijition of the kmgdom, and the breaking up of Solomon's empire. (-2.) The invasion of Judah by Shishak, king of EgyiJt, and the loss of all the treasures of David and Solomon (2 Chron. 12), which permanently crippled the kingdom. (3.) The wars of Jeroboam with Judah, culminating in the battle of Zemaraim, near Bethel, a signal defeat for Isi'ael. (2 Chron. 13.) (4.j The inva- sion of Judah by the Ethiopians under Zerah, and the victory of Asa at Mareshah. (2 Chron. 14.) (5.) The introduction of the woi'ship of Baal into Israel, by Ahab, and with it the appearance of the prophet Elijah. (I Kings 10-19.) (6.) The wars with Syria, ^-ith the victory of Israel at Aphek, and the defeat at Ramoth- gilead. (1 Kings 20-22.) (7.) The invasion of Judah, in the reign of Jehoshaphat, by the allied forces of Amnion, Moab and Edom, and their slaughter at Berachah. (2 Chron. 20.) (8.) The allied war of Israel and Judah with Moab, and the battle of Kii'-haraseth, commemo- rated by the Moabite Stone, recently discovered. (2 Kings 3.) (9.) The revolt of Edom from Judah, in the Approximate Scale, 106 miles to 1 inch. reign of Jehoram. Jehoram gained a victory at Zair (probably Sela, or Petra), but could not retain suprem- acy over the Edomites. 2. The Syrian Period, B. C. 842-799, began with revolutions in the same year in Damascus, Samaria, and Jerusalem; by Avliich Hazael mounted the throne of Syria, Jehu of Israel, and Athahah, the queen-mother, usurped the throne of Judah. Hazael established a powerful kingdom. (2 Kings S: 7-15.) He conquered all of Israel east of the Jordan (2 Kings 10; 32, 33), re- duced Israel under Jehoahaz to a condition of vassalage (2 Kings 13:1-8), took Gath from Judah, and was only withheld from besieging Jerusalem by the payment of a heavy tribute. (2 Kings 12:17, IS;" 2 Chron. 24:23, THE DIVISION OF SOLOMON'S EMPIRE. 89 24.) We insert an outline map of his kingdom and conquests. The principal events of this period were as foUows : (1.) The accession of Hazael in Syria, Jehu in Israel, and Athahah in Judah. B. C. 842. (2.) The destruction of Baal worship in Israel. (2 Kings 10.) (3.) The conquests of Hazael on the east of Jordan. (2 Kings 10:32, 33.) (4.) The slaughter of Athahah, and accession of Jehoash in Judah. (2 Kings 11.) (5.) The repairs of the Temple by Jehoiada. (2 Kings 12.) (C.) The prophecies of Jonah and Joel. (7.) The subjection of Israel under Hazael. (8.) Hazael's campaign against Judah, and capture of Gath. (9.) The death of Hazael. 3. The liestoration of Israel, B. C. 779-742. The Syi'ian conqueror, Hazael, left as his successor a weak prince, Ben-hadad III.. Avho was unable to hold his dominions against the abihty of the third king of the house of Jehu in Isiael, Jehoash, or Joash, and his greater son, Jeroboam II. Under these two able rulers the kingdom of the Ten Tribes arose to its culmination, the territory lost was regained, nearly all Syi'ia was con- quered, Judah was made tributary, and Samaria gave laws to a large part of Solomon's empire. This period was marked as the era of two great prophets, Jonah and Joel; and, from its brilliant but brief prosj^erity, has been called "the Indian Summer of Israel." At the open- ing of this ei)och, Amaziah reigned in Judah. He won a victory in Edom, but, venturing to attack Israel, was routed at Beth-shemesh; and, for the only time in Judah's history, the army of the Ten Tiibes entered Jerusalem as victors. (2 Kings 14.) Uzziah, his successor, was more successful, and held his kingdom in security both against Israel and the enemies on the south. The outline map represents the kingdoms during the reign of Jeroboam II., about B. C. 800. 4. The Fall of Israel, B. C. 742-721. The dechne of Israel after the reign of Jeroboam II. was rapid. A succession of usui'pers seized the throne, the foreign conquests melted away, and anarchy prevailed. The cause of these sudden changes was the growth of the Assyrian power under a succession of warUke kings, wlio made Nineveh the capital of the Eastern world. Syria feU before their arms, and Isi-ael soon followed. In the reign of Menahem, Israel became tributary to Assyria; and in that of Pekah, B. C. 735, the portion of Israel on the north, including the tribe of Naphtali, was carried into captivity by Tiglath-pileser. (2 Kings 15:2tt.) In the reign of Hoshea, Samaria itself was taken (B. C. 721) by Sargon (having been besieged by Shalmaneserh and the Ten Tribes were finally carried into cai)tivity to Halah and Habor. (2 Kings 17.) This period belongs to the map of the Assyrian Empii-e. .".. The Fall of Juilah, B. C. 721-5S7. The kingdom of Judah lasted more than a hundred years after that of Israel, though most of tlie time as a subject-nation to the "great king" of Assyria, to whom Ahaz and most of the kings of Judah after him paid tribute. The most important events of this period were : (1.) The reforms 10 of King Hezekiah. and the dehverance of Jerusalem from the Assyrians under Sennacherib. '2 Chron. 30-32.) (2.) The captivity of King Manasseh among the Assyr- ians, and his return. (2 Chron. 33.) (3.) The attempt at reformation by King Josiah, and his death at the bat- tle of Megiddo. (2 Chron. 34, 35.) (4.) The rise of the power of Babylon, and Nebuchadnezzar's first invasion of Judah, in the reign of Jehoiakim, B. C. 006. From this date Judah was subject to Babylon, and the "sev- enty years' captivity" began. (5.) The rebellion of Zed- ekiah, the last king, against Nebuchadnezzar, the siege of Jerusalem, the destruction of the kingdom, and the final carrying of Judah into captivity to Babylon, B. C. 5S7. Approximate Scale, 106 miles to 1 inch. We notice the most imjiortant wars, sieges and battles of this period, indicated upon tlie maj) of the Division of Solomon's Empire, by flags. 1. The battle of Zeiuaraiin, near Bethel, fouglit be- tween Jeroboam and Abijah, tlie second king of Judah, B. C. 917, and resulting in the defeat of Israel, and the I'uin of Jeroboam's plans of ambition. (2 Chron. 13.) 2. The battle of Mareshali, in Judah, on the border of the mountain region, in which King Asa defeated Zerah, the Ethiojjian king of Egypt, and an immense host, B. C. 900. ^2 Chron. 14.) 3. The siege of Samaria, by Ben-hadad, king of Syria, in the reign of Ahab, who was able to repel the 90 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. invaders. (1 Kings 20.) We notice, tliat from this time, for a centnry, the principal -wars of Israel are with Syria. 4. The victory at Aphek, won by Ahab over Ben- hadad and the Syrians. Aliab, however, allowed the fruits of the victory to be lost, when he might have made it decisive in its results. (1 Kings 20: 26-±3.) 5. The battle of Ramoth-gilead, in which the Syrians, under Beia-hadad, were victorious over allied Israel and Judah, and Ahab was slain. (1 Kings 22.) 6. The slaughter of the allied Moabites. Ammonites and Edomites, at Beracliah, "the valley of blessing," in the reign of Jehoshaphat, king of Judah. (2 Chron. 20.) 7. The war of Israel, Judah and Edom, against the Moabites, in which a great battle took place at Kir- haraseth, in the land of Moab, when the king of Moab offered his own son as a sacrifice in presence of the con- tending armies. (2 Kings 3.) This was during the reign of Jehoshaphat in Judah, and of Jehoram in Israel. 8. A second siege of Samaria, by the Syrians, under Ben-hadad, in the reign of Jehoram; and a miraculous dehverance. (2 Kings, 6. V.) 9. A battle at Zair (probably Sela, or Petra), in Edom, in which Jehoram was surroinided by the revolting Edomites, and won a victoiy, yet could not prevent the Edomites from gaining their liberty. (2 Kings 8: 21, 22.) 10. The capture of Gath, by the Syrians, under Haz- ael, in the reign of Jehoash, king of Judah. (2 Kings 12: 17.) 11. The victory of King Jehoash, of Israel, over the SjTians, at Aphek, foretold by Ehsha. (2 Kings 13: 17-25.) 12. The battle of Beth-shemesh, a victory of Israel over Judah, resulting in an IsraeUte army entering Jeru- salem, in the reign of Amaziah. (2 Kings 14.) 13. The final capture of Samaria by the Assyrians, and the extinction of the kingdom of the Ten Tribes. (2 Kings 17:1-6.) 1-1. The battle of Megitldo, in which King Josiah, of Judah, lost his Ufe while resisting the invasion of Pharaoh-necho. the kmg of Egypt. (2 Kings 23:29.) 15. Two battles at Carchemisli, near the Euphi-ates, in the first of which, Pharaoh-necho, of Egypt, was vic- torious (B. C. 608) over the Assyrians, and in the second (B. C. 606) was thoroughly defeated by Nebuchadnezzar, and compelled to relinquish aU his conquests in Asia. (2 Chron. 35:20.) 16. The destruction of Jerusalem by Nebuchadnez- zar, and the extinction of the kingdom of Judah. (2 Kings 25.) OUTLINE FOR TEACHING. 1. Draw on the blackboard the map of Solomon's Empire, as already given, showing its boundaries, and placing on it the cilj' of Jerusalem, the river Jordan, etc. 2. Divide the map into the five kinr/domii of Syria, Israel, Judah, Moab and Edom, and show their capitals and political relations. 3. Drill the class upon the leading events of the five histoiieal periods named in the above description, placing upon the map the localities named in the histor}'. 4. Name the battles of the periods, and state the circumstances of each battle, placing them upon the map in their hislorical order. 5. Through all the work let the class draw their own maps, following that upon the Iward, and at the close carefully review all the work. This subject might raiuire several lessons iu a normal class. M(,)SliL:E EL AKSA. THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES. The history of the Bible is so interwoven with that of the East, that a view of its great empires is necessary. All the lands between the Persian Gulf and the Mediter- ranean were united at different periods under one government, and formed an emphe which was con- stantly changing according to the power or weakness of its dominant state ; for in the Oriental world there never has existed anji^hing like a confederation of states on an equahty. At different periods Ur, Babylon or Nineveh conquered aU the surrounding lands; or at other periods a single race, as the Medes and Persians, obtained supremacy. The empire thus arose and fell, to be suc- ceeded by a similar empire with another centre. During the Old Testament history, between the days of Abraham and of Ezra, more than 1,500 years, four successive empires appeared in the East. These were : I. The Early Babylonian Empire. B. C. 2280-1120. II. The Assyrian Empire. B. C. 1120-626. III. The Babylonian Empire. B. C. 606-588. IV. The Persian Empire. B. C. 538-330. I. The Early Babylonian Empire began about 8000 B. C, with several states, each having a city as its capital. Among these were Vr {3fug- heir), Lagesh (Slurpurta), and Isin. These separate kingdoms were united in an empire, of which Babylon was tlie capital, in the reign of Hamnmrabi (the Amraphel of Gen. 14:1), about 2280 B. C. It lasted, with varying fortunes, for 1,000 years. A map of this empire, in the time of Abraham, is given on page 34. II. The Assyrian Empire arose from the small country Assliur, about 25 square miles in extent, lying east of the Tigris and north of the lower Zab. Its cap- ital was the city Asshur, now called Kileh ShergJiat, 60 miles south of Nineveh. The city rose to power in the 14tli century B. C, when, under Tukulti-niuib, Babylon was captured and the Babylonian empire became the Assyrian. Afterward JV/mrud, 20 miles south of Nine- veh, became the capital. Not vmtil 702 was Ninkvku made by Sennacherib the royal residence. It soon sur- passed the earlier capitals in size and magnificence, and be(!ame one of the largest cities of the East. It tlien included four cities, surrounded by one wall, and forming a parallelogram, as shown on the plan on page 96. The greatest kings of this empire were: Shalmaneser, who made war on Samaria, and erected the "Black Obe- hsk," which now stands in the British Museum, and by its inscriptions furnishes the best record of the kingdom down to its own age ; Sargon, who com- pleted the conquest of Samaria, and otherwise added to the empire ; Sennacherib, Avho enlarged and beau- tified Nineveh, warred from Babylon to Egypt, and extorted tribute from Hezekiah, king of Judah; and Esar-haddon, son of the preceding, who saw the empire at its height, embracing, besides As- syria, Armenia, Media, Babylonia, Elam, Meso- potamia, Syria, Israel, Judah, and the northern AN ASSYHIAN I'ALACE. ei portion of Egypt. These lands, however, for the most part retained their own rulers, customs and govern- ment, but recognized themselves as vassals to the "Great King," as he is styled in the inscriptions. Esar-had- don took Manasseh, king of Judah, captive to Baby- lon, and repopulated Samaria with colonists from other lands. His sou, Asshur-bani-pal, witnessed his kingdom declining, and was the last of the great kings, though he built a vast palace at Nineveh. There was no coher- ence or unity in the empire, whose provinces were held together only by the strong arm of the king; and, on the death of Asshur-bani-pal, a genei'al revolt took place among the subject nations, liis son perished, and Nineveh was utterly destroyed, never again to appear in history. The boimdaries of the Assyrian empire are given u[)on tlie map according to the best autliorities. On the north they were the Armenian Mountains, the river Cyrus (now called the Kiir), north of the Araxes, and the 92 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY' 20 Xon^'itude 25 !ri>m 30 Greenwich. 35 102 Xongituae 107 -from J 72 TVaihiugton. T>7 northern range of Moimt Taurus; on the east, the Cas- III. The Babylonian Empire, B. C. 606-538. This plan Sea and the gi-eat salt desert ; on the south, the period has been more correctly termed that of the ' " four Persian Gulf, the Ai-ahian desert and Upper Egypt; on kingdoms," since the East was not then, as during the the west, the Mediterranean and the river Halys. Assyrian period, under one government. The destruction THE GEEAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES. 93 of Nineveh had been wrought by the union of the Medes and Babylonians, under their kings, Cyaxares and Nabo- polassar, and these peoples succeeded to most, but not all, of the conquests of Assyria. 1. Media woii its own independence, and obtained pos- session of Armenia, Assyria Proper (north of the Tigris), and Elam. Persia had already been conquered, so that the largest-, though less important, portion of the Assj^ian empire now belonged to Media. 2. Babylonia obtained Chaldea, Mesopotamia, Syria and Palestine. Most of these countiies had claimed then- independence on the fall of Assyria; and their conquest occupied the i-eign of Nabopolassar, and his greater son, Nebuchadnezzar. Thus the important parts of the Bible world were nearly all under the rule of Babylon. 3. A new kingdom arose in Asia Minoi-, tliat of Lydia, embracing all the lands be- tween the ^-Egean Sea and the i-iver Halys; destined, however, to a short his- tory, for it formed one of the earliest conquests of Cyrus the Great. 4. Cilicia also appears for the first time upon the map. being situated be- tween the Euphrates and Lydia, north of Syria, and south of the Halys river, and retained its independ- ence until the close of the Babylonian period, when it was annexed to Persia, though even then it re- tained its own kings. .">. To these might be add- ed Egypt, though outside of the Asiatic world. It soon shook off the yoke of Assyi'ia, and resumed its independence; but, endeavoring to contest with Babylon the empire of the East, was defeated at Carchemish by Nebuchadnezzar, and compelled to retire fi'om Asia. Some suppose that it was conquered by Babylon; and it is possilile that for a few years Egypt may liave recog- nized the supremacy of Nelnichadnezzar by paying trib- ute, but it was never a part of his empire. The map of the Oriental world, as thus i-econstructed, lasted about a century, though with varying bomidary lines ; as, for instance, Elam, or Susiana, sometimes formed a pai-t of Babylonia, and at other times of Media. During this period Babylon was the metropolis of the East. It was raised to greatness by Nebucliadnezzai'. who finished the Tower of Belus, i-aised the Hanging- Gardens, and built great ])alaces. Two-thirds of the bricks imearthed in the ruins of Baltylon bear his name. The city formed a square, on b( )th sides of the Eui)hrates, covering an area of 130 miles, about that of tlie city and BLACK OBELISK. county of Philadelphia. It was surroimded with double walls, one of which is said to have been 300 feet high, and so wide that six chariots could be driven abreast along its summit. The gi-eatness of the city was short- Uved. It was taken bv the Medes and Persians, B. C. 536, and soon began to decline, though it remained, in a decaying condition, for nearly 1,000 years afterward. IV. The Persian Empire, B. C. 538-330. As the Babylonian power arose with Neliuchadnezzar, the Per- sian began with Cyrus the Great. He was the hereditary king of the Persians, and headed a revolt against the Medes, which resulted in reversing the relations of the two races, so that the Persians became dominant. He COMPARATIVE ARE.\S OF THE GREAT EMPIRES — ASSYRIAN, BABYLONIAN, PERSIAN. Assyrian, 700 B.C. Persian, 450 B.C. J{ub>1oiiluii, cut) U.C. then led his united people westward, and conquered Croesus, the king of I^ydia, thus extending his dominion from tht! Persian ( Julf to the ^-Egean Sea. The power of Babylon began to fall on the death of Nebuchadnezzar, whose successors were weaklings, and in B. C. 538 94 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Cyrus took the city of Babylon. His dominions were the Great, they embraced all the lands from the Indus to now larger than those of the old Assyrian empire; and the Nile. The map represents the empire of Persia at under his successors the conquests of Persia were this period, with the twenty satrapies, or provinces, into pushed both eastward and westward, until, under Darius which it was divided by Darius. This empire lasted for 20 Xongitiiae 25 from 30 Greenwich. 35 10! LoDgltode 107 !< THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES. 95 200 years, until its conquest by Alexander the Great, B. C. 330, ^\-hen the sceptre of the East passed into European hands, and Greece gave law to Asia. In the extent of its territory, in the strength of its dominion, and in the consolidation of its conquests, Persia was far greater than either Assyria or Babylon. It wiU be observed that the scale of all the maps of the Assyrian, Babylonian and Persian Empires, is the same, so that their relative proportions may be seen. The map of the Persian Empire represents the pohtical state of the Oriental world at the conclusion of the Old Testament peiiod. When Ezra and Nehemiah were at Jerusalem, and Haggai and Malachi were the prophets of Judah, aU the lands were under the domin- ion of Persia, and were gov- erned from "Shushan the palace," or Susa. PEIMOD OF RESTORATION o3G B. C.-70 A. D. The closing portion of Old Testament history, from tin edict of Cyrus the Great, B. C. 530, permitting the captive Jews to return to Palestine, is known as the Period of Restoration. From that time until the end of the Jewish history, the land was under foreign rule. The Period of Restoration, from the return from captivity to the birth of Christ, may be divided as follows : 1. The Persian Su- premacy, B. C. 538-330. During the 200 years of the Persian empire, the Jews were kindly treated by then* sovereigns, and pennitted to regulate their own affairs. _^ Under Darius the Great, who reigned B. C. 521-i86, the second Temple was completed. Under Xerxes, the next monarch, called in the Bible, Ahasuerus, occurred the romantic events of Esther's deliverance, and the downfall of Haman. Under his successor, Artaxerxes Longimanus, B. C. 465-425, the Jewish state was reformed by Ezra, and the walls of Jerusalem were built by Nehemiah. Soon after this occurred the separation of the Samaritans, and a rival temple was built on Mount Gerizim. 2. The Macedonian Supremacy, B. C. 330-321, though brief, brought to pass vast i-esults. Alexander the Great, in a briUiant series of battles, subjugated the entire Persian empire, and became the master of the Oriental world. He dealt kindly with the Jews, not- withstanding their loyalty to the Persian throne, and permitted them to enjoy freedom of worship and of government. We do not give a map of Alexander's empire, as its boundaries in Asia varied but little from those of Pei'sia, and it has no direct relation to Bible history. Soon after Alexander's death, his generals formed a compact for the government of his empire; but it was soon broken, and out of his conquests four kingdoms arose, of which the most important were those of Seleucus in Asia, and of Ptolemy m Africa. In the first division, B. C. 323, Palestine became a part of Syi-ia. 3. The Egyptian Supremacy, B. C. 321-198. Pales- tine was taken from Syria by Ptolemy Soter, the ruler of Egypt ; and his successors, the Gi'eek kings of Egypt, aU named Ptolemy, held the Holy Land for 120 years. During this time the Jews were governed, under the king of Egypt, by their high- priests. The most important event of this epoch was the Septuagint translation of the Old Testament, made at Al- exandria about 285 B. C. The map of the Division of Alexander's Empire I'epre- sents the Oriental world at this period, after the lands had settled down into some- thing like order mider stable governments. Omitting the minor states and free cities, the kingdoms of that epoch were as fol- lows : 1. Tlie kingdom of the Se- leucidce, sometimes known as Syi'ia. was founded by Seleucus, B. C. 312. It included the largest portion of Alex- ander's conquests, embracing most of Asia Minor, and those provinces of the Bible world known as Syria, Mesopotamia, Babylonia, Persia Proper, Southern Media, and far beyond them eastward to the Indus. Throughout its history of 250 years, it remained a Greek government, though in Asia, and introduced the Greek language and hterature to aU the lands of the Orient. 2. The kingdom of the Ptolemies included Egypt, Libya, Palestine, Phoenicia, and the southern provinces of Asia Minor. It was ruled by a succession of Greek monarch s, dc^scendod from Ptolemy Soter, and, with changing boundaries, endured until the death of its last queen, the famous Cleopatra, when it became a part of the Roman empire. 3. There 'were other kingdoms in Asia at this time. 9() MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. appearing upon the map. Pontiis and Cappadocia inter- vened between the two sections of tlie empire of the Seleucidie. Southwest of the Caspian, and near the sea, Media Atropaiene had gained its independence, and on the southeast Parthia was rising to power; while beyond, on the east, was Bactriaim. Other lands of less impor- tance might also be named; but these are all that are necessary to the reader of the history. During this epoch of 12.5 years, Palestine remained nnder the control of Egypt. 3Lineyreli X I N E A' E H VICIXITY. «*hO, MiiSALLY A CO., ENGRS, CHICAGO. 4. The Sjriau Supremacy, B. C. 19S-l«ii. By the battle of ]Mount Panium, Antiochus of the Seleucid line wrested Palestine from Egypt. The Syrian domination, though short, brought to the Jews greater tiials than any previous period in their history. Jerusalem was twice taken and sacked, the Temple was desecrated and closed, the Jewish religion was forbidd<»n. and those who remained steadfast to it were subjected to a cruel i)erse- cution. The trials named in Heb. 11: 3.5-37, belonged to tliis period, when every attempt Avas made by Antiochus Epiphanesto destroy the worship of Jehovah, and intro- duce Greek customs aud rehgiou among the Jewish people. But the very violence of the tyranny reacted, and led to a complete deliverance and a more thorough devotion. .5. The Maccabean Independence, B. C. 166-40. A priest named Mattathias raised the banner of revolt; and. after his death, his five sons in succession led the efforts of tlie Jews for freedom. The greatest of them, though all were heroes, was Judas, called Maccabeus, "the hammer." In B. C. 165 he took possession of Jeru- salem; and, after his death, his brother Simon won the recognition of the freedom of Palestine. Other Macca- bean princes extended tlie boundaries of the land over Edom, Samaria and Galilee. Under a succession of XodV- fK'in"Tr«sh. PALESTINE UNDEK THE MACCABEES. B. C. 100. I.* C0..CH1.TI 4 ' _ these ralers, also called Asmonean kings, Palestine was virtually independent, though nominally subordinate to either Syria or Egyi^t. 6. The Roman Supremacy, B. C. 4o-A. D. To. Perhaps this period should begin with B. C. 63, when the Roman general Ponipey entered Jerusalem, and the Romans began to exercise a controlling infiuence. But the representatives of the Maccabean line were allowed to reign until B. C. 4n. when they were set aside, and Herod the Great, an Idumean (EdomiteX was made king by the Romans. It was in the closing portion of his reign that Jesus Christ was born. The last 70 years of the Roman jieriod belong to New Testament history, and will be considered in connection with the maps of that period. THE ROMAN EMPIRE. The last of the Old World empires was that having its capital on the seven hills of Rome. Like most of the others, it was the dominion of a single city; but, unlike others, it represented the conquests, not of a single conquering king, as Nebuchadnezzar or Cyrus, but of a self-governing and conquering people ; and, unlike its predecessors, it was not a loose aggregation of states, ready to fall apart as soon as the hand that fettered them was removed, but an empire, carefully welded together, building up in every land its own civilization, and developing a national unity which held its possessions together for a thousand years. At the close of the Old Tes- tament peri- od, the Per- sian empire stood in all its power. Four hundred years later, at the opening of the New Testa- ment epoch, the Persian empire had given place to that of Alex- a n d e r ; that had broken u]) into many f r a g m e n t s ; and most of these in turn had been unit- ed under the eagles of Rome. The , woi'ld' s capital had moved westwjiid, nnd the Mediterranean was now a Roman lake. Tlie ])iiMcij)al pi-ovinces of this empire, omitting nunor subdivisions, were : I. Europeaii ProviiKH'.s. 1. Italy. 2. Hispania, now known as Spain, su])divided into three prov- inces. 8. (jallia, now Prance, including also parts of Germany and the Netherlands, embracing live provinces. 4. The Danubian provinces of Rhjetia, Noricum, Pannonia, and Moesia, to which Dacia was afterward added by the emperor Trajan. 5. The Grecian jn'ovinces of Thracia, Macedonia, Achaia, and Illyricum. II. The Insular Provinces were: 1. Britannia. 2. Sicilia. 3. Sardinia and Corsica, united. 4. Cyprus. The other islands were attached, either to these, or to governments upon the mainland. III. The Asiatic Provinces were : 1. Asia, a term referring only to the western end of Asia Minor. 2. Pontus and Bithynia. united. 3. Galatia. 4. Pam- jjhylia and Lycia. 5. Cilicia. 6. Syria, of which Pales- tine was a part. To these were added, after the New Test a m e n t period, Arme- nia, Mesopota- mia, and Ara- bia Petrsea; Imt they were soon lost to tlie empire. IV. The Af- rican Prov- inces were : 1 . .Bgyptus, or Egypt. 2. C y r e n a i c a , called, in Acts 2:10, "parts of exr nil-: lOLOSSEUM AT ROME. Libya about Cyrene." 3. Africa, the district around Carthage. 4. Mauiitania, now Moi-occo. This empire was the most thoroughly organized and of any in ancuent history. It under the attacks of barbari- D. 476. Even after tliis, the empire remained with almost unbroken jxjwer for centuries, and was not finally extinguished until 1453, the close of the Middle Ages. the longest in duration lasted until Rome fell ans from the North, A eastern division of the 97 THE GREAT ORIENTAL EMPIRES AND THE ROMAN EMPIRE. 99 OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND EEVIEW. THE ANCIENT EMPIRES. It is desirable to let the class see the comparative area and location of the Four Oriental Empires; hence they should be presented upon the same map. Each of ^W•^e may form a separate lesson. I. TTie Early Chaldean Empire. 1. Draw in the centre of the black- board the outlines of the map of Chedorlaomers Empire, on page 34, reserving space enough around it to embrace all the lands of the maps on page 93. 2. Draw the four important rivers : the Tigris, Euphrates. Jordan and Kile. 3. Show the boundaries of Chedorlaomer's empire, and its prin- cipal places : Babylon, Ur, Nineveh, Haran, Damascus, Hebron. 4. State briefly the histury of the empire. 5. Review the lesson, and let the class state all the information given. X. B. Tlie outlines ma}' be drawn in advance with slate pencil or soap- stone, and then traced with chalk in the presence of the class. Also, the initial letters only of places or rivers should be written, as a hint to the memory ; afterward the initial letters should be erased, and the class be called upon to name the places as located by the pointer. II. The Assyrian Empire. 1. After erasing the boundaries of the first empire, leaving the general outline of sea-coast and lands the same, -show the location of the conquering province, Assyria, and its capital, Nineveh. 3. Draw the loundarus of the Assyrian empire, explain them to the class, and have them repeated in concert. 3. Locate and name the subject prov- inces : Armenia, Media, Misopotatnia, Suidana. Babylonia, Syria, Palestine. 4. Name its most important kings : Tiglath-adar, Shalmanescr, Sartjon, Sen- nacherib, Esar-haddon, Asshurbani-pal. With each king should be named the events associated with his reign. .5. Tlevicw the outline as before. III. The Babylonian Empire. This may be given upon the same map as the two preceding. 1. Show the location and relations of the four king- doms : Babylonia, Media, Lydia, Cilicia. 2. Give an account of Babylon, and its fall. IV. The Persian Empire. Leaving the coast-line of the former maps on the board, add to it the lines in all points of the compass requisite to show the boundaries of Persia. The provinces, or satrapies, need not be speci- fied (unless detailed knowledge is desired), for they do not relate to Bible history. Name the leading monarch?, Cyrus, Darius, Xerxes, Artaxerxes Longimanus, and give an account of the fall of the empire. V. The Empire of Alexander. 1. This may be shown in outline; and its history be given. 2. The division of the empire and its leading king- doms should be mentioned. VI. The Roman Empire. This will require a new map. Draw in out- line the lands around the Mediterranean Sea, and enumerate the provinces : European, Asiatic, African. GUOTTO OK JEREMIAH (I'NDBR MOUNT CALV.\HT). Loncitii'le from Greenwicb. ^3301 -•33 ■ 30' LonsiitL^e from Washington. 112' 113' Zocation Vnlino'wn Raphana THE KINGDOM OF —HEROD THE GREAT.- Tlic cities of theDecapolis are sliown in rea. 5 JO :15 '50 S5 30 I ' I ' t Statute Mnes. flAND,MC NALtv A CO. EHGB'S, CHICAGO. 30' \30' - 32' l30' 31 100 NEW TESTAMENT PALESTINE. The political geography of Palestine, during the seventy years of Xew Testament history, is somewhat comph- cated, from the two facts, that new provinces are named in the annals, and also that the government was changed from regal to provincial, and from provincial to regal, oftener than once in a genei-ation. I. THE PROTIXCES OF PALESTINE. These were, on the west of the Jordan. Judaja, Sama- ria and Gahlee; and on the east, Perjea, and a group of minor principalities, popularly, but not accurately, called Decapolis. The)' are indicated upon the map of the Kingdom of Herod the Great. 1. Jiid?ea was the largest prov- ince in Palestine. It embraced the territory anciently belonging to the four tribes,.Tnd:ili, Benjamin. Dan, and Simeon. On the east its lionnd- ary was the Dead Sea; on the south, the desert; on the west, the Mediter- ranean. The north- ern line, sep- arating it from Sama- ria, is less delinitely known; l)ut we have adopted the boundary as given by Condei- in --A Handbook to the Bible." where the evidences in its favor are shown. The southern portion was properly Idnniaea, or western Edom. The Philistine plain, and the Negeb, or "South Country," were lioth known as Daroma. 2. 8ainai'iii was the central province, between Judaea and the Cannel range of mountains. Its share of the plain hx the sea was known as Sarona (Sharon), and was occui)ied almost entirely by Gentiles; while its mountain region was held by the Samaritans, a peo])le of mingled origin, partly descended from the renuiant of the Ten Tribes after the captivity, and partly from heathen jieo- ples deported to the territory, of which an account is contained in 2 Kings 17. They separated fr-om (or rather, were disfellowsliiped by) the Jews in the times of Nehe- 101 miah, and built a temple on Mount Gerizim, B. C. 400. A small remnant still remain in the ancient city of Shechem, and maintain their ancient worship. 3. Galilee was the northern province, extending from Mount Carmel to Lebanon, and from the Sea of Tiberias to the Mediterranean and Phoenicia. Its people were Jews, and profoundly attached to the law, but less super- stitious than those of Jerusalem. In this province most of the ministry of Jesus Christ was accomplished. 4. Perjea extended from the Jordan and the Dead Sea on the west to the Syrian desert on the east, and from the river Anion on the south to the town of Pella on the north; nearly corresijonding to the location of the tribes of Reuben and Gad. The word means "beyond"; and the country was sometimes called (Mark 10:1) ■ • Judsea by the farther side of Jor- dan." It was in- habited during the N e w Testament period by Jews, among whom were established many villages of Gen- tiles. 5. Tlie remaining province has no TiiiKiu.vs. correct geograph- ical name. It is sometimes caUed Decapolis; but the term is not pre- cise, and strictly refers to ten cities, not all of which were ui the piovince. It emhiaced no less than iive sections, as may be seen upon the map. (1.) Gaulanitis, the ancient Golan, now JauJan, east of the Jordan, Tiberias, and Lake Merom, which was then called Sam- achonitis. (2.) Auranitis, now Hatt ran, the flat country of Bashan. (3.) Trachonitis, " rugged. '' the mountain- ous district of Bashan. now known as el Leclja. (4.) Iturea, now called Jecliir, between Mount Hermon and the Ledja, on the noiih. (.5.) Batanea, an Aramaic form of the Hebrew word Bashan. south of the Hieromax. Decapohs was "the laud of the ten cities." These were ten confederated Gentile cities standing in Pales- tine; and. though surrounded by a JeAvish population, 102 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY preserving their heathen character, and protected by the Roman government. Their names, as given by different historians, do not entirely agree; but the best hst is: (1.) Scythopohs (Beth-shean). (2.) Gadara. (3.) Gerasa. (4.) Canatha. (5.) Abila. (6.) Raphana. (T.) Hippos. (8.) Dion. (9.) Bella. (10.) Capitohas. To these may be added: (11.) Philadelphia (Rabbath Amnion). (12.) Damascus. As far as identified, they are named upon the map in red letters. Many of these cities were destroyed, and their inhabitants massacred, by the Jews, in the beginning of the final war before the destruction of Jerusalem by Titus. II. THE POLITICAL HISTORY OF PALESTINE, B.C. 4 -A. D. 70. 1. The Kingdom of Herod the Great included all the provinces indicated upon the map, and described above. This organization came to an end B. C. i, when Herod died. 2. The Tetrarchy, B. C. 4-A. D. 41. The word means "a government of four," and points to the di\is- ion of the kingdom after Herod's death, Avhen An^helaus was made tetrarch of Judaea and Samaria; Antipas (called in the New Testament ' ' Herod the tetrarch "), of Galilee and Pera^a; and Philip, of the fifth province, east of the Sea of Tiberias. The fourth tetrarch was Lysa- nias, who ruled over the small district of Abilene, between Mount Hermon and Damascus, a separate dominion from that of Herod. In A. D. 6 Archelaus was deposed, and Juda?a and Samaria were annexed du-ectly to the empire, and governed by a series of i:»rocurators, of whom Pontius Pilate was the sixth. This was the pohtical arrangement of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus, of which a maja is given. 3. The Kingdom of Herod Agrippa, A. D. 41-44. Herod Agrijij^a was a grandson of Herod the Great, and an intimate friend of the emperor Cahgula, from Avhom he received the title of king, and all the dominions of Herod the Great, with Abilene added ; so that he reigned over more territory than any Jewish king after Solomon. He was the "Herod the king" Avho slew the apostle James, imprisoned Peter, and died by the judgment of God at Cpesarea. (Acts 12.) 4. The Two Provinces, A. D. 44-70. On the death of Hei-od Agrippa, his son, Herod Agi'ippa II., was a youth of 17. The emperor Claudius gave him only the tetrarchies formerly held by Philip and Lysanias, '"'the fifth province" of Palestine, and Abilene. Over these he reigned until the final extinction of the Jewish state by Titus, A. D. 70, when he retned to a private station at Rome. This was the "King Agrippa" before whom the apostle Paul bore testimony. (Acts 25, 26.) During his reign, Judasa, Samaria. Galilee and Pera^a formed the province of Juda?a, under Roman procurators, hav- ing their headquarters at Csesarea. When the last rebelHon of the Jews had been quelled by the destruction of Jerusalem, the entire country was annexed to the province of Syria, and the history of Judasa ended. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. As THE life of Jesus Christ on earth is the most im- portant not only in aU Bible history, but in aU human history as well, it is desirable that the Bible student, and especially the Bible teacher, should obtain a clear understanding of its leading events, associate them with the places where they occurred, and arrange them in chronological order Of the 150 principal events, about 100 are ttxed as to their chron- ological order by the common consent of the leading har- monists ; about 25 are agreed upon by the majority, while the remaining 25 are al- together uncertain. In the outline here given, the authorities most re- lied Ulion are Andrews, Robinson, Geikie, and Strong, yet no one of them is exclusively f oUowed. We divide the earthly life of Jesus into nine periods, to each of which is given a separate map, so that the student may not be con- fused among the various lines of the Saviour's jour- neymg. The periods are as fol- lows : I. Period of Preparation, 30 years, from the Birth to the Baptism of Jesus. II. Period of Inaugura- tion, 1.5 months, from the Baptism to the Rejection at Nazareth. III. Period of Early Gahlean Ministry, 4 months, from the Eejection at Nazareth to the Sermon on the Mount. IV. Period of Later Gahlean Ministry, 10 months, from the Sermon on the Mount to the Feeding of the Five Thousand. V. Period of Eetirement, 6 months, from the Feed- ing of the Five Thousand to the Feast of Tabernacles. VI. Period of Judtean Ministry, 3 months, from the Feast of Tabernacles to the Feast of Dedication. VII. Period of Peraean Ministry, 4 months, from the Feast of Dedication to the Anointing at Bethany. TIIK TOOL OF SII.l).\.M. VIII. Period of the Passion, 8 days, from the Anoint- mg at Bethany to the Resun-ection. IX. Pei-iod of the Resurrection, 40 days, from the Resurrection to the Ascension. I. PERIOD OF PREPARATION. This includes the events of 30 years, from the Birth of Jesus to his Baptism, and though the longest, contains the fewest recorded incidents of any. Upon the map are indicated by red lines four journeys of Jesus. 1. The Presentation in the Temple. (From Bethle- hem to Jerusalem and return.) From Bethlehem, his birth- place, the infant Jesus, at the age of 40 days, was taken to Jerusalem, to be presented be- fore the Lord in the Temple. Here he was recognized as the Messiah of Israel, by Simeon and Anna, and then was taken back to Bethlehem. (Luke 2:22-38.) 2. The Flight into Egypt. (From Bethlehem to Egypt.) After the visit of the Wise Men, the Saviour, still an infant, was taken down to Egypt, in order to escape the jealousy of Herod the Great. (Matt. 2:1-18.) 3. The Settlement at Nazareth. (From Egypt to Nazareth.) After the death of Herod, Jesus was taken from Egypt to Galilee, to the village of Nazareth, the early home of Joseph and Mary. Here he si-)ent his youth. (Matt. 2:19-23.) 4. The Visit to the Temple. (From Nazareth to Jerusalem and return.) The only recorded event of the Saviour's youth, is his journey to Jerusalem, at the age of 12 years, to attend the Passover. On the return jour- ney, he was lost by his parents, and after three days, found in the Temple (probably in the Court of the Women), conversing -v\ath the doctors of tlie law. He returned with Joseph and Mary to Nazareth (Luke 2:40 -52), and thenceforth no events in his hfe for 18 years are related. 103 104 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. The places in this period are : (1.) Bethlehem, a village six niiles southwest of Jerusalem, now Beit-lahin. (2.) The Temple in Jerusalem. (See plan on page iris.) (3.) Nazareth, a village on the border of the Plain of Esdrae- lon, in Galilee, now en Nai^ireh, a place of 6,000 popu- lation. Approxiniatf Scalt-. 20 inilosto 1 inch. OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — FIRST PERIOD. Period of PRErARATiON. 1. Presentation in the Tonple. (Bethlehem lo .Jerusalem and reluni.) Recognized by Simeon and Anna. 2. Flifjht into Egypt. (Bethlehem to Eirypt) Escape from Herod. 3. Settlement at Nazareth. (Egypt to Nazareth.) Childhood and youth. 4. Visit to the Temple. (Nazareth to JervisaU^m and return.) Found among the doctors. II. PERIOD OF INAUGURATION. This embraces 15 months, from the Baptism of Jesus to the Rejection at Nazareth, and contains the record of live journeys. Its places are as follows: 1. Nazareth, already located. 2. Bethabara was formerly supposed to be the ancient Beth-Ninu-ah, now Nimrin, on a small stream east of the Jordan, not far from the Dead Sea. But Couder locates it at AbaraJi, a ford of the Jordan above Beth-shean, and near the Sea of Gahlee. 3. "The Wilderness " is probably the uninhabited region of Judfea near the Dead Sea, though it may have been the desert far to the south. 4. Cana is located at Xefr Kenna, northeast of Nazareth, though Dr. Eobinson places it at Kana tl Jelil, 'J miles north of Nazareth. 5. Caper- naum Avas probably at Khan Minyeh, on the west of the Sea of Gahlee, though long located at Tell Hum, on the north. 6. Jerusalem. 7. Sychar, the ancient Shechem, now Nablns, beside Mount Gerizim. The journeys of this period are named, each from its lead- ing event. 1. The Baptism. (From Nazareth to Bethabara.) Near the close of John the Baptist's ministry, Jesus left his carpenter shop at Nazareth, and jovu-neyed down the Jordan Valley to Bethabara. There he was baptized by John, and received from heaven the testmiony of his sonship. (Matt. 3:13-17.) •1. The Temptation. (From Bethabara to the Wil- derness and return.) (T.) Immediately after his baptism, Jesus was led by the Spirit into the Wilderness, where he fasted 40 days, and overcame the temirtations of Satan. (Matt. 4:1-11.) (2.) Returning to Bethabara, he received the testimony of John the Bajitist, and met his earhest followers, Andrew and Peter, John, Philip, and Nathanael. (John 1:37-50.) 33 THE XongitHde froni GreenwichV v-^ LIFE OF CHRIST^ ^*^"'''-^ MAP 3. Period of Inauguration, FROM THE Baptism to . TME Rejection at Ct^^A™.- Nazaketh. Approximate Scale. -0 iiiiles tu 1 inch, 3. The Marriage at Cana. (Bethabara to Cana and Capernaum.) (1.) Jesus left Bethabara, jovu-neyed up the Jordan Valley to Galilee, and over the mountains to Cana, near Nazareth. Here he was present at a wed- ding, and wrought his first miracle, turnmg the water into wine. (2.) Thence, Avith his mother and brothers, THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 10& he went down to Capernaum, by the Sea of GaUlee, and remained a few days. (John 2: 1-12.) tt. The First Passover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem.) (1.) Soon after the wedding feast Jesus went up to Jerusalem, probably by way of the Jordan VaUey, to attend the first Passover of his ministry. (John 2:1.3.) (2.) At Jerusalem he asserted liis authority by cleansing the Temple from the traders. (John 2:1-1^22.) (3.) He held tlie conversation with Nicodemus concerning tb.-? new birth, and remained for a time in Judcta, gathering a few disciples, yet not making his ministiy prominent, while his foi'erunner was stiU preaching. (John 3: 1-36.) .'). The Return to Galilee. (Jerusalem to Sychar and Cana.) (1.) As soon as the teaching of Jolm the Baptist was ended by his imprison- ment, Jesus left Judjea to open his own j)ublic ministry. (2.) He went through Samaria, and paused at Jacob's well for the conversation with the Samaritan woman, and then remained at Sychar, the an- cient Shechem, two days. (3.) At Cana, the place of his earlier mu-acle, he spoke the word of healing for a nobleman's son, who was sick at Capernaum. (John 4 : 1-54. ) OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS- SECOND PERIOD. "Period of Is-vuguration. 1. Baptism. (Nazareth to Bethabara.) 2. Temptation. (Bethabara to Wilder- ness and return.) (1.) The temptation. (3.) <« ' -. The first followers. .3. }fiirriiif/c lit C.itmi. (Bethaluira to Cana and Capernaum.) (1.) The first miracle. (2.) The visit to Capernaum. 4. First Pasaover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem.) (1.) The Passover. (2.) Cleansing the Temple. (.3.) Discourse with Nicodemns. 5. Jietarii to Galilee. (Jerusalem to Sychar and Cana.) (1.) The depart- ure. (2.) The woman of Samaria. (3.) The nobleman's son. III. PERIOD OF EARLY GALILEAN MINISTRY. This is a period of about four months, from the Rejec- tion at Nazareth to the Sermon on the Mount. It brings to notice six places, most of which have been already noticed. 1. Cana. 2. Nazareth. 3. Capernaum. 4. Eastern Galilee, the region on the shore of the Sea of Galilee. 5. Jerusalem. 0. The mountain of tlie sermon. This was probably Ktnan. Huttiii, "the horns of Hattin," a mountain with a double jjeak, a few miles from the Sea of Gahlee. The journeys of this period are four in number. 1. The Opening- of the Ministry. (From Cana to Nazareth and Capernaum.) (1.) He came (perhaps from Cana) to Nazareth, with the intention of commencing liis ministry in his own home. But his towns-people 12 rejected his message, and would have slain him if he had not escajaed from their hands. (Luke 4: 16-31.) (2.) Rejected in his owni city, he removed to Capernaum, which thenceforward was the centre of his ministry for more than a year. (Luke 4:31.) (3.) Here he called from then- work at the seaside his four earhest disciples, Simon and Andrew, James and Jolm. They had known him before, but now left all to f oUow him. (Luke 5 : 1-11.) (4. ) In the synagogue, on the sabbath, he cast out an evil spirit (^Luke 4:33-36), and healed the mother of Peter's wife. (Luke 4:38-40.) 2. The Tonr in Eastern Oalilee. (From Caper- naum through Eastern Galilee and return.) (1.) This journey was prol^ably near the Sea of Gahlee, and may not have, occupied more than a few weeks. (2.) During its progress he healed a leper, whose testimony led such multitudes to come seeking miracles that Jesus was compelled to go into retire- ment. (3.) On his return to Capernaum he healed a para- lytic let down through the roof, and (4.) called the publi- can Matthew to be one of his disciples. (Luke .5 : 17-28. ) 3. The Second Passover. (From Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.) In the spring of the second year of his ministry he Avent up to the feast at the capital, and while theie healed a cripple at the Pool of Bethe.sda. (John 5:1-47.) (2.) On his return, whUe walking tiirough the wheat fields, he asserted his author- ity as "Lord of the sabbath." (Luke 6: 1-.5.) (3.) On a sabbath soon after, he healed in the synagogue a man with a withered hand. (Luke 6 : 6-1 1 . ) 4. The Sermon on the Mount. (From Caper- naum to the moimtain.) (1.) The opposition of the Pharisees caused Jesus to leave Capernaum and in- struct the people by the sea-shore. (Mark 3:7-12.) (2.) He ascended a moimtain, probably Kurini Hattin, and, after a night in prayer, appointed the Twelve Apostles. (Luke 6:12-1(!.) (3.) To the disciples and the nuiltitude he jjreached the Sermon on the Mount. (^Matt. 5-7.) 106 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS— THIRD PERIOD. Period op Early Galileax Ministry. 1. Opening of the Miiustry. (Cana to Nuzareth and Capernaum.) (1.) Rejection at Nazareth. (2.) Settlement at Capernaum. (3.) Calling of Simon and Andrew, James and John. (4.) Demoniac healed, and Peter's wife's mother healed. 2. Touv in Eastern Galilee. (Capernaum to Eastern Galilee and return.) (1.) Preaching in Galilee. (2.) Leper healed. (3.) Paralytic healed. (4.) Matthew called. 3. Second Passover. (Capernaum to Jerusalem and return.) (1.) The cripple at Bethesda. (2.) Through the wheat fiekls. (3.) Withered hand healed. 4. Sermon on the Mount. (Capernaum to the mountain.) (1.) By the sea. (2.) Calling the Twelve. (3.) The sermon. -Kpiiroximate Scale, G'^ liiiles to X inch. IT. THE LATER GALILEAN MINISTRY. This period of ten months, from the Sermon on the Momit to the Feeding of the Five Thousand, was a time of opposition on the part of the nihng classes, but con- tinued popularity among the people. The places which Jesus visited at this time were : 1. Capernaum, already noticed, and still the headquarters of his ministry. 2. Nain, now called Nein, on the northwestern edge .of Little Hermon, six miles southeast of Nazareth, in full vieAv of Momit Tabor. 3. "The coimtry of the Gada- renes " (Mark 5:1); called by Matthew (8 : 28) " the country of the Gergesenes." Gadara was the largest city of the region, situated south of the Sea of Gahlee, and giving, its name to the district; Gergesa, the httle village east of the Sea of Gahlee, now called Kliersa. 4. Nazareth, already noticed under Period I. 5. Bethsaida, a city at the head of the Sea of Gahlee, supposed by some to have been on both sides of the Jordan, by others on the east side. 6. The plain of Gennesaret, near to Capernaum. We arrange the events of this period imder foiu- journeys. 1. The Tour in Southern Galilee. (^From Caper- naum to Nain and return. ) The f oUowing events belong to this tour: (1.) At Capernaum, before startuig, Jesus healed the slave of a beheving centurion. (Lirke t: 1-lU.) (2.) On the next day he led his disciples southward to Nam, where he raised to hfe the widow's son, about to be buried. (Luke 7:11-17.) (3.) Perhaps at the same time and place he received the messengers and answered the questions of John the Baptist. (Luke 7: 18-35.) (4.) During the journey he was entertained by a Pharisee, at whose house ' ' a woman who was a simier " washed his feet. (Luke 7 : 36-50. ) (5.) On his return the healing of a dumb demoniac occasioned the Pharisees to assume an open opi^osition, and to declare that his miracles were wrought by the power of the evil spirit. (Luke 11 : 14-26. ) (6.) At the same time occurred the interference of his mother and brethren, deshing to restrain him. (Luke 8: 19-21.) 2. The Gadarene Voyage. (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) With tliis jom'uey are associated four events. (1.) The opposition of the enemies caused Jesus to leave the city, and to teach in parables by the sea. (Matt. 13:1-53.) (2.) From the shore, near Capernamn, he set saU for the country of the Gadarenes, east of the Sea of Galilee, and on the voyage stilled a sudden tem- pest. (Mark 4:35-41.) (3.) At the eastern shore, near the village of Gergesa, he restored two demoniacs, per- mitted the demons to enter a herd of swuie, and as a result was besought by the people to leave their coasts. (4.) Eeturnhig across the sea to Cai)ernaum, he raised to hfe the daughter of Jairus the ruler. (Luke 8:41-56.) 3. The Tour in Central Galilee, (From Caper- naum to Nazareth and return.) (1.) Starting from Capernaum with his disciples, he visited Nazareth a second time, but was again rejected by its people. (Mark 6:1-6.) (2.) He then gave the Twelve a charge, and sent them out to preach. (Matt. 10:5^2.) (3.) While they were absent upon their mission, Jesus him- self also journeyed preaching through Central Galilee. (Mark 6:6.) This was his third tour in Gahlee. (4.) On his return to Capernaum, he received the report of the Twelve, and the news of John the Baptist's murder by Herod Antipas. (Mark 6 : 14-3( ). ) 4. The Retirement to Bethsaida. (1.) The nuil titudes following him led Jesus to leave Capernaum by sea for a retired jalace near Bethsaida. (Mark 6:31, 32.) (2.) The people hastened after Jesus, and met him as he landed, so that he was compelled to teach them all day, and wrought in the afternoon the mh-acle of the Five Loaves. (Mark 6:32-44.) (3.) After the miracle he sent the disciples out upon the sea, and at midnight walked to them upon the water. (Mark 6:45-51.) (4.) In the THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 107 morning they landed at the plain of Gennesaret, near Capernaum, where Jesus wrought many miracles (Mark 6:52-50), and then returned to Capernaum. (5.) Here he completed his Gahlean ministry by a discoui-se in the synagogue on the " Bread of Life." (John G: 25-59.) THE LIFE OF CHRIST MAP 4. Lateb Galilean Ministry A. D. 28-29. JOURNEYS. 1. Tour in Sinitftfm Galilee. {.Capernaum to 2fain and HelurnJ] 2. Gatlarene Voyarje. \_Caprmauni to Gergeaa- and i?criim.] 3. Tour in Central Galilee. [ Capernaum to Jfazareth andHeturn.] i. Retirement to Mefhsaida. Approximate Scale, 6'^ miles to 1 inch. OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — FOURTH PERIOD. Period of L.\ter G.'Ilile.vn Ministry. 1. Tour in Southern Galilee. (Capernaum to Naia and return.) (1.) Centurion's servant healed. (2.) Widow's son at Nain raised. (3.) Jlcssengers from John. (4.) Washing the Saviour's feet. (5.) Dumb demoniac, and opposition of Pharisees. (6.) Interference of relatives. 2. Gadarene V'ryage. (Capernaum to Gergesa and return.) (1.) Parables by the sea. (2.) Stilling the tempest. (3.) Gadarene demoniacs. (4.) Jairus' daughter raised. 3. Tour in Central Galilee. (Capernaum to Nazareth and return.) (1.) Second rejection at Nazareth. (2.) Mis.sion of the Twelve. (3.) Third tour in Galilee. (4.) Report of the Twelve, and death of .lohu (he Baptist. 4. Retirement to Bithsaiiht. (Capernaum to Bethsaida and return.) (1.) Seeking retirement. (2.) Feeding the five thousand. (3.) Walking on the sea. (4.) Miracles at Gennesaret. (5.) Discourse on the " Bread of Life." y. PERIOD OF RETIREMENT. During most of the six months, from the Feeding of the Five Thousand to the Feast of Tabernacles, in the faU before Christ's crucifixion, he remained in retirement, engaged in instructing his disciples in the deeper truths of the gosj^el. The places visited at tliis time were: 1. Phoenicia, "the coasts of Tyre and Sidon," probably only the borders near Galilee, not the cities themselves. 2. Decapohs, the region of the "tCTL__ cities," southeast of the Sea of Galilee; a country mainly inhabited by a heathen poijulation. 3. Dalmanutha, a village on the western shore of the Sea of GalUee, not certainly iden- tified, but perhaps at Ain el Barideh, two miles from Tiberias. 4. Bethsaida, ah-eady noticed under Period IV. 5. Ceesarea Phihppi, at the foot of Mount Hermon, now Banias. 6. Capernaum, already noticed under Period II. 1. The Journey to Phcenicia. (From Caper- naum to the borders of Tyre and Sidon.) (1.) The dis- course in the synagogue, sho-\\'iiag the spiritual nature of Christ's kiagdom, led to the defection of the multitude, and the retnement of Jesus and the Twelve. (John G:()0-T1.) (2.) At the "coasts," or frontiers, of Tjve and Sidon, he restored the demoniac daughter of a Syi'o- phoenician woman. (Mark 7:24-30.) Appruximute Scale, H>^ miles to 1 inch. 2. The Journey to Decapolis (From the borders of T)Te and Sidon to Decapolis.) (1.) The crowds gathering around Jesus in Phoenicia, he crossed Gahlee, and sought seclusion in Decapolis, southeast of the Sea of Gahlee. (Mark 7:31.) (2.) Here he wrought two mii'acles, healing a deaf stammerer, and feeding the four thousand. (Mark 7: 31-37; 8:1-9.) 3. The Journey to Csesarea Philippi. (From Decapohs to Dalmanutha, Bethsaida and Cassarea Phi- I OS MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. lippi.) (L) He saEsd across the lake to Dalniaiiutha, but was met by the Pharisees with unbeheving demands for a sign, so took shij) again. (Mark 8:10-13.) ci.) He sailed uorthward to Bethsaida, where he healed a bhnd man, who saw ' ' men as trees walking. " (Mai'k 8 : 22-26. ) (3.) Pm-suing his way up the Jordan, he came to Caesarea Pliilippi, at the foot of Mount Hermon, where he re- mained several days. (-1.) Here occurred Peter's confes- sion, "Thou art the Christ," the transfiguration, and the restoration of the demoniac boy. (Luke 9: 18-45.) 4. The Last Return to Oapernauin. (From Caes- area Pliilippi to Capernaum.) He probably went down the Jordan to Bethsaida. and thence by the shore of the sea to Capernaum. Here he kept in seclusion, and gave his disciples a lesson in humihty, from "the cliild in the midst." (Mark 9: 30-50.) OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS— FIFTH PERIOD. Period of Retikemext. De- 1. To Phxnicia. (Capernaum to coasts of Tjre uud Sidon.) (1. fection of tlie multitude. (2.) SyrophcEuician woman. 3. To DecapolU. (Phcenicia to Decapolis.) (1.) Jouiney to Decapolis. (2.) Healing the Stammerer, and feeding the four thousand. 3. To Ccemrea Philippi. (Decapolis to Dalmanutha, Bethsaida and CoBSarea Philippi.) (1.) Dalmanutha: a sign demanded. (2.) Bethsaida : blind man healed. (3.) Cse.sarea Philippi. (4.) Transfiguration. 4. To Gipernaum. (Cajsarea Philippi to Capernaum.) The child in the midst. YI. PERIOD OF JUD^EAN MINISTRY. This includes the events of about three mouths, from the Feast of Tabernacles to the Feast of Dedication. The folloA\ing places are referred to during this period : 1. Capernamn, noticed imder Period II. 2. The "vil- lage of the Samaritans " where Jesus was inhospitably treated, has been traditionally located at En-gannim, on the border of Galilee and Samaria. ?,. Bethany, a small village on the Momit of OUves, east of Jerusalem, the home of Mary and Martha, now el Xas/rii/eh. 4. Jerusalem. (See description on page 73.) 5. Bethabai-a, on the east of Jordan, referred to as the place of the baptism, in Period II. This period embraces but two journeys, at its beginning and ending; the one before the Feast of Tabernacles, the other after the Feast of Dedication. 1. Froin Galilee to Jerusalem. (1.) Bidding fare- well to Galilee, Jesus left Capernaum for the last time, and jom'neyed thi-ough Gahlee toward Jerusalem. While starting he conversed "^vith ' ' the three aspirants " (Luke 9:57-62), and showed the duty of fuU devotion to his work. (2.) On the boi-der of Samaria, perhaps at the village of En-gannim, he was rejected by the Samari- tans, but refused to allow his disciples to call doAvn fii-e from heaven, "as EUas did." (Luke 9:52-56.) (3.) Wlnle in Samaria he healed the ten lepers, of whom but one turned back to give him thanks. (Luke 17: 11-19). (4.) He found a home at Bethany, with Lazarus and his two sisters, and reminded Martha of her need- less care, while Maiy was seeking "the good pari." (Luke 10: 38^2.) (5.) He came to Jerusalem during the Feast of Tabernacles, and gave the teachings embodied in Jolin 7-10. (6.) While here he healed the blind man at the Pool of Siloam. (John 9: 1-41.) 2. From Jerusalem to Bethabara. (1.) At the Feast of Dedication the teachings of Christ created such an opposition that he left the city. (2.) He went to Bethabara beyond Jordan, the place of the baptism, and there prepared for liis torn in Pera^a. XoD;;it«de fro! ncl.. 3pl fc CaiH^rnlku — THE ! LIFE OF CHRIST X ^^ M.VP 6. ^f'' ' Period OF .JrD.E.\N Ministry, "^"•^*^ x> A. D. 29. To THE Fea*t of Tabernaclep FROM THE Feast or Dedicatiox. Approximate Scale. 20 miles to 1 inch. OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOUENETS- SIXTH PERIOD. Period of Judje.^n Ministry. ■*. Pi-om Oalike to Jerusalem. (1.) Three aspirant.s. (2.) Rejected liy Sama.itans. (3.) Ten lepers. (4.) Mary and Alartha. (5.) Feast of Taber- nacles. (6.) Blind man at Pool of Siloam. 2. From Jerusalem to Beihnhnrn. (1.) Departure from Jerusalem. (2.) At Bethabara. YII. PERIOD OF PER.EAN MINISTRY. This extends thi-ough four months, from the events immediately succeeding the Feast of Dedication, to the Anointing at Bethany, six days before the crucifixion. Its places are as follows : 1. Bethabara, ah-eady noticed in Period 11. -2. Bethany. (See Period YI.) ?>. Ei)h- raiin. This was probably the village m a Avild region northeast of Bethel, in the Old Testament called Ophrah, now et To 11/ /belt. 4. Pereea was the province on the east of Jordan, and south of the Hieromax river. It was governed by Herod Antijias, the slayer of John the Baptist, and was inhabited by a mixed poi)iUation. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. 1U!J No towns are named as visited by the Saviour ; but we have conjectured a route through most of the province, as shown on the map. 5. Jericho, at that time the largest city in the Jordan YaUey, and recently beautified by Herod. It is now a miserable village, called er Rika. This period includes foiu" journeys. LIFE OF CHRIST ^ MAP 7. Period op Per.ean Ministry. - A.D.so. G-,A^ivsJ/^L E ^ From Feast of Dedication ^'>m'>^':':,..* ■*?!ll!«FiEplirBlin g^^ ,„ XonpStiii JOURNEYS. 1. To'Stlhanyi/rom^Belhalara] •2. Stiireiiu-nt al JJj'li / 3. Juitriiey in J'eToea .^4. Jericltu to Jiethuny ■ I'fi Approximate Scale, ^.o miles to 1 inch. 1. From Bethabara to Bethany. (1.) While at Bethabara Jesus sent out the Seventy, to proclaim his coming in the Peraean villages. (Luke 10: 1-10.) (-2.) Hear- ing of the sickness of Lazarus, after some delay, he went to Bethany, and laised him from the dead, a miracle which caused the Jewish leaders to formally resolve upon putting Jesus to death. (John 11.) 2. The Retirement to Ephraim. The hour had not yet come for Jesus to die, and he therefore secluded himself from the rulers, in the village of E])hraim, in a wilderness north of Jerusalem, on the mountains over- looking the Jordan VaUey. Here he remained several weeks, probal)ly instructing the Twelve. 3. The Journey in Perjea. Descending the mount- ains, Jesus crossed the Jordan Valley, and (mtered the province of Peraea. His ministry, during this journey, was of teaching rather than mii-acle, and is mamly related by Luke. Its events were : (1.) The miracles of heahng the woman bent together by an infirmity, and the man with the dropsy. (Luke 13: 10-17, and 14: 1-6.) (2.) The seven great parables, among them that of the Prodigal Son. (Luke 14-16.) (3.) Blessing the little children. (Luke 18:15-17.) (4.) The rich young ruler's question, and Jesus' answer, "Sell aU that thou hast," etc. (Luke 18:18-30.) (5.) The ambitious request of James and John, for the first places in the kuigdom of Christ. (Matt. 20:20-28.) 4. From Jericho to Bethany. Jesus had now reached Jericho, on his last journey to Jerusalem, and from this point we notice the following events : (1.) The heahng of Bartimeus at the gate of Jericho. (Luke 18:35—13.) (2.) The visit of Jesus at the house of Zac- cheus the pubhcan. (Luke 19: l-lo.) (3.) At the end of his journey, the anointing by Mary at Bethany, on the Saturday evening before the Passover. (John 12:1-8.) OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — SEVENTH PERIOD. Period of Per^an Ministry. 1. Bethabara to Bethany. (1.) Sending the Seventy. (2.) Raising of Lazarus. 2. Retirement to Ephraim. 3. Journey in Peraa. (1.) Two miracles (infirm woman, and dropsy). (2.) Seven parables. (3.) Blessing little children. (4.) Rich young ruler. (5.) Request of James and John. 4. Jericho to Bethany. (1.) Bartimeus. (2.) Zaccheus. (3.) Anointing by Mary. 3,AP8. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. Period op the Passion, fbom the Anointing to the Resurrection. JOURNEYS. . From Caiaphas to Pilate's Praetortum. 1,2,3. ^rom Bethany to Temple andHetum. 4. From Bethany to the Supper. 5. From the Supper to (Jetliscmane. 6. From Qeihsemane to the House of QaiajetteLf. ^. From Pilate to Herod and Return. 9. From Pilate to Calvary. ,4,5AfiVARYC?) : i Tht Cross // // %... A. .i^ w Gctliscmane PniW^im KALLV A CO.,E^GR'S, CHieACO. Approximate Scale, 1.372 feet to 1 inch, or 157 yards to 1 incli. Till. PERIOD OF THE PASSION. Although this period embraces only the week from the Anointing by Mary to the Death of Jesus on the cross, no MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. its events are so minutely related by the Evangelists as to occupy one-third of the Gospels. If the entire hfe of Jesus were as fuUy written out, it would fiU nearly 80 volumes as large as the Bible. The events of the Pas- sion-Week took place in and near Jerusalem. The loca- tions on the map are those of tradition only, and are largely conjectural, while the lines of the Jom-neyings are entirely unknown. The map is intended merely as a guide to the student in presenting the order of events, and must not be regarded as fixing the places with any authority. We arrange the events under nme short journeys. 1, 2, 3. From Bethany to the Temple and Re- turn. These three journeys took place on successive days, and were marked by distinctive events. (1.) The Fii'st Journey, on Sunday, was the triumphal entry into NAZARETH. the city and the Temple, after which Jesus returned for the night to Bethany. (Matt. 21:1-11.) (2.) The Second Journey, on Monday, was marked by the cleansing of the Temple, when for the second time the Saviour di'ove out of the Court of the Gentiles those who made it a place of trade. (3.) The Third Journey, on Tuesday, was made memorable by the last teacliings of Jesus, to the people and rul(»rs in the Temple, and to the Twelve on the Mount of OUves, looking down upon the city. (Matt. 21-25.) At the close of each of these three days Jesus returned to Bethany, where he remained in seclusion on Wednesday, no event of that day being left on record. 4. From Bethany to the Supper. The traditional place of the Ccenacuhim, or supper-room, is on Mount Zion, Avhere Jesus came with his disciples on Thursday evening. Here took place the Last Supper, and the farewell conversation of Jesus with his disciples. (John 13-17.) 5. From the Supper to Gethsemane. Near mid- night of Thnrsday, Jesus and his disciples (Judas being absent) left the supper-room, and walked up the Yalley of Jehoshaphat to the Garden of Gethsemane. Here Jesus endured the agony, and here he was arrested by the officers of the Jews, led by Judas. (Matt. 26:36-56.) 6. From Gethsemane to the House of Caiaphas. The fettered Jesus was dragged by the crowd, lirst to the house of Annas (John 18: 13-15), for a brief examination, thence to the house of Caiaphas for the formal trial before the Sanhedrim. This place is traditionally located on Mount Zion, near the house of the Last Supper. Here he was condemned by the rulers, and mocked by their servants. (John 18:1 6-28. ) 7. From Caiaphas to Pilate. Jesus was brought before the Roman procurator at his pnetorium, or jalace of judgment. We are inclined to think that this was the castle built by Herod the Great on Mount Zion; but we give on the map the traditional location at tlie Tower Antonia, north of the Temple. Here Jesus was examined by Pilate, who vainly sought to deliver him, being con- vinced of his innocfence. (John 18:28-38.) 8. From Pilate to Herod and Re- turn. Wishing to avoid the respon- sibility of condemning Jesus, Pilate sent him to Herod An- tipas, who was then in the city, probably in the palace of the Asmonean (Maccabean) kings. But Herod only mocked Jesus, and re- turned him to Pilate. (Luke 23:8-12.) 9. From Pilate to Cal- vary. At last Pilate gave - "^i ' orders for the crucifixion ^ • of Jesus. He was now led forth, bearing his cross, perhaps by the street called Via Dolorosa, "the Sorrowful Way," to the place Golgotha, or Calvary, outside the wall, where three crosses were erected, and the Saviour of the world was crucified. As two locations of Calvary are now given, both are indi- cated, and a journey from Pilate's castle to each. The route to the northern locality is indicated by dotted lines. OUTLINE REVIEW OF JOURNEYS — EIGHTH PERIOD. Period op the Passion. 1. Bethany to Temple and Return. Triumphal entry. 2. Bethany to Temple and Return. Cleansing the Temple. 3. Bethany to Temple and Return. Last discourses. 4. Bethany to Supper. Last Supper. 5. Supper to Gethsemane. (1.) Agony. (2.) Arrest. 6. Gethsemane to Caiaphas. (1.) To Annas. (2.) To Caiaphas. 7. Cmriphas to Pilate. 8. Pilate to Herod and Return. 9. Pilate to Calvary. (1.) Crucifixion. (2.) Death. (3.) Burial. THE LIFE OF CHRIST. Ill IX. PERIOD OF THE RESURRECTION. The events of tlie forty days between the Resurrection and the Ascension of Jesus cannot be arranged as journeys, since his resurrection body moved from place to place by the will of his spirit. The student may there- foi'e consult the Map of Palestine during the ministry of Jesus for the places referred to in the account of this period. Of the ten recorded appearances, five were on the day of the resurrection, the fii'st Easter Sunday. 1. At Jerusalem, on Easter morning, to Mary Mag- dalene, after the other women liad received from the angels the news that he was alive. (John 20:1-18.) 2. At Jerusa- lem, soon after- ward, to the other women, when Je- sus greeted them with the words "All hail!" (Matt. 28:1-10.) 3. Near Em- maus, on Easter afternoon, to two disciples, not apostles, to whom he unfolded the Scriptures con- cerning himself. (Luke 24 : 13-33. ) Various locations have been pro- posed for Em- maus, of which we prefer Kidonieyeli, four miles west of Jerusalem. 4. At Jenisalem, on the afternoon of the same day, to Simon Peter. (Luke 24 : 34. ) No account of this appearance, more than the mention of the fact, has been preserved. 5. At Jerusalem, on Easter evening, to the ten dis- ciples, Thomas being absent. (John 20 : 19-25.) 6. At Jerusalem, a week after the resurrection, to the eleven apostles, when Thomas received a tender rebuke for the slowness of his faith. (John 20:26-29.) Perhaj)s these last two appearances were at the place of the Supper, on Mount Zion. 7. Near the Sea of Galilee, to seven apostles, when Peter received a new commission. (John 21: 1-23.) 8. On a Mountain in Galilee, perhaps Kurun Hattin, the place of the Sermon on the Mount. Here were gathered 500 disciples, and the final commands of Christ were given. (Matt. 28 : 16-20; 1 Cor. 15 : 6.) 9. At Jerusalem ('?). To James, the Lord's brother. Only a mention of this appearance is left on record. (1 Cor. 15 : 7.) 10. Near Bethany. Forty days after the resurrection, Jesus ap- peared to the eleven apostles, gave them his last charges, and as- cended to heaven, from whence he has prom- ised to come once more to earth. (Acts 1:9-12.) The Ten Appearances oftJie Risen Christ: 1. Jerusalem. Mary Magdalene. 2. Jerusalem. Other women. 3. Emmaus. Two disciples. 4. Jerusalem. Peter. 5. Jerusalem. Ten aposlles. 6. Jerusalem. Eleven apostles. 7. Sea of Galilee. Seven apostles. 8. Mountain in Galilee. Five hun- dred disciples. 9. Jerusalem, (f). James. 10. Bethany. Apostles. [Ascension.] OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. 1. Let each period be given as a separate lesson. 2. Draw the map for the period on the blackboard, and show each place named in the period. 3. Let each scholar also draw the map, and locate the places upon it. 4. Draw the lines of the journeys in the period in colored chalk, naming the places and events of the journeys, and writing only initials or catch-syllables. 5. Review carefully and thoroughly each period, each journey under it, and each event of the journey. 6. Erase the map, and call upon the scholars to draw its different parts in turn ; one the outlines, another the places, a third the journeys, a fourti the events, etc. 7. Review with each lesson the leading points in all the previous les sons, until the whole series is thoroughly understood and remembered. 33' Longitude from Greenwicli. 35^ 37° XoDgitucle ^°' Jrom "^Va3liiJlStoD. //2 115 EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY. During the seven years following the ascension of the Saviour, the Christian church was entirely Jewish in its membership, and, so far as we can leain, limited to the city of Jerusalem and the surrounding villages. There was at that time no thought of the gospel for the Gen- tiles, and the conception of the apostles was that the only door into the chuixli lay through the profession of Judaism and the rite of cu'cumcision. Probably the first to attain to wider views of the gospel was Stephen, and the persecution in which he became the first martyr arose from the tendency of his teachings toward extend- ing among the Gentiles the privileges of the new kingdom. This state of ' affairs was suddenly ended by the deatli of Stephen, and the scattering of the churcli at Jerusalem. The more liberally inclined of its members, when driven abroad, were led to preach the gospel, first to Samaritans; then to believers in the Jewish faith who had not yet submitted to circumcision, and hence were called "Proselytes of the Gate"; and at last to the general Gentile Avorld. The peiiod from the deatli of Stephen, A. D. 37, to the first missionary journey of the Apostle Paul, A. D. 4o, may, therefore, be re- garded as an age of transition from Jewish to Gentile Christianity. This period requires us to notice two provinces, Palestine and Syria. Palestine appears at this time under several foniis of government in frequent suc- cession. During the jiublic life of Ciuisf, Jiula>a and Samaria were under the direct rule of Rome, governed by a procurator, while Galilee and Perjea belonged to Herod Antipas, and the region north and east of the Sea of Galilee, anciently called Bashan, was held l)y Herod Philiji, both of these having the title of ti^trdrdi. '•ruler of a fourth j^arf."' In A. I). '.M Herod Agrippa received Philip's tetrarchy, and in 41 he was made king of all Palestine. ("Herod tlu' king,"" Acts VIA In A. D. 44 he died, and his dominions were divided. Judrca, Samaria, Galilee and Pertea again became a procuraforship, under a succession of Roman rulers, until the final destruction of the Jewish state, A. D. 70. The principality of Bashan was given to Herod Agrippa II. in A. D. 53, and held by him until A. D. 70. Syria, the great region north of Palestine, extending from Damascus to Antioch, was, during this time, a province of the Roman empire, govei-ned by a prefect. The events of this period gather around seven cities 1. Jerusalem. This place has been already descriljed. (See page 73.) '1. Samaria (Acts S:5-:i5), the field of Philip's eai-ly ministry, was the ancient capital of the Ten Tribes (see page ST), located 30 miles north of Jeru- salem, and 6 miles northwest of Shechem. It had been rebuilt l)y Herod the Great, and named Sebaste, in honor of Augustus. It is now a village called Sebastiyeh. 3. Csesarea (Acts f 0: 1), the place where the Gentile Cor- nehus became a disciple, was the Roman capital of Pal- estine, and the residence of the procurators. It was called Ca?sarea Stratonis, to distinguish it from Ca-sarea 113 DA-MASCUS. Pliilippi, under Mount Hermon; ami was located on the sea-coast, 47 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a desolate, uniiiliabited ruin, called Kti/'sar/ct/eh. 4. Joppa, where Dorcas was raised to life, and Peter received a vision (Acts !t:3(V43; 10:11). is one of the most ancient towns in the world, in all ages the jirin- cipal seaport of Palestine. It lies 30 miles south of Ca'sarea, and 35 miles northwest of Jerusalem; and is now a flourishing city called Yafa, or Jaffa. 5. DamasciLS, the place where Saul was converted (Acts !i:l-25), is an ancient and famous city of Syria, 133 miles northeast of Jerusalem, beautifully situated in a plain at the foot of the Anti-Lebanon mountains. Recently it had a population of 150,000, but is rapidly decaying from the diversion of the Easfein trade through the Suez Canal. Its modern name is d Sliaitis. (1. Anti- och, seat of the first missionary church I Acts 11:19-30), was the metropolis of northern Syria, situated on the 114 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. river Orontes, 16|- miles from the Mediterranean, and 300 miles north of Jei'usalem, in a deej) pass between the Taurus and Lebanon ranges of mountains. It is now a mean village of 6,000 people, called Antakia. 7. Tar- sus, the home of the apostle Paul, was the capital of Cihcia, in Asia Minor, and one of the leading cities of the Eoman world. It was 12 miles from the Mediterranean, the same distance from Mount Taurus, and about SO PLAN OF 'ANCIENT ANTIOCH. y ii CO., JTpiphanes or miles northwest of Antioch. across an arm of the sea. It is now a place of 30,000 inhabitants, called Tersous. The most important events of this period may be arranged under five journeys, which are indicated upon the map. I. Philip's Journey. (Acts 8:5-40.) Philip, one of the "seven" (Acts 6:3-5), Avas compelled to leave Jerusalem in the persecution that arose on account of Stephen. He went first to Samaria, the city known by the Greeks as Sebaste, now Sebastiijeh, 6 miles north- west of Shechem, or Sychar, and there began to preach the gospel. This was a step outside of narrow Judaism, as the Samaritans were considered at least semi-Gentile by the Jews. After planting a church here, he was sent by tlie Spirit soutliAvard ' ' unto the way that goeth down from Jerusalem unto Gaza, which is desert" (Acts S: 26) ; that is, by the less f I'equented road. There he met a nobleman from Ethiopia (the kingdom of Meroe, in Nubia), whom he instructed in the gospel, and baptized as a believer. Suddenly caught away by the Spirit, Philip next appeared at Azotus, the ancient Ashdod, now Asclud. He followed the line of the coast north- ward, preaching in the cities of tlie maritime plain. These cities were mostly inhabited by heathen, though in aU of them there were many Jews. We find in the after-history the results of his preaching, in chui'ches at Joppa, at Lydda, and at Ceesarea, where he made his home for 20 years, and was met by the apostle Paul, who, long before, as Saul the persecutor, had driven him from Jerusalem. Philip's journey is indicated by a line of red color on the small map. II. Saul's Journey. (Acts 9:1-30.) The destroyer of the Jerusalem chuich now began a journey for perse- cution, which was ended in his own flight, as a Christian, from persecutors. 1. He went to Damascus, expecting to bind others, but was himself bound by the cords of the gospel, and preached the truth he had sought to destroy. 2. From Damascus, as a discii^le, he went into Arabia, a name which may refer to almost any region from the Euphrates to the Indian Ocean, but probably here indicating the desert lands on the border of Syria, and not necessarily distant from Damascus, to which he returned after a stay of from one to three years. (Gal. 1:17.) 3. Escaping from Damascus by being let down over the wall in a basket, he returned to Jerusalem, where he was introduced to the church by Barnabas, and received by the aj^ostles Peter and James. 1. After a fortnight's visit at Jerusalem, he left the city by divine dii-ection in a vision (Acts 22:17-21), and, aided by the disciples, descended to the seaport of Caesarea, where in after years he was destined to spend two years in imprisonment. 5. From Ctesarea he sailed to his birth- place. Tarsus, in Cihcia, where he spent several years in retirement, preparing for the great "work which was to oi^en before him. This journey is shown by a red line on the large map. in. Peter's Journey. (Acts 9:32-11:18.) This was the journey in which the door of faith was finally opened to the Gentiles. During the ' ' rest " which the churches enjoyed aftei' Saul's conversion, and while the IXougitude £ut from Grcenvidi. ,'^^ ' 1% DAMASCUS AND VICINITY. Jewish leaders were too busy Avith the alarming state of their relations with Eome to disturb the disciples, Peter went forth to visit the churches. 1. He came downi to Lydda, now Lndd, on the border of the Shefelah, and restored to health ^neas, a paralytic. (Acts 9:32, 33.) 2. From Lydda he was summoned to Joppa, the prin- cipal seaport of Palestine, where Tabitha, or Dorcas, "the gazelle," had died. She was restored to the weep- EARLY APOSTOLIC HISTORY. 115 ing church, and Peter remained in Joppa "many days." (Acts 9:43.) 3. He was called to Cfesarea by the Roman centurion, Cornelius, who, under Peter's ministry, ac- cepted Christ, received the endowment of the Holy Spirit, and was baptized into the church by the apostle, without reference to Jewish requirements (Acts 10); thus marking an era in the history of the church. 4. Peter returned to Jerusalem, and there met the complaints of the Judaistic element in the church, by showing that God's hand had led in the conversion of Cornehus and the reception of Gentiles into the church. (Acts 11 : 1-18.) This journey is indicated by a red Line on the small map, lower right-hand corner. IV. Barnabas' Journey. (Acts 11:19-30.) After the death of Stephen, certain disciples, driven from Jerusalem, traveled along the coast past Tyre and Sidon, as far as Antioch, and at the latter place began preaching the gospel, at fu-st to the Jews only, but after a while to the Gentiles also. As a result, a church arose at Antioch (on tlie Orontes, near its mouth, now Antakia), the first where Jews and Gentiles became one, the fii-st to receive the name Christian, and the first to send out missionaries to the heathen world. When the news of this work came to Jerusalem, there was some alarm lest it might cause a division in the chm-ch. Barnabas was dispatched by the apostles to visit Antioch. He came, gave the work his hearty mdorsement, and remained to direct it. Soon feehng the need of a co-worker, he went to Tarsus, a short voyage across the northeastern corner of the Mediterranean. Here he found Saul, and thenceforward the two were united in labors for many years, until parted forever by an unhappy difference. This jom-- ney of Barnabas is shown on the map by a broken red hue. V. Barnabas and Saul's Journey. (Acts 11:26- 30; 12:25.) 1. Starting from Tarsus the two gospel workers sailed across the narrow sea to Seleucia, the seaport, and thence journeyed up the river Orontes to Antioch. Here they labored together for a year, and aided in establishing a church, which became one of the most important in the early age of Christianity. 2. Learning by revelation of coming famine, the church at Antioch prepared a contribution for the poorer disciples in Judsea, and sent it by the hands of Barnabas and Saul. 3. About the time of the death of Herod Agrippa, the two evangehsts returned, from their charitable errand, to Antioch, where they remained until the next great event, the first missionary jom-ney. OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. Let the teacher draw on the blackboard tho outline of the map, including the borders of the Mediterranean Sea, and the two provinces of Palestine and Syria. Then locate the seven important places. 1. Jerusakm. 2. Samaria. 3. Casarea. 4. Joppa. 5. Damascus. 6. Antioch. 7. Tarsns. Ne.\t draw the five lines representing the journeys, relating the events connected with them. If the journeys can be given in chalk of different colors, it will make them more distinct. I. Pldlip's Juurncy. Jerusalem, Samaria, Azotus, Lydda. .Joppa, Cses- area. II. Saul's Journey. Jerusalem, Damascus, Arabia, Damascus, Jerusalem, Csesarea, Tarsus. III. Peter's Journey. Jerusalem, Lydda, Joppa, Caisarea, Jerusalem. IV. Barnabas' Journey. Jeru.salem, Antioch, Tarsus. V. Barnahas and Saul's Journey. Tarsus, Antioch, Jerusalem, Antioch. MOUNT ZION. JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. During the twenty years between A. D. 45 and 65, of which the events of church history are recorded in Acts 13-28, the most important personal;*' is the apostle Paul. While the Avork of the original Twelve is scarcel}^ re- ferred to, the journeys of the last apostle are related with considerable detail. The probable reason for this is, that Paul was the leader in the great movement by which the church of Cln-ist was broadened from an inconsiderable Jewish sect, scarcely known out of Jeru- salem, to a religion for all the world. This distinction from the other apostles is considered of so much impor- tance that he is called, almost uni- versally, by the descriptive title he gave liimsell' — the Apostle of the Gentiles. The localities and events of tills period are represented u])()n four maps, three of Paul's Mis- sionai-y Journeys, and the last of his Voyage to Rome. THE PROA INCES OF ASIA MINOR. As the first missionary journey was mainly in Asia Minor, a l)rief description of that iieninsula is necessary. It embraces about l.')6,0()0 square miles, or about two- thirds the size of Texas, and was located between the Black, iEgean, and ]\Iediterranean Seas on the north, west and south, and l^ound- ed on the east by the provinces of Armenia, Mesopotamia and Syria. provinces which it contained at the New Testament epoch may be vaiiously stated, since in their pohtical, racial and geogra]ihical relations they Avere dilferent. The map of the Roman Empire, on page 98, gives them according to their i)olitical ar- rangement, which united two or moi'e under one goA^- ernment, and gaA'e to some ncAv names. Thus there Avere four districts united under the name Asia, Avhich in the NeAV Testament never denotes the avIkiIc^ con- tinent, nor yet the Avhole peninsula, but the scaboai'd provinces of Caria, Lydia, Mysia, and the intei'ior land of Phiygia. So, too, Bithynia and Pontus formed one government, Lycaonia Avas included in Galatia, and Lycia and Pisidia in Pamphylia. We can best arrange these provinces of Asia Minor, according to tei-ritorial relations, in four groups. 1. The tluee northern proA'- inces, on the Black Sea: Pontus, Pa])hlagouia. Bithynia. 2. The three Avestern provinces, on the ^gean Sea : Mysia, Lydia, Caria. 3. The three southern provinces, on the Mediterranean Sea : Lycia, Pamphyha, CiUcia. •i. The fiA'e interior proA'iuces: on the north, Galatia; on the east, Cappadocia; on the south, Lycaonia and Pisidia; and on the Avest, Phrygia. All of these fourteen proA-- inces, except foui', are named in the New Testament. L The Provinces on the Black Sea. {\.) Pontus (Acts 2:9; 18:2; 1 Pet. 1:1) AA^as the northeastern i^roA^- iuce, between Paphlagonia and Armenia, and having Cappadocia on the south; uoaa' rejiresented by I'lx-bizond The .\XTI(l(ll IN SYHIA. in the Turkish empire. Some of its Jewish in- halutauts were in-esent in Jerusalem on the Day of Pentecost; Aquila, a helper of Paul, was a native of this region; and its Christian Jcavs Avere among those addressed in Peter's first Epistle. (2.) Pap]iUitji))iia, not mentioned in tlie New Testament, lay betAveen Pontus and Bithynia, and north of Galatia. (3.) BUhiiniu (Acts l.) Paphos. (6.) Perga. (7.) Antioch in Pisidia. (8.) Iconium. (9.) Lystra. (10.) Derbe. (11.) Return, and Attalia. THE SECOND MISSIONARY JOURNEY. The map presents the field of the apostle Paul's labor during four of the most active years of his hfe, according to Alford's chronology, from A. D. 50 to 51. To this period belong two journeys : a journey from Antioch to Jerusalem and return, and the second missionary journey, thi'ough Asia Minor, Macedonia and Greece. The journey to Jerusalem, not indicated ui^on the JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 121 r map, was Paul's third visit to that city after his conver- sion. His first ^asit was in A. D. 40, when Barnabas introduced him to Peter and James (Acts 9:20-30); his second was in A. D. 4.5, when with Barnabas he brouglit the gifts of the church at Antioch (Acts 11: 30); his third was in A. D. 50, when, again accompanied by Barnabas, he attended the council in Jerusalem, called to establish the principle upon which Gentiles were to be received into the Christian church. (Acts 15 : 1-30.) The second missionary journey began with an unfor- tunate disagreement between Paid and Barnabas, which resulted in their separation, Barnabas going to the island of Cyprus, and Paul to the mainland. (Acts 15:36-40.) The apostle chose as his companion Silas, or Silvanus, and was afterward joined by Timothy, and Luke, the author of the third Gospel and the Acts. We may sub- divide this journey into three sections, as follows : I. The Stations in Asia, seven in number. n. The Stations in Europe, e i g h t in number. in. The Stations of the Return, four in number. L The Asi- atic Stations. These, a re most- ly the names of provinces in Asia Minor al ready described in connection with a previous map. 1. Starting from Antioch, Paul first traveled through Syria, visiting the churches. (Acts 15: 41.) This tour was probably through nortliern Syria only, in the region around Antioch ; and the general direction Avas toward Asia Minor, which he probably entered through the Syrian Gates, now the Beilan Pass in Mount Amanus. No cities ai^e named in this region as visited by the apostle; but the principal places were Issns and Alex- andria, both of which lay along the route of his journey. •2. The next province visited was Cilicia (Acts 15:41), the land of Paul's birth. As eveiywhere he made the chief cities his stations of labor, we may supi)ose that he passed through Mopsuestia and Adana, on his way to Tarsus, the metropohs of the province. From Tarsus he journeyed Avestward toward Mount Taurus, the northern boundary of the province, and crossed the range through the Cilician Gates, from which he emerged upon the gi'eat Lycaonian plain. 3. We read of a station at Derbe, where he had 14 ^i^- TUK M KllI'dl.lS AT ATHENS planted a church on the first journey, and which was now strengthened by his second visit. (Acts IG: 1.) 4. Next, at Lysfra, where> in other days he had been first worshiped and then stoned. Here he found a church, the result of his early labors, and was joined by his life-long companion, Timothy. (Acts 16:1-4.) 5. We read of Paul and Silas as having next "gone throughout PJu^ygia." Probably this refers to a tour among the churches at Iconium and Antioch in Pisidia, the fields of former labors. There is no indication in the Acts or Epistles that he preached in any new places in this district. 6. From Antioch he turned northward and entered for the first time the province of Galatia. (Acts 16:6.) But W. M. Ramsay has shoAvn that Lycaonia itself was only a district in the political province of Galatia, and • _ that the Galatian journey (and also the Galatian epistle) may refer to the region of Derbe, Lystra, and Iconi- um, not to the entire province. In that case the dotted red line on the map may indicate Paul's jour- ney, and the line through Pessinus, An- cyra, and Tavi- um should be omitted. These conclu- sions are not, as yet, generally accepted. (ATtKOI'AlilS o.\ THE LEFT.) 7. PaulS de- sire was to preach the word throughout the Roman proconsular province of Asia, which comprised Phry- gia, and the maritime districts of Mysia, Lydia and Caria. But divine infiuences closed up his path, both in this direction and northward toward Bithynia ; so he journeyed westward across Phrygia and Mysia, and at last reached the shore of the ^gean Sea at Troas. (Acts 16:6-8.) This was the site of ancient Troy, the scene of Homer's Ihad, and has been the place of great discoveries in modern times. Tliere was a city near the ancient site in Paul's time; and it is probable that in it he founded a church, for there he was joined l)y Luke, the historian of the Acts and author of the third Gospel, and in a later journey met "the disciples " of the place. (Acts 20 : 7. ) Here the vision of the ' ' man of Macedonia" summoned Paul fnmi Asia to Europe (Acts 16:!>, 10), and opened a new chapter in the history of Christianity. II. The European Stations. All the places named as visited by the apostle in this journey were included i'i'2 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. in the two provinces of Macedonia and Greece, of which the Roman name was Achaia. Macedonia was the province north of Greece, and famous in liistory from its conquering kings, Pliilip, and his greater son, Alexander. Its boundaries were : on the north, the Haemus or Balkan Mountains ; on the east, Thrace and the ^gean Sea; on the south, Achaia (Greece) ; on the west, the Pindus Mountains, separating it from Epirus and lUyricum. It consists of two great plains, watei'ed respectively by the Axius, near Thessa- lonica, and the Strymon, near Apollonia. Between these two rivers projects a peninsula, having three points, like a hand of three fingers, across the palm of whicli, in Paul's time, ran the great Roman road known as the Ignatian Way. It was divided by the Romans into four districts, of which the cajjitals were Amphip- olis, Thessalonica (the residence of the jjrovincial pro- consul), PeUa (the birthplace of Alexander the Great), and Pelagonia. Of these, Amphipolis had become less important than the rival city of Philippi, in the same district. ^c/i«m. was the Roman name of the Uttle land of Greece, whose fame has fiUed aU history. In the later period of its independence, its ruling state had been Achaia, which gave its name to the entire province when annexed to the Roman empii'e. In the apostoUc age, Corinth was its metropolis and i)olitical capital, though Athens stiU retained its fame as a centre of art and literature. The apostle Paul and his companions sailed across the ^gean Sea from Troas, in a northwesterly direc- tion, passing the storied isles of Tenedos and Inibros; anchored for the first night off Samothracia, ' ' the Thra- cian Samos," a rocky island near the coast of Thrace; and the next day passed northward of Thasos, and anchored in the harbor of Neapolis, on the border of Thi-ace. They did not remain at the seaport, but pressed inland to the larger city, which was to be memorable as the first foothold of the gospel in Europe. In the European part of the second missionary journey we notice eight places visited by the apostle. 1. FJiH/j)j)i {Acts 16:12-40). This was an ancient town, enlarged and renamed by Phihp, the father of Alexander the Great. Near it was fought the great battle between Augustus and Antony on one side, and Brutus and Cassius on the other, in which the hojie of a Roman reiJublic i)erished, and the empire was ushered in. It had been made a colony; that is, a branch of Rome itself, and enjoyed certain privileges of self-government, so that its magistrates bore Roman titles, as noticed by Luke. Here Lydia, the first convert in Europe, was baptized, and a church was planted; Paul and Silas were scourged and imprisoned, and set free by divine power; the jailer was brought to Christ; and the officials of the city were made to tremble at having inflicted violence upon citizens of Rome. 2. Amphipolis was 33 miles southwest of Philippi, and 3 miles from the ^gean Sea. It was a town of ancient fame; but, in Paul's time, decayed in jjopulation; and, having no synagogue or Jewish population, was not yet made a field of his labors. After a delay of only a day, he journeyed on stih further westward. (Acts 17:1.) 3. Apollonia was 30 miles from Amphipolis, and an imjwrtant city ; but for some reason Paul did not choose to labor in its vicinity, and remained there but a day. (Acts 17:1.) ■4. Thessalonica (Acts 17:1-9) Avas the capital of the entire province, and 40 miles from the preceduag station. It was named after a sister of Alexander the Great, and had many historic associations. An arch is stfil stand- ing, and was doubtless seen by the apostle, which com- memorated the victory at Philippi. There was a large Jewish population, and a synagogTie, in which Paul preached for three sabbaths. He succeeded in founding a church, mostly of Gentiles, to which he soon after wi-ote his two earliest epistles. First and Second Thessa lonians. But the Jews excited a riot, and the apostles were compelled to leave the city by night. Thessalonica, now caUed Saloniki, is stiU the second city of European Turkey, and contains 80,000 inhabitants. 5. Berea (Acts 17:10-13) was a small city, chosen by the apostle on account of its retired situation. It lay on the eastern side of Mount Olympus. Its people were generous in hearing the truth, and candid in examina- tion of its claims; so that many of them beheved, and "the Bereans" have furnished a name for earnest stu- dents of the Bible in all lands. The place is now called Verria, and has a population of about G,000. 6. Athens (Acts 17:15-34) was one of the most famous cities of the world. It was situated 5 miles northeast of the Saronic Gulf, between the two little streams Cephis- sus and Ilissus, and connected by long walls with its two seaports, the Pira?us and the Phaleric Gulf, where prob- ably Paul landed. Around it stand mountains noted in history, and within its walls rise four important hills • JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 123 the Acropolis, surmounted by the Parthenon, the most pei'fect specimen of Greek architectui'e; the Areopagus, northwest of the Acropohs, where Paul dehvered his memorable discoui'se; the Pnyx, still further west; and, on the south, the Museum. In Paul's time Athens was no longer the i>ohtical capital, but was still the literaiy centre, not only of Greece, but of the civilized world. Paul's discourse before its philosophers was not attended with inuuediate results, as no church appears to have been founded ; but, four centuries afterward, the Par- thenon became a Christian church, and the Athenians were among the most bitter foes of image worship. After many changes of fortune — at times being with- out inhabitants — Athens is now the growing capital of the kingdom of modern Greece, and the seat of a university. 7. Corinth (Acts 18:1-18), the next station of the apostle, was iO miles west of Athens, on the isthmus between Hellas and Peloponnesus, whicli is here 10 miles CORINTH AND VICINITY. „ JVe,7klmn ■ '■■■■' ">-i*itf'-'^ ENGLISH MILES.''"' ■ Gtilata nAKD.MCHAav & CO. ,EHGR'S, CHICAGO. wide. In Paul's time it was the commercial and polit- ical metropolis of Greece, being the residence of the Roman proconsul. It was, however, a most wicked city, and a by-word for corruption and licentiousness. Paul preached in Corinth for a year and a half, working meanwhile at his trade as a tent-maker, and during his stay wrote the two Epistles to the Thessalonians. After leaving, he wrote to the Corinthian Christians two of his longest Epistles, First and Second Corinthians. The site of the city is now desolate, except for a small and wretched village, named GortJto. 8. Cenchrea (Acts 18:18), nioi'c acciu-ately Cenchrete, is named merely as the place fi-om which Paul set forth on his retui'u journey, and whei'e he perfoiined the Levitical service of cutting off his hair in token of a vow. We know, however, that he had, directly or indirectly, planted a church here, as its deaconess, Phebe, is named. (Rom. 16: 1, 2.) This was the eastern harbor of Corinth, on the Saronic Gulf, !• miles from the city. It is now called Kekhries. III. The Return Stations of the apostle, in his joui-ney from Corinth to Antioch, are given as four in number, thougn the journey was more than a thousand miles in length. 1 . Saihng eastward across the ^gean Sea, and passing many celebrated islands, after a voyage of 250 miles, he reached Ephesus. (Acts 18:19-21.) He had been hin- dered from preaching in this region before, and now remained but a few weeks, though urged by the Jews to remain longer. He left behind him his friends Aquila and Priscilla, by whose labors the brilUant young Apol- los of Alexandria was led into the church, and the way was prepared for Paul's labor on his second visit, in connection with which Ephesus wiU be noticed again. 2. A voyage around the southwestern border of Asia Minor, thence past the isle of Rhodes in a southeasterly direction, leaving Cyprus on the northeast, bi'ought the apostle to Ccesarea. (Acts IS: 22.) This was the Roman capital of Palestine, and a harbor. Here Paul debarked fi'om the vessel on which he had sailed 600 miles, and entered once more the Holy Land. (For an account of Cfpsarea, see page 113.) 3. Jerusalem. (Acts 18:22.) The apostle chmbed the mountains, and for the fourth time smce his conversion entered the Holy City. He stayed only to salute the church, and perhaps leave the gifts of the Gentile Christians to the poorer saints of Judaea, and then left once more. ■i. He traveled, overland most probably, to Antioch, his home, if any place might be so named; for here were his nearest friends, here he had begun his missionary jour- ney, and here he doubtless received a glad welcome from the church. He brought with him, on his return, not only Silas, who had set out as his companion, but Timo- thy, and perhaps also Aristarchus, Gains and Erastus, whose names we find associated with Paul's soon after. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Draw the map of Asia Minor, and review the names of its provinces as alre.afly given. II. Notice llic Stations in Axia, antl the events of the journey assoeialed Willi them. 1. Syria. 2. Cilicia. 3. Derbe. 4. Lystra. 5. Phrygia. 6. Galatia. 7 Troas. III. Notice the Stations i)i Europe. 1. Philippi. 2. .Vmphipolis. 3. Apollonia. 4. The.s.saloniea. 5. Berea. 6. Athens. 7. Corinth. 8. Cenchrea. IV. Notice the Stations of tlie Return, Journey. 1. Ephesus. 2. Ctcsa- rea. 3. .Terusalem. 4. .Vntioch. THE THIRD MISSIONARY JOURNEY. This journey of the apostle, beginning at Antioch, led him as far west as Corinth, and then as far east as Jerusalem. It probably occupied about four years, from A. D. 54 to 58, and may be subdivided into two stages. I. The Outward Journey, from Antioch to Corinth, including seven stations. II. The Return Journey, from Coiinth to Jerusalem, with fifteen stations. More than half of this period was spent at Ephesus, where Paul l)reached for nearly three years. 124 JOURNEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 125 L The Outward Journey. (Acts 18:23-20:3.) 1. We note Antioch, the starting i3oint for each of Paul's three missionary joui'neys. This place has been ah-eady described, on page 113, in connection with the map of the Early Apostolic History. 2. His westward course lay through Galafia (Acts 18:23), Avhere he visited the churches planted upon his former tour. But as before, this may refer to the part of Galatia embraced in Lycaonia; and we have thus indicated upon the map by a dotted line. (See page 121.) 3. Still journeying westward toward the coast, Paul passed through Fhrygia (Acts 18:23), already described on page 118. No events of this part of the journey are related. 4. He came from the highlands of the interior to Ephesus, where he had touched on his previous jom'uey, and was now to remain longer than at any other place during his active ministry. (Acts 19:1-20:1.) Ephesus was the metropolis of Proconsular Asia, and may be regarded as the third capital of Christianity, as Jerusa- lem had been its birthplace, and Antioch the centre of its foreign missions. It stood a mile from the JEgcan Sea, fronting an artificial harbor, in which met the ships of all lands, and above which I'ose the Temi^le of Artemis (Diana), celebrated as the most magnificent building in Asia Minor, though the image which it enshrined was only a shapeless block. Its population was principally Greek, though with a large ( )riental mixture. Here a preparation for Paul's labor had been made by Apollos, who had instructed a small company of Jews up to the twilight of John the Baptist's teachings concerning the Messiah. From Paul's friends, Aquila and Piiscilla, he had leai-ned the gospel of Chiist; and, just before the apostle's arrival, had gone to Corinth. For three months Paul labored in the synagogue with the Jews and inquiring Gentiles; but, when the Jewish opposition endangered the work, he took the step (at this time first in the history of Christianity) of caUiug the behevers in Christ out of the synagogue. Paul I'e- mained at Ephesus in all more than two years, working at his trade through the week, while preaching on the Jewish Sabbath. Through his endeavors most of '"the Seven Churches," addressed long afterward by John, were founded at this time. Just before Paul's departure a riot arose, and a tumultuous mob occupied the theatre, whose ruins may still be seen. Ephesus is now an utter desolation, haunted by wild beasts. Near its ruins is a smaU Turkish village, called Ayasalonk. Near the close of his stay at Ephesus, Paul wiot9 th3 First Epistle to the Corinthians. 5. The next stopping place of the apostle was at Troas. (2 Cor. 2:12, 13.) This is mentioned, not in the Acts, but in the Epistle written soon afterward. Here he had expected to meet his companion Titus, with news from the church at Corinth. While waiting, he found an opportunity for preaching, and success in winning souls. But, as the expected tidings did not come, Paul again took ship, and sailed once more (see the previous journey) from Asia to Europe. 6. His next station is named as Macedonia (Acts 20:2); but it may be inferred that he visited Phihppi, Thessalonica and Berea, the places of foi'mer labors, already described in the account of th(j second joui'uey. Perhaps it was at this time that he journeyed "round about unto Illyricura," which was a pro'viuce on the Adriatic Sea, west of Macedonia. (Rom. 15:19.) While in Macedonia, perhaps at Phihppi, Paul Nvrote the Second Epistle to the Corinthians. 7. The last place in Paul's outward journey is men- tioned as Greece, the province elsewhei-e called Achaia. (Acts 20: 2, 3; 18: 27.) His principal errand was to Corinth (ah-eady described on page 123), where troubles in the churcli required his attention. While here he wrote the Epistle to the Galatians, and his great statement of Christian doctrine, the Epistle to the Romans. II. The Return Journey. (Acts 20:6-21:6.) This was undertaken with the desire of reaching Jerusalem in time for the Feast of Pentecost, A. D. 58. For some reason, probably on account of a Jewish plot to nmrder him, Paul did ncjt take the direct route, but went around the JEgean Sea by way of Philippi and Troas, and was accompanied by a number of friends. 1. From Corinth, Paul and his friends journeyed over- land, through Greece and Macedonia, to Philippi (Acts 20:3-6), a place now visited for the third time. Here Paul was rejoined i)y Luke the Evangelist, who hence- forth shared his dangers to the end of his life. 2. Most of Paul's company sailed from Philippi across the ^gean Sea to Troas, in advance of the apostle, but were soon followed by Paul and Luke. (Acts 20:5-13.) At Troas they remained for a week with the church; and here Eutychus was restored to hfe by the apostle. JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. J 27 3. From Philippi, most of the company set sail for Palestine, but Paul went on foot as far as Assos, where he was taken on board. (Acts 20:13, li.) Tliis place was situated 19 miles from Troas, and is now marked by extensive ruins. 4. MityJene. This was on the island of Lesbos, famed as the home of Sappho, the Greek poetess. Here they anchored for the night, as the channel was not easy to follow among the islands. (Acts 20:1-1.) This and the succeeding stations in the ^gean Sea may be noticed on the map of the islands and coasts of Asia Minor, on page 132. 5. Chios. (Acts 20:15.) This is an island 32 miles long, and 5 miles from Asia; said to have been the birth- place of Homer; and now caUed Scio. Here Paul's ship anchored only for a night. 6. Samos. (Acts 20:15.) This is an island near the mainland, 42 miles southwest of Smyrna; and 27 miles long. It was the birthplace of the philosopher Pythag- oras. They barely touched at the island, and then sailed across to the shore of Asia Minor. 7. TrogyUinm (Acts 20:15) is a town and cape on the coast of Asia Minor, at the foot of Mount Mycale. The place at which they anchored for the night is stiU called St. PaiiPs Port. On the next day they sailed past the harbor of Ephesus without stopping, for Paul's stations were controlled by the movements of the ship and its masters. 8. Miletus. (Acts 20:16-38.) This was at the mouth of the river Masander, 36 miles south of Ephesus; and at that time on the shore, though now ten miles inland, by the changes in the coast. Here, while the ship was delayed, Paul sent for the elders of the cliurch at Ephe- sus, and gave to them a farewell address of deep tender- ness. This place is now a small village, called Melas. 9. Coos, or Cos (Acts 21: 1), where they next anchored, is a small island, northwest of Rhodes ; now called Stanch io. 10. Rhodes (Acts 21:1) is an island of note in both ancient and modern history, 13 miles from Asia Minor, 46 miles long, and 18 wide. Upon it had stood the. Colossus, a figure over 100 feet high, but overthrown by an earthquake, B. C. 224, and prostrate at the time of Paul's visit. 11. Patara (Acts 21:1) was a seaport in the province of Lycia, in Asia Minor, opposite Rhodes. Here the vessel ended its voyage, and the apostoUc company found another, which was bound for Phoenicia. The place is now a ruin, and buried in the encroaching sand. 12. The disciples took another ship at Patara, and sailed in a southeasterly direction for Phoenicia, passing by Cyprus without stopping. The vessel paused for a week at Tyre to unlade its burden, and here Paul found a church, perhaps planted by Philip the evangelist. Tyre had once been the great connnercial metropohs of the Mediterranean, known as ' ' the strong city " as early as the time of Joshua. It was the capital of Phcenicia, and in Old Testament times held friendly relations with Israel, but was idolatrous and abominably wicked. It was besieged by Nebuchadnezzar for 13 yeai's, was destroyed by Alexander the Great, rebuUt by the Seleu- cidse, and, in Paul's time, was stiU a large city. It is now a miserable village, called Sin\ and, in the fulfill- ment of prophecy, ' ' a place for the spreading of nets. " (Ezek. 26:14.) 13. Taking ship once more, for the last time, they sailed southward along the coast of Palestine to Ptole- mais. (Acts 21 : 7.) This was the Old Testament Accho, in the tribe of Asher, but never possessed. It was 8 miles north of Mount Carmel. In media?val history it sustained a siege by the Crusaders, and was known as St. Jean cVAcre. Here Paul spent a day with the church, and then journeyed with his fiiends southward over the Plam of Esdraelon and Mount Carmel. 14. At Ccesarea, the next station, they wei*e enter- tained by Philip, who, years before, had been driven out of Jerusalem by Saul of Tarsus. (See Philip's Journey, page 112.) Caesarea was the Roman capital of Palestine, and was in aU respects a heathen city, though containing many Jews. Here Paul received a message from the aged prophet Agabus, warning him not to go to Jerusa- lem; but he'persisted in his purpose. 15. For the fifth time in his life as a Christian, and for the last time, Paul entered the city of Jerusalem, from which he was soon to go forth "the prisoner of the Lord." OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. I. Outward Jovrney. 1. Antioch. 2. Galatia. 3. Phrygia. 4. Ephe- sus. 5. Troas. 6. Macedonia. (Philippi.) 7. Greece. (Corintli.) II. Bettmi .Journey. 1. Pliilippi. 2. Troas. 3. Assos. 4. Mitylcne. 5. C'liios. 6. 8amos. 7. Troajyllium. 8. Jliletus. 9. Coos. 10. Rhodes. 11. Patara. 13. Tyre. 13. Ptoleniais. 14. C'fcsarea. 15. Jerusalem. THE YOYAGE TO ROME. The last of Paul's recorded journeys was that which he took as a prisoner under Roman power. He was seized by a Jewish mob in the Com-t of the Women in the Temple (see plan of the Temple on page 141), in or near the room set apart for the ceremonies of a Naza- rite's vow. Dragged by the crowd into the Court of the Gentiles, he would have been slain but for the arrival of a company of Roman sokUers from the Tower of Anto- nia. He made an address to the throng from the stairs leading from the Court of the Gentiles to the Tower, and was then taken to the prison in the tower. 1. From Jenisalem he began his journey, as a prisoner. The immediate cause of his departure from the city was the information received by the Roman officer in charge of the Tower of Antonia, that a band of Jews had formed a plan to slay Paul. That night he was sent, under a strong escort, out of the reach of his enemies. < 2. The guard 2'aused at Antipatris (Acts 23:31, 32), beyond which the soldiers were not needed, so they were sent back, and Paul journeyed the rest of the way under an escort of cavalry. Antipatris was built by Herod the MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Great, and named for his father, Antiijater. It was 26 miles southeast of Caesarea, on the dii-ect road from Jerusalem, and 16 miles northeast of Joppa. Its loca- tion is not identified with certainty, but is probably to be found at a ruin known as Ras el 'Am. 3. The apostle was taken to Ccesarea (Acts 23:33), where he was remanded to prison. Here he remained for more than two years, was tried by Fehx, and made his memorable defense befoi'e the younger Herod Agrippa. (Acts 24-26.) Ha\^ng appealed, as a Roman citizen, to the supreme court of the emperor at Rome, he was sent on shipboard for the voyage with a com- pany of prisoners, and a guai-d commanded by the cen- turion Julius. Luke and Aristarchus were with Paul on the vessel. (Acts 27:1, 2.) 4. The day after starting from Cfesarea, the vessel touched at Zidon, and Paul was permitted to go on shore with the soldier to whom he was chained. (Acts 27: 3.) Zidon was one of the most ancient towns in history, and the mother city of Tyre, which was 2i» miles south of it. It lay in the hmits of the tribe of Asher, but was never possessed by Israel. Its commerce was exten- sive^ but early superseded by that of Tyre. It was a battle ground more than once during the Crusades, and changed masters frequently. Its site is now occupied by a small fishing vUlage, called Said a. 5. The wind being unfavorable, the vessel was carried to the north of Cyprus, and sailed over waters traversed by Paul more than once, in the northeastern corner of the Mediterranean, past his church home at Antioch, and his bkthplace. Tarsus, to the harbor of Myra, a city in the pro\ince of Lycia, in Asia Minor. (Acts 27:1-6.) This city stood at the entrance to a gorge in Mount Taurus, two mUes from the sea. Its port, where Paul landed to be transferred to another vessel, was called Andriadice. It is now in ruins. 6. The next station was to have been Cnidus, 100 miles from Myi-a, on the coast of Caria; but the vessel only reached it with difficulty, and was unable to enter, on accomit of contrary winds : so the prow was turned southward toward the island of Crete. This lies at the entrance to the ^gean Sea, and is 140 miles long by 35 wide. They rounded Cape Sahnone, at the eastern point of the island, and anchored for a time at a place then known, and still known, as Fair Havens, on the south- ern coast, about midway between the two extremes of the island. Here they were delayed for some time, and Paul urged the centurion to I'emain during the winter, and escape impending dangers. But it was resolved to follow along the shore stiU further westward, to the more commodious harbor of Phenice. But in this they were disappointed ; for they were driven out to sea, and to the final result predicted by the apostle. (Acts 27:7-13.) 7. Soon after leaving Fair Havens, the storm set in. It was of the kind then called Euroclydon (Revised Ver- sion, Euro-aquilo, "east-northeaster'"), now known as "a Levanter." They were able to run under the lee of the little island of Clauda, 28 miles from Fair Havens, where they strengthened the vessel for the gale by "frapi^ing," or winding ropes around the huU. Thence for foui-teen days and nights they were driven before the wind in a westward direction, until hope perished in every heart save Paul's. They were ch-iven 47f') miles, upon the island of Melita, which is 62 miles south of Sicily, and is 17 miles long by S or 9 wide. It is of u-regular oval shape, and its coast is indented by many bays. The one in which the ajjostle was shipwrecked is on the northeastern side of the island, and is known as St. Paul's Bay. A close investigation of the locality, its sm-roun dings, and the soundings of the sea approaching it, show the remarkable accuracy of Luke's statements. The island is now known as Malta, and is under British rule. Some years ago an ancient inscription was found on the island, giving to its ruler the same title, protos, "first or chief man " (Acts 28: 7), given by Luke. 8. After wintering in the island of Melita, Paul and the other prisoners were jjlaced on board an Alexandrian ship which was bound toward Rome. The first stop- ping place in this part of the voyage was at the historic city of Syracuse, on the eastern shore of Sicily. (Acts 28: 12.) Here they paused for three days, and then con- tinued their voyage. l>. The next station was at Rhegium, where they lay, awaiting a favorable wind, for one day. (Acts 28:13.) This is at the "toe" of the Italian boot, opposite Sicily, from which it is separated by a strait, only 6 mUes wide. It is now a flourishing town, called Rlieygio. 10. The vessel ended its voyage, and Paul and his fellow-prisoners disembarked, at Puteoli, near Naples. This was one of the leading ports of Italy, being to Rome what Liverpool is to London. Here Paul found a Christian church, and was permitted to remain for a JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 129 week before going ouward to the capital, 141 miles distant. The city is now called Pozzuoli. 11. At a place called Appii Forum, "the forum of Appius," a village on the Appian Way, 43 miles from Eome, and again at the "Three Taverns," 10 miles nearer, Paul was met by some Christians, who had heard of his coming, and came to give him a welcome, which rejoiced his heart. 12. At last great Rojie was reached, and the apostle was at the end of Ms long journey. For two years he dwelt as a prisoner at large, chained to a Roman soldier, but in "his owii hired house." At this point ends all that is positively known of the journeys of the apostle. The city of Rome stands on the river Tiber. In the period of its gi-eatness it occupied ten hills, with the valleys between them, and a plain near the river. The apostle hved near the Pretorian Camp, on the north- eastern border of the city, and at the opposite end of the city from the Jewish quarter, which was on the west of the Tiber. At the time of Paul's imprisonment, Rome contained about 1,200,000 inhabitants. One-half of the population were slaves, and two-thu-ds of the rest were paupers, supported in idleness by the free distribution of food. During the two years of Paul' s imprisonment he wrote at least four Epistles — Ephesians, Philippians, Colossians, and Philemon. After about two years of imprisonment, Paul was released and spent two or more years at liberty. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Jerusalem. 3. Antipatris. 3. Caesarca. 4. Zidon. 5. Myra. 6. Crete. (Fairllavens.) 7. Melita. 8. Syracuse. 9. Rhegium. 10. Puteoli. 11. Appii Forum and Three Taverns. 12. Rome. THE LAST JOURNEYS OF PAUL. The definite history of the apostle Paul ends with the last verse of the Acts of the Apostles; but, from the later Epistles and the dim light of early tradition, we may j,ather a few facts, and perhaps can indicate a few more journeys. From Philippians and Philemon, 130 JOUENEYS OF THE APOSTLE PAUL. 131 it is clear that Paul expected an acquittal and release; from 1 Timothy and Titus, it is evident, that after his imprisonment there were two years, perhaps more, of liberty. Combining the allusions in the Epistles, we offer a conjectural outhne of the apostle's journeys during that year, following mainly the order of Canon Farrar. 1. Near the close of his imprisonment he expressed an expectation of speedily visiting the churches of Procon- sular Asia, esjieciaUy that at Colosse (Philem. 1:22\ and desired a lodging to be prepared for him at the house of Philemon. We may take for gi-anted that this purpose was accomphshed, and that Ejjhesus, as well as Colosse, was visited at this time. Ephesus has been already described. (See page 125.) Colosse, called also Colassa?, was a city on the Lycus, near Hierapolis and Laodicea, and on the great caravan road from Ejjhesus to the Euphrates. At one time it was a large and flourishing place, but declined as other cities gained its Eastern trade. Paid had never before visited this city, and its chm-ch had been founded by Epai^hras. Yet Paul w^as well acquainted with several of its members, and ad- dressed to it, during his imprisonment, the Epistle to the Colossians; and to one of its members the Epistle to Philemon. The site of the ancient city is near the modern village of Chonas. 2. Just before his release, Paul dispatched Timothy to Philippi. expecting soon to follow him. (Phil. 2:10-24-.) Timotliy fulfiUed his mission, and came to Ephesus, where Paul left him in charge of the church, and him- self went to Macedonia. (1 Tim. 1:3.) Here he doubt- less visited the churches which he had planted in Phihppi, Thessalonica and Berea, and probably jour- neyed as far south as Corinth. 3. We judge that to this time belongs his visit to Crete. (Titus 1 :.">.) He had touched at this island dur- ing his voyage to Eome, and may have gone on shore at Fair Havens; but now he organized the church, and left it under the care of Titus, who had accompanied him to the island. 4. We find that after this Paul was at NicopoUs, a place not previously mentioned in his history. (Titus 3:12.) There were no less than ten cities of this name in the ancient world; but it must have been one of three among them: Nicopolis of Thrace, of Cilicia, or of Epi- rus. The latter has been generally accepted as the one where Paul "determined to winter." It was in the Roman province of Achaia, near the Adriatic Sea and the Ionian Isles; and was built by Augustus to com- memorate his victory at Actium. The place is now called Paleo-prevesa, "old Prevesa," and contains exten- sive ruins, among which is a building said to have been Paul's place of prayer. Some think that Paul was arrested here before his final imprisonment; but there is no certainty concerning it. 5. Troas. (2 Tim. 4:13.) It is evident that Paul passed through this place, and stopped with a certain person named Carpus, where he left his mantle for whiter wear, and some manuscrii^ts. Farrar is of the opinion that he was hei'e arrested, and in such haste that he could not obtain these articles. He may have come from Nicopolis by way of Macedonia, passing through Phihppi, and sailing across the ^gean Sea. 6. An aUusion in 2 Tim. 4:20 hints at another place \'isited by the apostle, perhaps as a prisoner. If arrested at Troas, he would probably be sent to Ephesus, the residence of the proconsul, for trial. And at Miletus, near that city, we find that he left his companion, Trophimus, who had been with him at the time of his former arrest in Jerusalem. It is a slight confirmation of this view, that there is among the ruins of Ephesus a place pointed out as the prison of Paul. 7. From Ephesus he may have set sail once more as a prisoner for Rome. He was accompanied by several friends, as Titus, who had left Crete once more to foUow him; Luke the physician, his companion to the last; and Tychicus. We know nothing concerning the voyage, and therefore represent it on the map by the most direct route from Ephesus. At Rome we know only that his imprisonment was short; that his friends were few, for the church had been scattered by the terrible persecution of Nero; that Paul was left alone at his first hearing, his friends having gone in various directions, some on errands of duty, and others in fear of the world; that he wrote earnestly to Timothy to come, bringing Mark with him (2 Tim. 4:i», 11); and we infer from his own expectations and the tradition of the church, that his martyrdom was not long delayed. The traditional place of his execution is sho\\ai at Aqua' Salva:>, now Tre Fontane, three miles from Rome, near the road to Ostia. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Colosse and Ephesus. 2. Macedonia. (Philippi, Thessalonica, Berea, Corinth.) 3. Crete. 4. Nicopolis. 5. Troas. (Arrest?) 6. Ephesus. 7. Rome. (Martyrdom.) THE ISLES OF GREECE AND THE SEVEN CHURCHES. I. As THE islands of the ^gean Sea are often referred to in the Acts, especially in the account of Paul's voyage to Phoenicia, in his third missionaiy journey, we present a map representing them upon a larger scale, with those portions of Asia and Em'ope adjoining thein. Such of the islands as are mentioned in the history have been already described. One of the smallest is brought to our notice in the book of Eevelation, Patiuos, to which tlie apostle John was banished. This lies 20 iniles south of the island of Samos, 24 miles west of Asia Minor, and about To miles southwest of Ephesus. It is about 20 miles in circum- ference, and is rocky and bar- ren. Its loneliness and seclusion made it a suitable place lor the banishment of criminals; and to it the apostle John was banished by the emjieror Domitiau, near the close of the first Chiistian century: though some scholars give an earlier date, under the emperor Nero. A narrow isth- mus di\ides the island into two parts, north and south. On a hill in the south- ern part is a monasteiy named after the apostle John, and near it is the cave where it is said by tradition that he re- ceived the vision of the Apocalypse. In the Middle Ages the island was called Patmosa, and now kno^vn as Patrno. II. The tenn Asia was used by the ancients in varied extent of meaning. 1. Its earliest use in Homer refers only to a meadow near Troy (Troas). which was called the "Asian meadow." 2. The lands of Mysia, Lydia, Caria, and a part of Phrygia, were knoAvn as Proconsular Asia, as they formed the province of Asia under the Roman government. This was originally the dominion of the last king of Perga- mos, whose title was "king of Asia"; and was by him bequeathed to the Romans. 3. Asia Miuoi', as a whole, was sometimes called by the name Asia, though not often. 4. The entire Asiatic continent was known by This name in ancient times; but this use of the word is not found in Scripture. III. The Seven Churches of Asia were all located in Proconsular Asia, in the immediate neighborhood of Ephesus. There were other churches besides these, as Hierapolis and Colosse, both near Laodicea, and referred to in the Pauline Epistles; but these are named as the most important, and a group of seven is the arrange- ment most frequently found in the Bible, especially in its symbolical writings. To these Seven Churches were sent the messages in the opening chapters of the Revelation. 1. Ephesus (Rev. 2 : 1) was the most important city of the district, its church was the largest, and it was the tirst addressed. (A description and plan of this city may be found on page 125.) l,Alil>H KA FKOM HIEKAPOLIS. 2. Smyrna (Rev. 2:8) is north of Ephesus, about 40 miles in a direct line, though longer by the route of travel. It is on the ^Egean Sea, at the head of the Her- mfPan Gulf, at the foot of Mount Pagus. The earlieet city was built B. C. 15(X), by the Greeks, and destroyed and rebuilt several times. From the time of Alexander the Great, who was one of its 1)uilders, it became an important city. Its earliest mention in Christian history is in the Revelation. Polycarp, a pupil of John, was martjTed here A. D. l^o. His grave is still shown on a hill near the city. Despite fires, earthquakes and wars, it has retained its imjjortance, and is now the largest city on the Asiatic side of the iEgean Sea, having a popu- lation of nearly 200,000 people. The modern city is about two miles from the ancient site. 3. Pergamos (Rev. 2:12), more properly Pergamum, 133 lU MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. was 60 miles northeast of Sm}Tna, in the district of Mysia, 3 miles north of the little river Caicus, and 20 miles from the ^gean Sea. It was the capital of a smaU but wealthy kingdom, which arose in the breaking up of Alexander's empire. It was celebrated for its large Ubrary, which at one time contained 200,000 manuscripts, but was by Mark Antony presented to Cleopatra, and removed to Alexandria. The city was devoted to the worship of ^sculapius, the patron divin- ISLE P A T M ity of medicine ; and was, hke most idolatrous places, corrupt in its morals. It is now a city of 25, 000 inhab- itants, called Pergama. 4. Thyatira (Rev. 2: IS) was a city in the province of Lydia, on the road from Pergamos to Sardis. It was founded by Alexander the Great, who planted it witli people from Macedonia, which may account for the fact that "Lydia of Thyatira" was found by Paul at PhiUppi, in Macedonia. It was a prosperous manufact- uring town, but never a great city, and its scarlet cloth still has a reputation throughout the Orient. It is now a i^lace with a population of from 17,000 to 20,000, and is called ak Hissar, "white castle." 5. Sardis (Rev. 3:1) lay 30 miles south of Thyatira, between the river Hermus and Mount Tmolus. It was the capital of Croesus, the wealthy king of Lydia, whose emi^ire was overthrown by Cyixis the Great. After the time of Alexander it belonged to the kingdom of Perga- mos, until its absorption into tlie Roman empire. It was a place of extensive commerce, which led to pros- perity, and the worldhness of the Christian church, rebuked in the message of the Revelation. It is now a miasmatic region, witli scarcely an inhabitant, and bears the name Sert Kalessi. G. PhUadelpliia (Rev. 3:7) was about 25 miles south- east of Sardis, on the river Cogamus, a branch of the Hermus. It was built and named by Attains Philadel- phus, king of Pergamos, and was the centre of a rich farming region, which has kept it inhabited througli all the vicissitudes of the centuries. It was destroyed by an earthquake A. D. 17. but rebuilt. Its population is now about 10,000, and its modern name is Allal) Shehr, "city of God." 7. Laodicea (Rev. 3:14) was the capital of Phrygia, and was 50 or 60 miles from Philadelphia, according to route. It was on the bank of the Lycus, near Hiei'- apohs and Colosse. Its ancient name was DiospoUs, but was changed by the Syrian king, Seleucus II., in honor of his wife, Laodice. In A. D. 62 it was destroyed by an earthquake; but its people were sufficiently I'ich to de- cline the aid of the Romans in rebuilding their citj'. Its worldly prosperity was reflected in its church, which received the sharpest rebukes of the Revelator. The Mohammedans destroyed the city, which is now a mass of ruins, surrounding a village called Eski -hissar. It will be noticed, that, in the order of the Revelation, the Seven Churches are arranged in a circuit, as one would find them, starting from Ephesus, and traveling north to Smyrna and Pergamus, then southeast to Thyatira, Sardis and Philadelphia, until the southern and eastern hmit is reached at Laodicea. OUTLINE FOR REVIEW. 1. Let the teacher draw the outlines of the coast of both Europe and Asia, and call attention to the lands as already noticed \mder otlier maps. Then locate and name the principal Manil.i, especially those referred to in Paul's voyage to Palestine (map on page 132), and Patmos. II. Explain the four meanings of the name Asia, as used by the ancients. III. Locate and name the Seven, Churches, as given in Revelation. Ephesus, Smyrna, Pergamos, Thyatira, Sardis, Philadelphia, Laodicea. THE TABERNACLE. I. Its Origin. The Tabernacle was the tent in which the emblems for divine worshii) were kept from the time of Moses to that of Solomon, 4()() years. It repre- sented the idea of God dweUing among his people, in the centre of the camp of Israel. The earUest institu- tion for woi'ship was the Altar, built wherever the patriarchs pitched their tents. Next we find a place consecrated and kept for the house of God, as Jacob's pillar at Bethel, to which the patriarch returned as to a sanctuary in after years. The Tabernacle arose when Israel was no longer a family, but a nation, needing a centralizing power and a system of worship as the uniting element among the tribes. It was erected under the direction of Moses, by divine command, wliile the Israelites were encamped at Mount Sinai. II. Its History. Dm-ing all the journeys of the Israelites through the wilderness, the Tabernacle stood in the centre of their camp, or. wliile on the march, was taken apart and earned by the Levites. At the time of the conquest, it remained at Gilgal, the forti- fied camp of Israel, near Jericho. After the war it was established at Sliiloh, in the tribe of Ephraim, where it continued until the great de- feat of Israel at Ebenezer (1 Sam. 4 : 1-11), when the ark was taken, and probably 8hiloh was ravaged. The Tal)ernacle was removed to Nob, in the tribe of Benjamin, where it remained until Saul's slaughter of the priests. (1 Sam. 21:1-6; 2'2: 18, 19.) It seems to have been at Gibeon, while the ark was in seclusion at Kirjath-jearim. (2 Chron. 1:1.) There is no mention of the Tabernacle after the building of the Temple; but a Jewish tradition is that its cur- tains were roUed uy> and laid away in one of the rooms connected with the Temple. III. Tlie Departments of the Tabernacle. This will require us to notice: 1. The Court. 2. The Altar. 3. The Laver. 4. The Tent. 5. The Holy Place. 6. The Holy of Holies. The dimensions of these are given in cubits ; and, as the authorities differ as to the length of the cubit, we will consider it here as being about a foot and a half, or is inches, the length generally given. 1, The Court was 150 feet long by 75 wide. It was THE TABERNACLE, ACCORDING TO FERGUSSON. 135 sejiarated from the camp by a curtain of fine Hnen, sup- ported by 60 pillars, of which 20 were on each side, and 10 on each end. The pillars were probably of wood covered with brass. (There is strong reason for behev- ing that the word "brass" in the Old Testament refers to copi^er.) They were fastened together by cords, and rested upon bases of brass, wliich were fastened to the ground, perhaps by spikes from the bottom. Each pil- lar was 7i feet (5 cubits) high, and was covered with a silver cap. The curtain was made of linen, m sections, extending from pillar to pillar, a distance of about 8 feet, and was fastened to the pillars by hooks of sil- ver. The entrance was on the end toward the east, 30 feet wide, and consisted of an embroidered hang- ing, which could be raised or low- ered at pleasure. None but the priests and Levites were allowed within the court ; and the wor- shipers presented their ott'erings without at the entrance. (Eeview. 1. Dimensions. 2. Pillars. 3. Curtain. 4. Entrance. 5. Priests. 2. T/ie Altar stood within the court, in front of the entrance, in the most prominent situa- tion of the camp, and was the largest article of the taber- nacle furniture. It was a j)lain structure, 7^ feet sqiiare and 4^ feet high, hollow within, and made of acacia wood, to avoid excessive weight; but covered with plates of brass, as it was exposed to the fire. Upon each corner projected a horn from the top, upon which the blood of the victim was sometimes sprinkled, and to which suppliants sometimes fled. Ai-ound the altar, midway between the top and bottom, was a "compass" (Exod. 27:5), or ledge, upon which the priest stood while sacrificing. There is men- tion also of "a grate" (Exod. 27:4), which was formerly supposed to have been placed inside the altar, so that the fire might be built upon it, and the ashes fall through it; but this is now by the best scholars consid- ered to have been upright, and under the "compass," and not a grate, but a lattice-work of brass, surrounding the altar. It is believed that at each encampment the altar was filled with earth, and that upon this the fire was kindled, according to Exod. 20:24, 25. At each cor- ner was a brass ring, and through the pair of rings on 136 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. each side a rod was passed, by wliich the altar was car- ried from place to place during the marches of Israel. The fu-e upon the altar was kindled miraculously (Lev. 9 : 24), and was never suffered to go out, but was kept aUve even on the march by live coals in a vessel. Twice each day the high-priest offered the general sacrifice for the peojjle, besides the individual offerings of wor- shipers. In officiating, tlie piiest ai)proached the altar by an ascent of earth, as steps were forbidden (Exod. 20:26), and he stood upon either the north or south side, as the ashes were thrown out on the east side. (Lev. 1: 1(>.) The utensils of the altar were five, all of brass. I. Pans, used to convey the ashes outside the camp. (Lev. 6:10, 11.) 2. Shovels, for taking off coals of fire to put in the censers. 3. Basins, for receiving and carrying the blood of offerings. 4. Flesh-hoolis, for placing the sacrifice on the fire. S. Fire-pans, for carrying the fire while on the march. (Note for Review. 1. Situation. 2. Dimensions. 3. Horns. 4. Compass. 5. Grate. 6. Earth contents. 7. .^ Eings. 8. Fire. 9. Sac- ' rifices. 10. Approach. II. Utensils.) 3. TJie Lavier is less minutely described than the altar. It was a large tank for holding water, an abundance of which was needed in the sacrifices, i;nd w;is made out of the metallic ' ' looking-glasses ' ' of the women who worshiped at the Tabernacle. (Exod. 38:8.) It stood at the door of the Tabernacle, and west of the altar. (Exod. 30: 18.) With it is mentioned ''its foot.'' which was probably a lower basin, into which the water ran from above, made to pre- vent the earth ai'ound from becoming saturated with water. Its size and form are not stated in the account. (Review. 1. Purpose. 2. Material. 3. Place. 4. Foot.) 4. The Tent. This was the Tabernacle proper, to which the court was the adjunct. It stood as the repre- sentation of God's house, wherein he dwelt in the midst of his own chosen people. It was 15 feet wide and high, and 45 feet long, divided into two I'ooms by a curtain, or vail. Though many details are given, yet it is not possible to give certain conclusions either concern- ing its plan of construction, or even its general appear- ance. For example : some authorities conclude that the curtained roof was flat, or even sagging downward in the middle, while others are sure that it was pointed, by means of a ridge-pole, as represented in our engraving. We consider neither as certain, but inchne to the latter Tin; TAIll.K opinion. The walls and rear end of the tent were made of upright boards, covered with gold, each 15 feet high, and 2 feet 3 inches wide; of which there were 20 boards on each side, and 10 ui the rear, while the front was open. Upon each board were rings of gold, so arranged that, when the walls were erected, the rings were in three rows, and through them long poles were passed to hold the structure together. Each board was furnished at its lower end with two tenons, which fitted into mortises in bases of solid silver, each weighing nearly 100 pounds. These bases stood side by side, forming a firm and con- tinuous foundation, and protecting the lower ends of the boards from decay. The roof of the tent was sup- ported by jiillars, of which there seem to have been five in the front (Exod. 36 : 38), and probably as many in the rear. These were covered wath gold, and rested upon bases of brass. The covering of tlie Tabernacle consisted of four curtains, one over another. 1. A cov- ei'ing called the ' ' taber- nacle cloth," of linen, woven in vaiious colors, and embroidered with figures of cherubim. 2. Over this was stretched a covering of cloth made Irom goat's hair, laig'er than the other, and therefore extend- ing beyond it. 3. Next came a cov- ering of "rams' skins dye d red." 4. Overall was spread a cover- ing skin, called in the He- brew, tachasJi, translat- ed ''badgers' skins, "but supposedby many to mean seal skin, taken from animals found in the Red Sea, and intended to preserve the roof from the effects of the weather. The front, on the eastern end, was protected by a hanging of fine linen, embroidered in blue, purple and scarlet, and resting upon the five pillars named above. (Review. 1. Purpose. 2. Dimensions. 3. Form. 4. Walls. 5. Rings. 6. Bases. 7. Pillars. 8. Coverings. 9. Front.) 5. The Holy Place. This was the larger of the two rooms, and was separated from the smaller room within by the VaiJ, which was an embroidered curtain hanging upon four pillars. Its diinensions were 15 feet in width and 30 feet in length, with walls 15 feet high. There is no mention of a floor, and probably there was none. It contained three articles of furniture. On the right of a person entering, midway between the two ends of the room, stood the Table, made of shittim wood (acacia), covered with gold ; it was 3 feet long, a foot and a half wide, 2 feet 3 inches high, and surrounded with a "crown," or ornamental band, of gold. On the corners were rings, through which rods were passed, to carry it siii'.w i;ki:aii THE TABERNACLE. 137 from place to place. On this table -were kept 12 loaves of unleavened liread, which were renewed every Sab- bath. On the left, opposite to the table, was the Lamp- stand, generally called the Candlestick, but incorrectly, as it contained lamps, not candles. This was a tree of gold, probably 40 inches high, having three branches on each side of tlie central trunk, so arranged that the seven summits, each holding a lamp, stood in a horizontal line. It is uncertain whether the lamps were kept burning at all times, or only during the night. Directly in front of the vail, at the western end of the Holy Place, stood the Altar of Li- cense. This was of acacia wood, overlaid with gold, whence it was frequently called "the golden altar." It was a foot and a half square, and three feet high. It had liorns on its corners, and rings for carrying, and an tue brazen altar. opening in the top, wherein was placed daily a censer called full of incense. Avhich was hghted by live coals from the altar of burnt offering in the court. The Ughting of the incense with common fire was the crime for which the two elder sous of Aaron '"died before the Lord." (Lev. 10:1, 2.) Into the Holy Place the priests entered daily, to trim and refill the lamps, and offer the incense. (Review. 1. Vail. 2. Dimensions. 3. Table. 4. Lamp- stand. 5. Altar of Incense. 6. Daily uses.) fi. The Holy of Holies. This was the inner room, at the western end of the building, entered only on one day in the year, the Day of Atonement, and only by the high priest. Its di- mensions were those of a cube, 15 feet in breadth, length and height. It contained the most sa- cred Ark of the Cove- nant, which was a chest, the receptacle for the stone tables of the Law, given by the Lord to Moses. It was of shittim or acacia wood, covered without and within with gold, 3 feet 9 inches long, by 2 feet 3 inches wide and deep; furnished on the side with rings, that it miglit be car ried. The hd wa& made of gold, and was the propitiatory, — in our version, "mercy seat." Upon it stood golden figures of the cherubim, and between them was believed to dwell the cloud which denoted God's presence. (Review. 1. Uses. 2, Dimensions. 3. Ark.) OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW 1. Draw upon the blackboard a diagram representing the ground-plan 2. Locate upon the diagram each of the parts referred to, and describe of the Court of the Tabernacle, and, within it, the Tabernacle itself. Tell them, following the outline given at the end of earh paragraph. the class its origin and history. 3. Review the facts given, frequently during the lesson, and tinally at the close. y ^■:<''::::»'S'' THK BRAZEN All \i:, \^ ■ l\i. IM \ii;vEU. 16 THE TEMPLE. The Temple was the centre of Jewish thought, not only in Palestine, bnt also throughout the world. Even when it lay in ruins, Daniel, in the land of captivity, opened his window toward its site when he prayed ; and the front of every synagogue looked toward it. It stood on Mount Moriah, which was originally outside the wall of the city, east of Mount Zion. In order to give room for all its courts, the surface of the hill was increased by building out from its sides on successive platforms, supported by immense sub- structions of brick and stone, so that the e n t i !• e mountain is honeycoml)ed with artiticial caves. There were three succes- sive Temples. 1. Solomon\s Temple dedicated aljout 95() B. C. The aceounts of this building are so meager, and the text is so uncertain, that it is impossible to construct its plan with any satisfaction. A conjectural ground plan is given on page 71. This temple stood until 587 B. C, when it was destroyed by Nebuchadnezzar. 2. After a period of desolation of 50 years, ZerKhhabeV s Temple was begun, 536 B. C, and finished 20 years after. Still less is known of its architecture ; bnt it was probably on the same general plan as Solomon's, less magnificent. It passed through many desecrated by enemies, and reconsecrated by the Jews, but stood until 30 years before the birth of Christ. 3. HtrocT s Temple was a i-estoration, enlargement, and improvement ui^on Zerubbabel's. It was built by Herod the Great, in sections, taking down the old and building the new part by part, so that it occupied many years, and was not completed until after Herod's death, and less than ten years before its final destruction. This was the TeiniJe standing in the time of Christ, and refeiTed to in the allusions of TUE DU.ME (IK TlIK Km K. though the New Testament. It was destroyed by the Romans under Titus, A. I). 70, and was never rebuilt by the Jews, though its restoration was more than once attempted. Its site is now occiipied by the Moham- medan "Dome of the Rock," often, but erroneously, called the Mosque of Omar. The Temple of Herod is the one usually described in works on the subject. The authori- ties are: 1. The Scrip- tures, fro m which we gath- er references to this Temple, and analogies from the de- scription of the Tabei'nacle, of which the Tem- ple was an e n 1 a r g e d c o J) y . 2. - The' de- scription given by Jose- phus, which was wiitten 20 years after its fall, and gives general impressions rather than accurate details. 3. The tract Middoth "measures," in the Talmud, which gives precise meas- urements, but not complete information. 4. The allusions in ancient Jewish litei'ature, of more or less value and authority. 5. The results of recent explorations under the Temple area, which are very valuable. Different in- vestigators have come to very different conclusions con- cerning the Temple and its courts. We present in this description those of Dr. James Strong, in McClintock & Strong's Cyclopedia, from which our diagram is taken, by l)ermission. From the uncertainty of many dimensions, and especially the difference of opinion with regard to the length of the Jewish cubit, in which all tlie ancient meas- urements are given, most of our figures must be regarded as general estimates, rather than i)recise statements. The Temple consisted of a building called "the House of God," surrounded by a number of open courts, the the inner. On the north of it was outer ones including 139 140 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. the Tower of Antonia; east, VaUey of the Kedron; south, Ophel; west, A'aUey of the Tyropceou; aud beyond, Mount Zion. I. The Court of the Gentiles was the largest, and the first entered by a visitor from without. It was so named because it was tire only part of the building in Avhich foreigners were allowed; hence not regarded as sacred by the Jews. Speaking roughly, it was an open square, of about 1,000 feet on each side; more precisely, a quadrangle, whose inside measurements were 090 feet on the north, 1,000 on the east, 910 on the south, 1,060 on the West. On two sides there was a covered cor- ridor; Solomon's Porch on the east, Herod's Porch on the south. It was entered on the north, east aud south, by a single gate in each wall : north, the Gate Tedi, a stair case leading up to the Tower Antonia, from which Paul made his speech to the Jewish mob (Acts 22) ; east, the Gate Shushau, du-ectly opposite to the altar, and leading to the VaUey of the Kedron; south, the Gate Huldah, a subterranean passage thi'ough the floor of the court, fragment of this wall, with its insciiption, was recently discovered in Jerusalem. Within this wall was a cor ridor 24 feet wide, containing an ascent of steps 8 feet high; and alcove them the inner wall, which was like that of a castle, very thick, from 40 to iM) feet liigh, and more than once used as a fortress by the Jews. Through both the outer lattice and the inner Avail wei'e nine gates, four each on the north and south; one on the east, opposite to the altar; but none on the west. Though most of the worshipers came from that side, the rear of the Temple stood toward it, and the fi'ont faced the east. The C'hel, then, was a terrace of 24 feet, between two walls, an outer lattice and an imier castle. Paul was arrested under a false report of his having led Gen- tiles into this Sacred Enclosure. (Acts 21: 28, 29.) III. The Court of the Women, often called "The Treasury." occupied a square in the eastern end of the Sacred Enclosure. Passing through the thick wall, the Jewish visitor (for none other was allowed to enter) foimd himself in an open court, about 240 feet square, ENCLOSURE, o.TEN CAL,..o..MOUNr>5 SECTION THROUGH THE MIDDLE OF THE TEMPLE FROM EAST TO WEST. RANDiMCWALLV * C0..EWGR'S,CH1C*G0. wliich was here much higher than the ground outside the waU; west, four gates : the southern, near the angle of the wall, the Gate Shalleketh, or Kiponos, opening to a bridge over the TjTopoeou; next. Gate Parbar; then, the South Gate of Asuppim; and near the northern cor- ner of the wall, the North Gate of Asuppim. On the floor of this court was a market for the sale of sacrificial meats, with "tables of the money changers"; twice broken up by Jesus in his ministry. (John 2:14-16; Matt. 21: 12, 13.) [Notice, in this account : 1. Name. 2. Dimensions. 3. Porches. 4. Gates. 5. Market.] II. The Sacred Enclosure was an elevated section in the northwestern part of the Com-t of the Gentiles, containing the sacred buildings. It was called by the Jews the Chel (pronounced Kel). It stood 8 feet higher than the level of the surrounding court ; and its outside measurement was 630 feet on the north and south, by 300 east and west. Its outer waU was a lattice Avi-ought in stone, called Soreg. "interwoven." 4^ feet high, con- taining inscriptions in many languages, warning all foreigners not to enter it, under penalty of death. A surrounded by high walls, and 3 feet higher than the platform of the Chel. To this led four gates, or rather doors, in the middle of the waU on each side; that on the east, probabl}', Ijeing the Beautiful Gate (Acts 3 : 2), and that on the west the Gate of Nicanor, because the head of Nicanor, a Syrian enemy of the Jews, had once been hung upon it. In each corner of the court was a room, open overhead, GO feet square. That in the southeast was used for the ceremonies of the Nazarite's vow, and was the one where Paul was seized by the Jews (Acts 21:26); in the northeast, for the preparation of wood for the altar; in the northwest, for the ceremonies of cleans- ing for lepers; in the southwest, for the storage of sacrificial oil. Between these rooms were gaUeried cloisters, of which the upper story was set apart for women, who were not aUowed to j^enetrate further into the Temple, but from the gaUery over the Gate of Nicanor could ■ndtness the sacrifices. Around the wall were fastened 13 treasure-chests, for gifts of the wor- shipers, from Avhich came the name "Treasmy." (Mark 12:41, 42; John 8:20.) Under the floor of this ^ o o w O tzi O o CO d w W W c o CO H U2 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGEAPHY. couit Avas a subterranean passage from the Tower of Antonia, by which soldiei's were sent to queU riots among the Jews, the opening being by the Gate Beauti- ful, over which was a guard-room. Through this pas- sage the soldiers came who rescued Paul from the Jewish mob. (Acts 21:31, 32.) Under the steps leading up to the Gate Nicanor were two rooms in which musical instruments were stored for use at the festivals. [Ee- view. 1. Names. 2. Dimensions. 3. Doors. 4. Eooms. 5. Galleries. 6. Treasm-e-chests. 7. Uudergroimd jjas- sage. 8. Music-rooms. 0. Scripture allusions.] IV. The Court of Israel, or Coui-t of the Men, occupied the western end of the Sacred Enclosure, and was a narrow corridor suiroimding the Com-t of the Priests. It was 10 feet higher ihan the Com^ of the Women; 320 feet east and west, by 2-10 north and south. The width of the corridor on the north and south was 16 feet, and on the east and west 2i feet. It was the place where the men of Israel stood to view the sacri- fices. On the outside of it rose the high inner wall of the Sacred Enclosure ; on the inside, a low balustrade sufficed to separate it from the space set apart for the priests. Three gates led up to it on the north; as many on the south; and one, the Gate of Nicanor, on the east. In the wall on the north were chambers used severally for treasuries, guard, the storage of salt, the storage of hides and of earthenware. On the south, at its eastern corner, was the session-room of the Sanhedrim, caUed the HaU Gazith, and beyond it rooms in the waU for guard, storage, etc. In the HaU Gazith, the elders sat on seats of stone arranged in semicucular form. [Eeview. 1. Name. 2. Location. 3. Dimensions. 4. Pm-pose. 5. WaUs. 6. Gates. 7. Eooms.] Y. The Court of the Priests was a raised platform vdthin the Court of Israel, and standuig 3 feet above it. It was about 275 feet long, by 200 feet wade. It was mainly occupied by the House of God, m front of which stood the great Altar of Burnt Offering, built upon the stone which now rises imder the Dome of the Eock. The altar was a rude structure of rough stone, white- washed, and 15 feet high. Fi-om its southwestern corner an underground dram passed beneath aU the com-ts to the brook Kedron. Opposite, also, to the southwestern comer, was the Laver, supphing Avater for the services and washings. Around the altar were marble tables for various uses in the sacrifices, and in the pavement were rings for secm-uig the animals' to be slain. [Eeview. 1. Name. 2. Dunensions. 3. Altar. 4. Drain. 5. Laver. 6. Tables, rings, etc.] VI. The House of God, or Temple Proper, occupied moie than half the space in the Couil of the Priests. Its flooi- was S feet above the level of the surrounding court; and it had four parts. 1. The Porch, or Vestibule, extended across the front : it was 120 feet high, and con- sisted of several stories. Its I'oof was steep, and covered with golden spikes to keei> bii'ds from setthng upon and defiLiug it . It was built of marble, and richly ornamented. 2. The Chambers were on each side of the house, but separate from it, and not attached to its wall. They were three stories high, aiid entered from the north and south by winding stairs. Their vise was to furnish homes for the priests during their two weeks of service each year. 3. The Holy Place was 30 feet wide and 60 feet long, double the dimensions of the same room in the Tabernacle. It was entered from the vestibule by double doors plated with gold; and both floor and ceihng were covered with gold. On the right side of one entering was the Table, on wliich 12 loaves of unleavened bread w-ere kept standing ; on the left was the Lamp-stand, generally caUed (but incorrectly) the Golden Candlestick, for it held seven lamps, not candles; and at its fiu-ther end was the golden Altar of Incense, hghted each day by coals from the Altar of Burnt Offering. In tliis room Zacharias received the promise of the birth of John the Baptist. (Luke 1.) 4. The Holy of Hohes Avas a cube, each dimension being 30 feet. It w^as separated from the Holy Place by a vail, said to be 8 inches thick (but probably consisting of Iavo Avails 8 niches apart\ Avhich Avas rent from top to bottom at the hour of the SaAiour's death on the cross. (Mark 15:38.) In the fii-st Temple tliis room contained the Ark of the CoA^enant ; but in the second and third Temi:)les the place of the lost ark Avas taken by a marble stone, upon Avhich the high priest laid the censer on the Day of Atonement, the only day m the year Avhen the Holy of Hohes AA-as entered. The Eoman conqueror, Pompey, insisted upon entering it, expectmg to see some object of worship, and j^erhaps treasure, but was surprised to find nothing within the A'ail. [EeAiew. 1. Porch. 2. Chambers. 3. Holy Place and contents. 4. Holy of Hohes.] OUTLINE FOR TEACHING AND REVIEW. I. Let the teacher relate tlie history of Uie Temple, with its three periods of building, under Solomon, Zerubbabel and Herod, and review the class on the names and events. II. Draw the elevations of the several courts and buildings, showing how they successively rose one above another, and, as each is Indicated, give its name, and its elevation above the preceding. 1. Court of Gentiles. 2. Sacred Enclosure, 8 feet elevation. 3. Court of Women, 3 feet higher. 4. Court of Israel, 10 feet. 5. Court of the Priests, 3 feet. 6. House of God, 8 feet. III. Draw ne.\l the ground plan of the six departments as given, and describe each, following the order given in the description above. Fre- quently review the class upon the names, dimensions and facts. IV. Number the Scripture references given in the description, write them on slips of paper, distribute to the class, and call for them in con- nection with the parts of the Temple to which they refer. At the close call upon the class to name the Scripture incidents connected with each department. LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. More than two-thirds of the events of Bible history are associated with the land of Palestine, and a knowl- edge of that country and its principal places is needed by every Sunday School scholar and Bible student. Any Superintendent who will take ten minutes of the Sun- jar. D, S. Names : CA.. ISR., JUD., PAL. /ft^'Ct'CT*. Lesson I. day School session for the purpose or teaching Bible Geogi-aphy, can in less than three months give to his school a sufficient knowledge of Palestine for the general needs of Bible study. The requisites are : a blackboard; some crayons (of various colors, if possible to obtain them); a clear idea on the part of the instructor of what he proposes to teach; precise statements of the things taught, in as few words as possible; giving nothing ex- cejjt the important facts wliich are to be remembered; and frequent reviews, from the beginning, of all the facts acquired. The lessons here given have been taught many times in Sunday Schools and childi-en's classes at Assemblies, and are now pubhshed in the hope that they may be made generally useful. LESSON I. LINES AND WATERS. I. Draw in presence of the class, in wliite chalk, the tTPO lines, one representing the Coast Line, the other, the Jordan Line. Notice that the cape on the Coast Luie is one-third the distance from the top of the map; that the second of the thi-ee lakes is du-ectly opposite to the cape; and that the distance between the second and third lakes is just six times that between the first and the second. The teacher may draw the hues in advance of the lesson, with a soapstone slate pencil, wliich wdll make a faint mark, not distinguishable at a distance, but seen by the teacher, and easily traced in presence of the class with white crayon. Let the class repeat the names of the two lines. 1. Coast Line. 2. Jordan Line. II. Locate the different Bodies of Water, indicating then- names by initial letters. 1. The Mediterranean Sea, on the west, called in the Bible "the Great Sea." 2. The river Jordan, flowuig from north to south. 3. Lake Merom, on the north. 4. The Sea of Gahlee. 5. The Dead Sea, into which the Jordan flows. Show the class that this sea Ues so low, that, if a canal were cut to the Mediterranean, the ocean would run in, instead of the Dead Sea running out. Drill the class on : 1. Lines. 2. Bodies of Water. LESSON II. NAMES AND DISTANCES. Draw the same map as in Lesson I., but omit the let- tering, and review the Lines and Waters. I. State and drill upon the Names by which the land has been known in different times. L In the earliest ages it was called Canaan, because its best-known peo- ple were the Canaanites. 2. After the Israehtes con- quered it, it was known as the Land of Israel. ?>. In the tune of Christ it was generally called Judaea, because the Jews were its inhabitants. 4. Its name is now Palestine. [Write an initial or syllable of each name, and recall it from the class. ] n. Give the Distances. 1. Begin ^^ith the country best known, and state first the distance from America to Palestine, 7,800 miles. [Write on the board A. P. 7,800.] 143 lU MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. 2. The Coast Line, from a point opposite the source of the Jordan to a point opposite the lower end of the Dead Sea, 180 miles. [Write C. L. 180.] 3. The Jordan Line, from its source to the lower end of the Dead Sea, 100 miles. [J. L. 180.] 4. From the Jordan to the Mediterranean, on the north, 30 mUes. [J. M. 30.] 5. Fr')m the Dead Sea, at its southern end. to the Mediter- ranean, 90 mUes. [D. S. M. 90.] 6. The most northern A.T. 7S00 / / ( C. X. 180 ~> ?pD. .T. r,. ISO J / J. :h. 30 j M)3r. i>. s.ai. 90 / j D.H. 150 / }^ S. M. 6600 I A / ? 1 y J 1 c / ^ / ^ > ? ^7 / A?/ / J / , c c 3 OB. , \ Names : CA.. ISR., JUD., PAL. 1 '^Mr,'/CT'.c Lesson II. town in Palestine was Dan [mark D. on the map]; the most southern was Beersheba [mark B.]. Hence, to sliow the extent of the land, they said "from Dan to Beersheba," wliich was 150 mQes in a straight hue. [Write D. B. 150.] 7. Palestine, between the Jordan and the sea, includes about 6,600 square miles, which is a little smaller than Massachusetts. [Write S. M. 6,600.] Review the facts already given from the beginning. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Distances. LESSON III. NATURAL DITISIONS. Draw, as before, the outUne of the map, and review all the facts ah-eady taught. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. Test the memory of the class on these without giving the initials. There are four Natural Di-^dsions to Palestine; that is, four sections in the country, lying imraUel with each other. Indicate them on the map in brown chalk, not making them very prominent. 1. We find the' Sea-Coast Plain [S. C. P.] extend- ing along the Coast from north to south, narrow at the north, and wider at the south. 2. Further inland, we come to the Mountain Re- gion [M. R.], the backbone of the country, a section of hills and mountains, and the home of the Israehtish people. 3. Passing over the mountaius, we find the Jordan A. T. rsoo C. X. ISO J. X. ISO J. M. 30 a s.ai. 90 u TJ. 130 s. M. (:«00 Names : CA.. ISR., JUD., PAL. /CVfj'dvfVfi Lesson III. LESSONS IN THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. 145 Valley, a deep gorge, and deeper the further we travel southward, until, at the Dead Sea, it is mor^-; than 1,300 feet lower than the Mediterranean. 4. Still further eastward, we chmh the ste^^j mount- ains again, and reach the Eastern Table-Land, a lofty plain sloping gradually to the great desert beyond it. Review, as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natui'al Divisions. LESSON IV. MOUNTAINS. Review, as usual, from the begiiming, before com- mencing the advance lesson. The events of the Bible Lesson IV. are often associated with Mountain.s, of which there are many in Palestine. We select eight of the most im- portant, gi-oup them in pairs, and state witli each the fact which gives it interest. On the north of the comitry, near the source of the Jordan, we find two mountains, nearly opposite to each other. 1. Mount Hermon, on the east, the highest mountain in Palestine, and the place where the Saviour was transfigured. 2. Mount Lebanon, on the west, famous for its cedars. Next, we find two mountains nearly in Une with the Sea of Gahlee, one directly west and the other southwest of it. 3. Movnt Cannel, by the Mediterranean, where Ehjah called down fire from heaven upon the altar. 4. Mount Oilboa, where King Saul feU in battle with the Philistines. In the centre of the country we find two mountains, where Joshua read the law to the Israehtes. 5. On the north. Mount Ebat, the mount of cursing. G. On the south. Mount Gerizim, the mount of blessmg. In the south, directly in line with the northern end of the Dead Sea, are two mountains. 7. On the west, Mount Olivet, or the Mount of Olives, where Jesus ascended. 8. On the east, Mount Xebo, where Moses died. With each of these mountains the event associated might be briefly related. At the close, review as before. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Divisions. 6. Mountains. Be sure that the class can name the event with each mountain. lESSON y. PL.4CES. This lesson may weU be divided into from two to four sections, according to the time Avhich can be given to it. Draw the map, as usual, from the beginning; and, as each subject is presented upon it, review the pupils, until all then- past lessons are clearly fixed in mind. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natural Divis- ions. 6. Mountains. See that with each mountain, as it is located, the event connected with it is named. We have uoav to fix the most important Places in Palestine. We locate them by their arrangement in the Natural Divisions, and name an event for which each place is remembered. I. Places in the Sea-Coast Plain. [These may constitute one lesson, if desired.] 1. Gaza, where Sam- son puUed down the idol temple upon the Philistines and himself. This hes on the Mediterranean, directly in Une west of the middle point of the Dead Sea. 2. Joppa, the seaport of Palestine, from which the propliet Jonah started on his voyage. This hes nearly half way between Gaza and Mount Carmel. 3. Ca'sarea, where Paul made his defense before King Agrippa, and was a prisoner for two years. This is a little more than half way between Joi)pa and Mount Carmel. 4. Tyn\ the city which sent ships to all lands; a little further north of Mount Carmel than C;«sarea is south of it. As each place is named, locate it on the board, and mark it by an initial letter. II. Another lesson may include the most important Places in the Monntain Region. 1. Beersheba, the home of Abraham; opposite the loAver bay of the Dead 146 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. Sea. 2. Hebron, where the patriarchs were buried; op- posite the middle of the Dead Sea, aud in hue with Gaza. 3. Bethlehem, where David aud Jesus were born, 6 miles south of Jerusalem. 4. Jeruscdenu the capital of Palestine, where David reigned, and where Jesus was crucified; dii-ectly in line with the northern end of the Lesson V. Dead Sea. 5. Bethel, 10 miles north of Jerusalem, where Jacob saw the vision of the heavenly ladder. 6. She- chein, between the twin mountains of Ebal and Gerizim, where Jesus talked with the woman of Samaria. 7. Naz- areth, where Jesus spent his boyhood ; directly in hue with the southern end of the Sea of Gahlee. III. Places in the Jordan Valley. Two of these are near the northern end of the Dead Sea. - 1. Jericho, west of the Jordan, where the waUs fell down before the Israehtes. 2. Bethabara, east of the Jordan, where Jesus was baptized. Two more are near the northern shore of the Sea of GaUlee. 3. Capernanm, where Jesus hved during liis ministry, and wrought many miracles ; on the northwestern shore of the sea. 4. Bethsaida, where Jesus fed the five thousand with five loaves; on the north of the sea. 5. The last is at the source of the river Jor- dan, Dan, the most northerly town in Palestine. rV. Places in the Eastern Table-Land. There are not many in this section, because few events of Bible history took place there. 1. Machcerus, where Jolui the Baptist was imprisoned and beheaded; opposite the north- ern part of the Dead Sea. 2. Penuel, on the brook Jab- Lesson VI. bok, where Jacob wrestled -with the angel. This is about midway between the Dead Sea and the Sea of Gahlee. 3. Mahanaim, where David wept over Absalom's death. This is about half way between Penuel and the Sea of Galilee. 4. Ccesarea Philippi, at the foot of Mount Her- mon, where Jesus taught his disciples. LESSOxXS l.X THE GEOGRAPHY OF PALESTINE. liT It may be desirable not to give these places in a single lesson, but to divide it into two, or even four sections, and give one at a session. In that case, with each les- son aU the places ah-eady located should be reviewed, together with the events associated with tliem. If the places can be mai'ked upon the board in bright red chalk, they will be prominent. LESSON YI. PROVINCES. Review from the beginning, as usual. 1. Lines. 2. Waters. 3. Names. 4. Distances. 5. Natural Divis- ions. 6. Mountains. 7. Places. In this lesson we are to learn the Provinces, or parts of the covmtry, in the time of Christ. We do not take the division by tribes; as that is more difficult to learn, and not often referred to in history. At the time when Christ was among men, Palestme was divided into five Provinces, though two of these were under one rider. I. Draw the boundary line of Judaea, and wiite its initial, J. This was the southern province, and the largest. [Review the names of the places contained in it.] Its people were the Jews, oi' men of the tribe of Judah, and its principal city was Jerusalem. II. North of Juda3a was -the province known as Sa- maria, having Shechem as its principal city. Its people were the Samaritans, with whom the Jews had no deal- ings. In Christ's day Judaea and Samaria were under one government. It contained the t^\'in mountains Ebal and Gerizim. III. North of Samaria was Galilee, where Jesus lived during most of his Ufe. Its people were also Jews, but were called ' ' Gahleans " by the Jews in Jerusalem ; and in Christ's time it was under the rule of Herod, who slew John the Baptist. Notice the mountains and towns situated in it. Mountains : Lebanon and Gilboa; towns : Nazareth, Capernaum and Dan. IV. On the east of the Jordan, and south of the Sea of Gahlee, was the province of Perjea, a word which means "beyond"; so named, because it is "beyond Jordan." Here Jesus taught at one time during his mmistry, and blessed the httle children. The places which we have noticed in it are Macha?rus, Bethabara, Penuel and Mahanaim; and its mountain, Nebo. This province, in Christ's day, was also ruled by Kmg Herod. V. The jirovince north of Pei'a?a and east of the Sea of Galilee is not named in the New Testament. We wiU caU it by its Old Testament name, Bashau, a word meaning "woodland." It was rvUed by a brother of Herod, named Philip, whose title was "tetrarch"; hence it is sometimes caUed " Phihp's Tetrarchy." The momit- ain we have noticed in it is Hermon, and the two places, Bethsaida, and Caesarea Phihppi, or " Phihp's Ca?sarea," to distinguish it from the other Caesarea, by the sea- shore. At the close of the lesson, i-eview once more from the very beginning of the series; then erase the map, and, pointing to the jilaces on an "invisible map," caU for their names from the class. There can scarcely be too much i-eviewmg of these leachng facts, in order to im- press them on the scholar's memory. AHi.lII-,1 IN THIS TliMI'l.t: AUIiA. THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE. The student of the Bible meets with some difficulty in adapting the names of weights, measures and coins, to the standards now in use, and finds that the authorities are not agreed upon the i^recise signification of the Bible terms used in relation to these subjects. These difficul- ties and discrepancies arise from three facts : 1. The Oriental mind has never been accustomed to the exact- ness of our systems of measurement. Among eight cubit measures found on the Egyptian monuments, no two were j^recisely aUke. 2. The models or standards of weights and measures referred to in Hebrew history were long ago lost, and it is not easy to reproduce them. 3. The Jews adopted the measurements of peoples among whom they were dispersed, yet often retained the names of such of their own as were nearest to them in amount, so that at different periods in Bible history the standard was different. The same word may refer to dift'erent measurements at dift'erent times. We have adopted in this section the measurements of F. E. and C. R. Conder in "The Hand Book of the Bible," except where other authorities are specified. I. Smaller Measures of Length. 1. The lowest dimension, as in our own table of hnear measure, was the Barleycorn. 2. Two barleycorns laid endways niade the Finger-breadth (Hebrew, Atzbah), two-thirds of an SMALLER JrEASURES OF LENGTH. inch. 3. Four finger-breadths made the Palm (Heb., Tupah), 2| inches. 4. Sometimes the Hand-breadth and Palm are the same; elsewhere, the hand-breadtli (Heb., Zereth) is double the pahn, or 5^ inches. 5. Three pahns made the Span (Heb., Sit), S inches, the width of the outspread hand, from the end of the thumb to that of the little finger. 0. Four palms made the Foot (Heb., Regal), li)| inches. 7. Six palms made the Cubit (Heb., Ameh), 1() inches (Condei'), or the distance from the elbow to the tip of the middle finger, when held in a straight line. The cubit, however, varied (just as the ijound with us varies in troy and avoirdui^ois weight), as indicated in the expressions "the cubit of a man" (Deut. 3:11), "a great cubit" (Ezek. 41:8), etc. In the length of the cubit, authorities vary from 15 to 21 inches. We have adopted the general opinion, and ijlace it, conjecturally, at a foot and a half, or IS inches. II. Larger Measures of Length. The cubit (reck- oned more precisely at 16 inches) is here regarded as the unit of measurement. 1. The Fathom was 6 or 6^ feet. 2. The Reed (Heb., Keneh; compare our word cane) was 4 cubits, according to Conder, but 6 cubits according to other authorities, thus varying between Si feet and 8 feet. 3. The Furlong (named only in the New Testa- ment) was a Greek measurement (Stadium), of 606| feet, or 53i feet less than our furlong. 4. The Mile (Matt. 5:41) was 1,61S yards. The Hebrew mile is not re- ferred to in the Bible, but was of two kinds, "the small mile" (Heb., Mil), being about 1,000 cubits, or about a quarter of our mile; and " the long mile, " twice as far. 5. The Sabbath Day's Journey is stated by Conder at 2,000 cubits, or half an Enghsh mile; but by most other writers at seven-eighths of oiu' mile. G. The Day's Journey Avas variable, from 10 to 30 miles; generally about 20 miles. So most authorities decide, but Conder gives it at If miles. III. Dry Measures of Capacity. 1. The Cab (2 Kmgs 6:25), 96 cubic inches, or 675 thousandths of a quart. 2. The Omer (Exod. 16: 36) contained 1723*xr cubic inches, or about 2^ quarts. 3. Tlie Seah (in Greek, Mo- dios) was the ordmary household measui-e of quantity, translated, generally, "measm'e" in our Bibles, but in Matt. 5: 15 "bushel." It contained six times as much as the cab, or a httle over a peck; according to Conder, 1.012 pecks; according to the Revised Version (Matt. 13:33, marginal note), a peck and a half. 4. The Ephah (Exod. 16:36) contained 3 seahs, or 10 omers; about three-quar- ters of a bushel. 5. The Cor contained 10 ephahs, or 7i bushels. The cor is also called "the homer" (Isa. 5: 10), which is to be carefully distinguished from the omer, which contained one-hundredth of its quantity. The two words are not ahke in the Hebrew. It will be no- ticed that the omer, the ephah and the cor (or homer) formed a decimal scale of measurement. 14? THE MEASURES OF THE BIBLE. 149 OMER (2!^ Quarts) ^m>3^^ SEAH (1!5 JVc7£) ONE PECK ONE BUSHEL EPHAH ( '4 Busltel) 3ibl& Measures, Ordinary JiLeasures, DRY MEASnHES. rV. Liquid Measures of Capacity. 1. Tlie Au- phauk (not named in the Bible) was the smallest, con- taining 6 cnbic inches, or 675 thousandths of a gill. 2. The Log (Lev. 14: 10\ four times as large as the auphauk. was "six egg-shells fuU," 24 cubic inches, or a little more HIN ( One GdUon I ONE QUART than half a pint (675 thousandths). 3. The Hin (Exod. 29: 40) contained 12 logs, or a Uttle over a gallon. 4. The Seah (see above, under Dry Measures) contained twice as much as the hin. 5. The Bath, containing 3 seahs or 6 hins, contained 1,728 cubic inches, or 6.036 gallons. Be- sides these, the New Testament names two Greek meas- ures, the Metretes (John 2:6, "firkins"), equivalent to 10^ gallons; and the Choenix (Rev. Q:-at, R K 22 liahor,Khubou);'R--.- J-22 Halah .,.. 1-26 Halah , Ifoboan L-83 Hnlak. Mt T-10 Ham, Land of.... U-3 Hamath K-15 Hamath, Haviah.. .1-15 Hara ( ?), Harran G-20 Hara, Znrmifh M-32 Haran (?), Harran G-20 H;iran, Harran el Awamid N-l.'i Hazar-enan, Kuryetein L-16 Hebron Qll Helbon M-14 Hena, Anah- L-24 Hermon, Mt .N-13 Heshbon Q 13 Hiddekel, Tigris. R 0-31 Hor,Mt L14 Horeb, Mt W9 Israel 0-13 Ivah, Hit N-25 Javan, Cyprus... J-8 Jerusalem Q-12 Jezreel 0-12 Joppa P-10 .Jordan, R P-12 Judah Qll Kedesh N-13 Kedar S-22 KirHaraseth R-13 Luristan N-36 Mahanaim P-13 Marah _ U-7 Media K-44 Memphis T-4 Mesopotamia, El Jezireh J-24 Migdol, Tel cl Her R-6 Minni C-31 Moab _ R-18 Nebaioth T-18 Nineveh H-27 Noph T-4 On, Ain Shems T-6 Padauaram J-22 Paran... W-9 Paran, Wilderness of U-9 Pebsia T-45 Philistines Q-10 Phcenicia M-13 Pibeseth 8-4 Pihahiroth - . . T-7 Rabbath Amnion P-13 Rahab W-8 Rameses S-5 Red Sea Y-10 Rehob, Rulieibeh . M-1.5 Rehoboth R9 Viehohoth, Jiahctbeh J-21 Rephidim W-8 Resen, Selamyeh H-27 Rezpeh J 19 Riblah L-14 Salcah P-15 Samaria... Pll Sea of the Plain R-12 Sela. T-12 Sepharvaim, Mosaib 0-28 Shihor, the River of Egypt, Nile U-3 Shinar.. P-30 Shur, W^ilderness of S-8 Shushan, Sus P-37 Side G-6 Sin, ElFarma R-7 Sin, Wilderness of. El Kd 'a.. X-8 Sinai, Mt W-9 Sinai, Wilderness of Mt. W-9 Sippara, Mosaib 0-27 Solomon, Kingdom of 0-15 South Country, The, Negeb .. R-lf Syria Life Syrian Desert K-18 Taberah V-9 Tadmor K-18 Tiphsah, Suriyeh 118 Togarmah C-25 Tripolis, Tarablous L-12 Tyre N-12 Ur, Mugheir S-33 Uz, Land of Q-22 Zarephath M12 Zephath S-10 Zidon M12 Zin, Wilderness of S12 Zoan R-4 Zobah M-14 1S6 INDEX TO DESCRIPTIVE MATTER. PAGE Abel-beth-maachah 57, 71 Abel-meholah 62 Abel miziaim 35 Abila 102 Accad 91 Achaia -- 122 Acra 74 Admah - - 38 Adullam, Cave of 66 Ai 52,54,83 Aijalon-- 62, 63 Akaba, Gulf of _ 43 Alexandria 42 Alexander's Empire 95 Amalekites 40 Araalekite War 65 Amnion -_ 70 Ammonite 62 Ammonites 89, 40 Amorites 39 Amphipolis ...' 132 Anakim 38 Anamim 25 AnaUioth 83 Antioch - 113 Antioch in Pisidia 119 Antipatris 127 Aphek 56,88, 90 Apollonia 122 Appii Forum 129 Ar _ 71 Arad 56 Aram - - - 26 Ariel 73 Arkites 40 Arnon 31 Aroer 55,62, 63 Arpliaxad 26 Arvadites 40 Ashdod ....63, 114 Asher 57 Ashkelon 63 Ashkenaz 23 Ashtaroth 56 AsUteroth Karnaim 37 Asia 133 Asia Minor -- 117 Asshur 26, 91 Assyrian Empire 91 Atarotli - 55 Athens 122 Attalia .- 119 Auranitis 101 Avim -^ 38 Azotus 114 Baalah 85 Babylon 91, 93 Babylonia 93 Babylonian Empire .91, 93 Bashan 32, 51 Batanea _ 101 Beer-lahai-roi 34 Beeroth 83 Beersbeba 34, 35, 54, 56, 63 Benjamin 56 Berachah 88, 90 Berea 122 Besor 31 Bcthabara - .. 104 Bethany..-. 84, 108, 111 Bethbarah 62, 63 Bethel 33, 35, 56. 62, 63, 83 Beth-hoglah 35 Bethhoron 52, 57, 85 Bethlehem... 56, 57, 62, 84, 103, 104 Beth-nimrah 56 Beth-rehob 57 Bethsaida... 106 Beth-shean 57. 62. 63. 102 Belh-shemesU 57, 59, 89, 90 18 PAGE Bczek 53, 61, 63. 65 Bezer ..55, 59 Bezetha 74 Bithynia 117 Ccesarea 113 Caesarea Philippi 107 Camon 62 Cana 57, 104 Canaan 26, 29 Canaanite 62 Canaanites 38 Canatha 102 Capernaum 104 Caphtorim 25 Capitolias 103 C'appadocia 118 Carchemish 90 Caria 118 Carmel - 56 Casluhim 25 Cenchrea 123 Chaldean 21 Cherith 31 Chios 127 Chittim 25 Cilicia 93, 118 Colosse 131 Coos - 127 Corinth... _ 123 Crete 38, 138 Gush 25 Cyprus 118 Daberath 57 Dalmanulha 107 Damascus. 70, 71, 103, 113 Dan ..33, 54, 57, 59, 61 Danite 63 Debir 53, 56. 61. 63 Decapolis... 101, 107 Dedan 25 Derbe 119 Dibon 55 Dion 102 Dodanim 25 Dor 57 Dothan 57 Ebal 32 Ebenezer. 63 Edom.... 45, 70, 71, 87 Edomites 40 Edomite War. 65 Edrei ...51, 54. 56 Egypt 33,41, 93. 103 Egypt, River of 29, 43 Ekron 63 Elah 66 Elah, Valley of 84 Elam 26 Elim 46 Elishah 25 Emim 38 Emmaus ..84, 111 Endor 67 Engannim ..57, 108 En-gedi 33, 56, 66 Enon 31 Ephes-daniniim 66 Ephesus 125 Ephraim 57,84,108 Ephraim, The Wood of 71 Ephrath 35 Erech 91 Esdraelon, Plain of 33 Eshtaol 57 Etham... 46 Etham , Wilderness of 43 Fair Havens 138 Farah 31 Gad 55 Gadara 56, 102 Gadarenes, Country of the 106 Galatia ". 118 Galilee 101 Gath 63, 6B, 69, 71. 88, 90 Gathhepher 57 Gaulanitis 101 Gaza 63 Geba.... 57, 62, 65 Gehenna 74 Gerar 34, 56 Gerasa :.. .- 102 Gerizim 33 Geshur 70 Gether 26 Gibeah 56,61, 63, 65, 66, 83 Gibeon... 52, 56, 71,85 Gihon 74 Gilead 51 Gilgal 52, 56, 63, 65 Girgashites 39 Golan. 56, 59 Gomer 23 Gomorrah 33, 34, 38 Goshen 41 Hadadrinimon 63 Ham 37 Hamalhites 40 Haphraim 57 Haran 33, 35 Hareth.... -. 66 Harosheth 62,63 Hauran 33 Havilah. 25 Hazerim 38 Hazeroth 46 Hazezon-tamar 33 Hazor 58,54.57.63 Hebron. . .33, 38, 56, 59, 61, 63, 67, 84 Hclam... 70. 71 Heliopolis 42 Heshbon .54, 55 Hieromax ... 31 Hil I of Evil Counsel . 74 Hinnom. Valley of 73 Hippos 103 Hittiles 39 Hivites 39, 40 Hobah 33 Horim 38 Hormah 56 Hul.. 36 Iconium 119 Iturea 101 Jabbok 31 Jabesh -gilead 56, 65 Jahaz 54 Japheth 23 Jarmuth 57 Javan 25 Jazer 56 Jebel Jirniuk 29 JebelMukbmeel 32 Jebus 63, 69 Jebusites 39 Jericho 54, 5i;, 61, 63. 109 Jerusalem 56, 69, 71. 73, 90 Jeshimon 56, 84 Joppa 113,114 Jordan, Fords of. 63 Jordan, Plain of 32 Judffia 101 Judah 56 Kade.slibarnea 46, 47 Karkor 62,63 Kedemoth 55 Kedesh 57, 59 Kedron, Valley of the 73 Kenath 56 Kenites 40 Keilah 66 PAGV Kibrothhattaavah 46 Kingdom of Israel 87 Kingdom of Judah 87 Kir-haraseth 88, 90 Kiriathaim 55 Kirjath-jearim 54, 56, 63. 85 Kirjalh sepher .38, 53 Kishon 31, 63 Kittim 25 Kuriin Hattin 33 Laish 33, 54, 57,61, 63 Laodicea 134 Lehabim 25 Lehi ... 63 Leontes... 31 Leshem 54 Levi 59 Libnah 56 Little Hermon 33 Lubim i;5 Lud.... 26 Ludim. 25 Lycaonia 1 18 Lycia 118 Lydda 114, 118 Lydia 93, 118 L3stra 119 Maachah 70 Macedonia 122 Madai 25 Magog 53 Mahanaim 35, 56, 70 Manasseh ..56, 57 Maon 56, 66 Marab 46 Mareshah 89 Mash 26 Mcdeba 55, 70, 71 Media 93 Meffiddo .57, 63, 90 Meiita 128 M^mpliis 42 ifeshech 25, 26 Michmash 56, 65, 83 Miletus 127 Midian 51 Midianite 62 Minnith 63 Misraim. . _ 25 Mitylene 127 Mizpah 35 Mizpeh 56, 63, 83 Mizpeh of Gilead 63 Mizpeh of Moab .* 66 Moab 70, 87 Moab, Fords of 62, 63 Moabite 61 Moabites 39, 61 Moabite War 65 Moreh. Hill of 82, 57, 63, 63 Moriah 34 Mount Carmel 32 Mount Ephraim 29 Mount Gilboa 32, 62, 67 Mount Gilead 33 Moiwit Helton 33 Mount Hermon 32 Mount Hor 45, 47, 49 Mount Lebanon- 82 Mount Moriah 74 Mount Nebo .32, 55 Mount of Offense 74 Mount of Olives 74 Mount Pisgah 32 Mount Seir 45 Mount Tabor 32, 62, 63 Mount Zion 33, 74 Myra 128 Mvsia 118 Kain .. 57,106 157 158 MANUAL OF BIBLICAL GEOGRAPHY. PAGE N;iplitali_ 57 N;iiilituliiin 25 Xaziuelh 57, 103, 104 Negeb • 32 Nicopolis 131 Nimrod 25 Nimrud 91 Nile.... 41 Nob 66, 83 Oplirah - - 02 Palestine - 29 Pamphylia 118 raphlagonia 117 Paphos 118 Paran, AVilderncss of. 43 Patara 127 Pathrusim 25 Patmos 133 Pella. 102 Pelusium 43 Peniel 35 PemieL.-- 56, 62 Persa.... 101, 108 Perga - 119 Pergamos 133 Perizzites 39 Persian Empire. 93 Philadelphia 102, 134 Philippi... - 132 Philistia 32 Philistine 62 Philistines 38 Pha?nicia 32, 107 Phrygia 118 PAGE Phut 26 Piratlion _ 62 Pisidia 118 Pontus 117 Ptolcmais 127 Puteoli 128 Raamah _. 25 Kabbah 70, 71 Rabbath Ammon _ . 55 Rachels Tomb 84 Ramah 03, 65, 60,83,85 Rameses 43, 46 Ramothgilead 56, 59, 88, 90 Raphana 103 Rehob 70 Rehoboth _ 34 Rephaim 37, 69 Rephaim, Plain of 84 Reuben 55 Rhenium 128 Rhodes _ 127 Rimmnn _ 84 Riphath -_ 23 Rodanim 25 Rome 129 Roman Empire 97 Sabtah 25 Sabtechah , 25 Salamis _ 118 Samaria 57, 87, 89, 90, 101, 113 Samos _ 127 Sardis- 134 Scopus 74 Scythopolis 102 PAGE Seba 25 Seleucia 118 Shalem 35 Shalisha 65 Shamir 62 Sharon 33 Sheba - 25 Shechem 33, 53, 57, 59, 62, 63 Shefelah, The 29 Shiloh -- 57 Shochoh 6C Shunem. 57 Shur, Wilderness of 48 Simeon 56 Sin, Wilderness of 43 Sinaitic Mountains __ 43 Sinites 40 Smyrna ._ 133 Sodom 33, 34, 38 Succoth 35, 46, 56, 62 Sychar _-- 104 Syracuse _-. 128 Sjria 87 Taanach 57, 63 Tabbath 62 Tarshish _ . 25 Tarsus 114 Tekoa 70 Telaim 65 Tetrarchv 102 Thebes. ." '. . . 43 Thebez 63,63 Thessalonica 132 PAGS Thyatira 134 Timnath 57, 63 Tiras 25 Tob 62, 70 Togarmah 23 Tophet 74 Trachonitis 101 Troas..... 121 Trogvllium. _ _ _ . 127 Tubal 25 Tyre 127 Tyropoeon, Valley of the ... 73 Ur 33,91 Uz 26 ViriGalilaei 74 Wilderness 104 Wilderness of the Wandering.. 43 Zair 88. 90 Zamzummim 37 Zeboim 38 Zebulon... 57 Zemaraim.. _ .88, 89 Zephath 61, 63 Zidon 128 Zidonians 38 Ziklag .56, 06 Zin, Wilderness of 43 Ziph 66 Zoar 38 Zobah 85, 70, 71 Zorah .57, 63 Zuph 65 Zuzim 37 i '^iJPP^WWiiPr- ■-ms^m UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY D 001 046 235 6 )^^ m mst